Home

Mazda MAZDA3 4-Door Owner's Manual

1. Cont Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72 x1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 ENGINE Drive belts I I Engine oil R R JR RI R RI RIRI _RIRIRIR Engine oil filter R R R IR RIRIRIRIRIRIRIR COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system I I owls FL22 type Replace at first Toe eeu a hate after that every Others Replace every 2 years Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I FUEL SYSTEM Air filter C R G R C R Fuel lines and hoses T I Hoses and tubes for emission T I Fuel filter Replace every 60 000 km IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 120 000 km ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I I Brake and clutch fluid level I I I I Brake fluid R R Disc brakes I I I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel I I I bearing axial play Driveshaft dust boots I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T Exhaust system and heat shields I I I All locks and hinges L L L L L L Washer fluid level I I I I 6 18 Maintenance
2. 8 L Detection areas Rear Cross Traffic Alert RCTA system operation 1 The Rear Cross Traffic Alert RCTA system operates when the shift lever manual transaxle or the selector lever automatic transaxle is shifted to the R position 2 Ifa vehicle approaches which may hit you the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM system warning light flashes and the Blind Spot Monitoring system BSM warning beep sounds at the same time 4 68 When Driving Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System NOTE Under the following conditions the system may be unable to detect vehicles or detection may be delayed The vehicle is reversed at a speed of 12 km h or faster The radar is obstructed by objects such as a large vehicle parked adjacently or by a wall Reverse vehicle to position in which radar is not obstructed SRRRREN ep es D A vehicle approaches from straight behind A ongi BB Your ve hicle J u The vehicle is parked at a highly acute angle EZL Immediately after the system has been activated by pressing the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM OFF switch again after it has been turned off Blind Spot Monitoring BSM OFF indicator light in instrument cluster illuminates by pressing the switch Your
3. SWIPE 1 Touch the item displaying a slider bar 2 Swipe your finger in the desired direction at 10 20 S at 10 20 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX 5 38 Interior Features Audio System Return to previous screen 1 Touch the LK icon Displaying the home screen 1 Touch the amp icon V Home screen Icon Function Applications Information such as average fuel economy maintenance and warnings can be verified Audio Operates audio such as the radio and CDs The audio source most recently used is displayed An audio source which cannot be used at that time is skipped and the previous audio source is displayed To change the audio source select the icon again Communication Bluetooth related functions are available Navigation Navigation screen is displayed vehicles with navigation system If the SD card for the navigation system is not inserted the compass indicating the direction in which the vehicle is moving is displayed The compass may not indicate the correct bearing when the vehicle is stopped or traveling at a slow speed Settings Overall setting menu Such as display sound safety Bluetooth Wi Fi and Language 5 39 Interior Features Audio System Y Volume Display Sound Controls Commander switch Volume dial Volume adjustment Turn the com
4. Selecting radio station from Favorites 1 Select the icon to display the Favorites list 2 Select the radio station name or radio frequency to tune in the radio station Deleting from Favorites 1 Select the icon to display the Favorites list 2 Select the Add Edit Radio Favorite icon Select the Delete icon 4 Select the radio station or radio frequency you want to delete 5 Select the Pelete icon ies Changing Favorites list order 1 Select the icon to display the Favorites list 2 Select the Add Edit Radio Favorite icon 3 Select the Move icon Interior Features Audio System 4 Select a radio station or radio frequency The selected radio station can be moved 5 Move the radio station then select the OK icon Radio Broadcast Data System RBDS Radio text information display Radio text information sent from a broadcasting station is displayed in the center display NOTE Radio text information is a function of FM radio Text information is not displayed in the following During HD Radio reception Not an RBDS broadcast During HD reception RBDS broadcast but radio text is not transmitted from the radio station Genre Seek Some FM stations transmit Genre codes Program type like a Rock News and so on This code enables alternative stations transmitting the same Genre code to be f
5. Cooling system cap Engine coolant reserwi r Hagi ne oil filler cap 6 26 Engine Oil NOTE Changing the engine oil should be performed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Refer to Introduction page 6 2 for owner s responsibility in protecting your investment V Recommended Oil U S A Canada and Puerto Rico Use SAE 0W 20 engine oil Mazda Genuine Oil is used in your Mazda vehicle Mazda Genuine 0W 20 Oil is required to achieve optimum fuel economy For maintenance service Mazda recommends Mazda Genuine Parts and Castrol U S A only S Castrol ILSAC Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Only use SAE 0W 20 oil Certified For Gasoline Engines by the American Petroleum Institute API Oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers C 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 F 40 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 OW 20 6 27 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Except U S A Canada and Puerto Rico Use SAE 5W 30 engine oil Oil container labels provide important information A chief contribution this type of oil makes to fuel economy is reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction For maintenance service Mazda recommends Mazda G
6. After resetting the fuel economy data is calculated is displayed while the average fuel economy V Ending Screen Display When the ignition is switched off from ON after completing a trip the actual performance for the total fuel economy efficiency is displayed for 5 seconds 4 55 When Driving Power Steering Power Steering Power steering is only operable when the engine is running If the engine is off or if the power steering system is inoperable you can still steer but it requires more physical effort If the steering feels stiffer than usual during normal driving or the steering vibrates consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer The warning light notifies the driver of system abnormalities and operation conditions In addition the buzzer may also activate depending on the system abnormality or operation condition Refer to Warning Lights on page 4 17 Refer to Power Steering Warning Buzzer on page7 36 A CAUTION Never hold the steering wheel to the extreme left or right for more than 5 seconds with the engine running This could damage the power steering system 4 56 When Driving Cruise Control Cruise Control With cruise control you can set and automatically maintain any speed of more than about 25 km h 16 mph WARNING Do not use the cruise control under the following conditions Using the cruise control under the following conditions is dangerous and could resu
7. Specifications Technical information about your Mazda Index 10 Pictorial Index Interior exterior views and part identification of your Mazda INCEPTION OVEN VICW secs isise eseistas seras s es es e Se 1 2 Interior Equipment View A sseeeesesssseeeeesessrsreesersisrsrrerrrsrsrereen 1 2 Interior Equipment View B sesessessssseesesesrsrersrrsrsesrrerrrsrerseeen 1 3 Interior Equipment View C ssseessessssseesesessrsrersrrsisrsrrrrersrsrereen 1 4 Exterior OVECIVICW sciteccaceseasissscassepsscevsacceevecavapessvecssneseaesedbenssene roes 1 5 ADOT orere aaee EE EEES eo AE e ERO ODEA E n AEAEE 1 5 S DOOT iarere tiei A di en TIAE 1 6 1 1 Pictorial Index Interior Overview Interior Equipment View A or a ee 0 Q Door lock Lem bis eciaasncszsvcesasnsxese ipsseesesn spsibavoecesasaboenchansstvexscaursaniniactanetieseeeiareaecenen page 3 19 2 DSC OEP Swi i cada scscsvcadavaveatascavdnszesvedpsanadecadsalendesndeatssddavadsadaiddavadeatstabavebss page 4 53 Tire pressure monitoring system set SWitCh cccscssssesseessessseesseeseesssesseesseeseessen page 4 64 Turn and lane change signal cccecscsssssssssssesssesssesssesseessessssssseesesssesssessesseeesses page 4 38 Lighting ON a acca baad ected Sa cntennad endian ielnca Sakeasancectnaculncasoreadndeaeals page 4 33 CG Instrument CANS HSH y5 ovis cassnas onsdcavene oxancnsisessvcdpasgn san
8. Icon Function Goes to the next station Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level Refer to Volume Display Sound Controls on page 5 40 Station list 1 Select the icon and display the station list Favorites station name Select to display the program registered to your favorites Category name A recommended category selected from your favorites by Stitcher is displayed Select it to display the category program Stitcher Browse d E all 10 20 Custom Station 1 Custom Station 2 _ Popular amp Trending New amp Noteworthy Comedy 2 Select the program name to play it 5 124 Add to your favorites If the current program has not been registered to your favorites it can be registered to your favorites 1 Select the icon to display the favorites station which the registration can be added Select the station name which you want to register Select the LOK button to add the program to the selected favorites station NOTE Multiple favorites stations can be selected and registered Favorites stations registered by oneself as well those set by default are displayed Delete from your favorites If the current program has already been registered to your favorites the program can be deleted from your favorites ie Select the icon 2 The program is automatically deleted
9. Poor voice recognition False recognition of numbers Excessive slow speech Excessive forceful speech shouting Speaking before the beep sound has ended Loud noise speaking or noise from outside inside vehicle Airflow from A C is blowing against the microphone Speaking in off standard expressions dialect Regarding the causes indicated on the left be careful with how you speak In addition when numbers are spoken in a sequence recognition ability will improve if no stop is placed between the numbers Poor voice recognition There is a malfunction in the microphone A poor connection or malfunction with the microphone may have occurred Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Phone related voice recognition is disabled There is a problem with the connection between the Bluetooth unit and the device If there is any malfunction after checking the pairing situation check for device pairing or connection problems Names in the phonebook are not easily recognized The Bluetooth system is under a condition in which recognition is difficult By carrying out the following measures the rate of recognition will improve Clear memory from the phonebook which is not used very often Avoid shortened names use full names Recognition improves the longer the name is By not using names such as Mom Dad recognition will improve When operating the
10. Shout Records voice Records voice and posts it as playable audio to Facebook and other social stations Map Only navigation equipped vehicles Sets the destination of the navigation to the location searched using the Location Based Services Call A call can be made to the telephone number of a shop searched using the Location Based Services Can be used only when the connected device is connected as Hands Free Returns to the previous content Pauses playback of the content When selected again playback resumes Goes to the next content Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level Refer to Volume Display Sound Controls on page 5 40 Some stations may use alternate variations of Like and Dislike based on station type or provider Main menu Select the icon 10 20 Presets Comedy Todays Picks KROQ Hourly News Switch the tab and select the station category 5 121 Interior Features Bluetooth Tab Function Displays the preset station list set on the device Presets i 2 Select the preset station name to play the station content Select the desired station Guidance is provided to the searched destination near the vehicle s position Nearby i 3 You can designate desired categories previously set using the filter setting on your device NOTE The available Location Based Services may differ because the service
11. 7 Press the audio control dial to delete the selected device NOTE Select GO BACK and press the audio control dial to return to the PAIR DELETE display 8 PAIR DELETED is displayed for three seconds after the deletion is completed and then it returns to the normal display NOTE Ifan error occurs while trying to delete the paired device Err flashes in the display for three seconds and the display returns to LINK DELETE Bluetooth audio device information display 1 Using the audio control dial select the pair device information display mode DEVICE INFO in the BT SETUP mode Refer to Bluetooth audio device set up for details 2 Press the audio control dial to determine the mode 3 The name of the Bluetooth unit device is displayed 4 Rotate the audio control dial to select the information for the Bluetooth unit which you would like to view Device name i gt Q 5 84 BT addr es CO BACK NOTE When GO BACK is selected and the audio control dial is pressed the display returns to DEVICE INFO V Available Language Type A The available languages are English Spanish and Canadian French If the language setting is changed all of the voice guidance and voice input commands are done in the selected language NOTE If the language setting is changed device registration is maintained Ph
12. 13 Split folding type seat Return the rear seatback on the right side of the rear seatback to its original position 14 Remove the tire blocks and store the tools and jack 15 Check the inflation pressure Refer to Tires on page 9 9 16 Have the flat tire repaired or replaced as soon as possible NOTE Do not press the tire pressure monitoring system set switch after installing the spare tire The switch is only to be pressed after installing the repaired flat tire or installing a replacement tire page 4 16 WARNING Do not drive with any tires that have incorrect air pressure Driving on tires with incorrect air pressure is dangerous Tires with incorrect pressure could affect handling and result in an accident When you check the regular tires air pressure check the spare tire too NOTE To prevent the jack and tool from rattling store them properly If Trouble Arises Battery Runs Out Jump Starting Jump starting is dangerous if done incorrectly So follow the procedure carefully If you feel unsure about jump starting we strongly recommend that you have a competent service technician do the work WARNING AR Follow These Precautions Carefully To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting it Q Do not allow the positive terminal to contact any other metal object that could cause sparks Flames and
13. AVRCP Ver 1 3 or higher Replays the song currently being played repeatedly When selected again the songs in the folder are played repeatedly Select it again to cancel Icons change when the song is repeated or the folder is repeated AVRCP Ver 1 3 or higher Plays songs in the folder in random order Dag When selected again the songs on the device are played in random order Select it again to cancel Icons change during folder shuffle or device shuffle 5 115 Interior Features Bluetooth Icon Function ill ili Scans the titles in a folder and plays the beginning of each song to aid in finding a desired song When selected again the beginning of each song on the device is played When selected again the operation is canceled and the song currently being played continues Returns to the beginning of the previous song Long press to fast reverse It stops when you remove your hand from the icon or the commander knob Plays the Bluetooth audio When selected again playback is temporarily stopped Advances to the beginning of the next song Long press to fast forward It stops when you remove your hand from the icon or the commander knob Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level Refer to Volume Display Sound Controls on page 5 40 Example of use When searching for a song from the top level of a device 1 Select the icon and display the
14. Press the mute switch X once to mute audio press it again to resume audio output NOTE If the ignition is switched off with the audio muted the mute will be canceled Therefore when the engine is restarted the audio is not muted To mute the audio again press the mute switch X A AUX USB iPod mode Audio can be heard from the vehicle s speakers by connecting a commercially available portable audio unit to the auxiliary jack A commercially available non impedance 3 5 stereo mini plug cable is required Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details In addition audio can be played from the vehicle audio device by connecting a USB device or an iPod to the USB port NOTE Type B The SD card slot is for the navigation system For vehicles with the navigation system the SD card Mazda genuine with stored map data is inserted into the SD card slot and used Interior Features Audio System 5 57 Interior Features Audio System Type A Without CD player Type A With CD player Type B O How to use AUX mode Type A sccsssssssssesssessssesssecsscssssesssessseessscssnecsssceseeesssessnes page 5 60 How to use USB mode Type A csesssssssssssessessecessessessusessessseasecssseaseesneaseceseessens page 5 62 How to use iPod mode Type A sts cccecdssstacceeeses store rssernenmnickcuaunennnmneanh page 5 66 How to use AUX mode Type B ssessssssesss
15. Specifications Personalization Features Item Feature Factory Setting Available Settings The volume of the answer back beep during advanced keyless entry system operation can Hi igh be changed Medium Refer to Locking Unlocking with Request Medium Lees Switch With the advanced keyless function Off on page 3 12 Refer to Settings on page 5 53 The function to automatically lock the doors Mesa leaving the vehicle while carrying the Off On Off ey can be changed Advanced keyless Refer to Settings on page 5 53 entry system The method for unlocking the doors using the request switch transmitter can be changed Refer to Locking Unlocking with Request Switch With the advanced keyless function Once Drivers Twice All Doors Once All Doors Once Driver s Twice on page 3 12 All Doors Refer to Transmitter on page 3 4 Refer to Settings on page 5 53 The time required for the doors to relock 90 seconds automatically after unlocking with the request 60 seconds 60 seconds switch transmitter can be changed 30 seconds Refer to Settings on page 5 53 The time required for the interior lamp to turn E 60 minutes off automatically can be changed prevents 7 30 minutes 30 minutes battery depletion when a door is open ajar 10 minutes wae Refer to Settings on page 5 53 Illumination entry ea The time required for the interior lamp to tur
16. Indication Setting value Side Low pitch Treble sound Bass enhancement Low pitch sound Side Low pitch reduction Treble Side Treble enhancement Side Treble reduction Fade Front back volume balance Balance Left right volume balance Auto Level Control Automatic volume adjustment Back Front speaker volume reduction Front Rear speaker volume reduction Right Left side volume reduction Left Right side volume reduction Off Adjustment at seven levels Centerpoint Audio operation sound Automatic surround On Off level adjustment AudioPilot Automatic volume On Off adjustment Boop On Off 1 Standard audio 2 Bose Sound System Automatic Level Control ALC The automatic level control is a feature that automatically adjusts audio volume and sound quality according to the vehicle speed The volume increases in accordance with the increase in vehicle speed and decreases as vehicle speed decreases Interior Features Audio System Centerpoint Centerpoint lets vehicle owners enjoy a Bose surround sound experience from their existing CDs MP3s and satellite radio Specifically engineered to meet the unique demands of reproducing surround sound in a vehicle Converts stereo signals to multiple channels allowing greater precision when reproducing the sound An enhanced algorithm to simultaneously cr
17. Placing heavy items on the front passenger seat may cause the front passenger seat belt warning function to operate depending on the weight of the item To allow the front passenger seat weight sensor to function properly do not place and sit on an additional seat cushion on the front passenger seat The sensor may not function properly because the additional seat cushion could cause sensor interference When a small child sits on the front passenger seat it is possible that the warning beep will not operate V Ignition Not Switched Off STOP Warning Beep If the driver s door is opened while the ignition is switched to ACC a continuous beep sound will be heard to notify the driver that the ignition has not been switched off STOP Left in this condition the keyless entry system will not operate the car cannot be locked and the battery power will be depleted V Key Removed from Vehicle Warning Beep A beep sound will be heard 6 times and the KEY warning light red will flash continuously if the ignition has not been switched off all the doors are closed and the key is removed from the vehicle This is to notify the driver that the key has been removed from the vehicle and the ignition has not been switched off NOTE Because the key utilizes low intensity radio waves the Key Removed From Vehicle Warning may activate if the key is carried together with a metal object or it is placed in a poor signal rec
18. To lengthen the belt hold the seat belt tongue at a right angle to the webbing and pull To shorten pull the loose end of the webbing Lengthen Shorten Make sure the lap belt is snugly fitted against your body Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems WARNING Wearing the Lap Belt A lap belt worn too high is dangerous In a collision this would concentrate the impact force directly on the abdominal area causing serious injury Wear the lap belt snugly and as low as possible V Unfastening the Seat Belt Depress the button on the seat belt buckle Button 2 19 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Seat Belt Extender If your seat belt is not long enough even when fully extended a seat belt extender may be available to you at no charge from your Authorized Mazda Dealer This extender will be only for you and for the particular vehicle and seat Even if it plugs into other seat belts it may not hold in the critical moment of a crash When ordering an extender only order one that provides the necessary additional length to fasten the seat belt properly Please contact your Authorized Mazda Dealer for more information WARNING Do not use a seat belt extender unless it is necessary Using a seat belt extender when not necessary is dangerous The seat belt will be too long and not fit properly In an accident the seat belt will not provide adequate protec
19. l exposition aux radiations FCC IC d finies pour un environnement non contr l et r pond aux directives d exposition de la fr quence de la FCC radiofr quence RF dans le Suppl ment C OET65 et RSS 102 de la fr quence radio RF IC r gles d exposition L antenne doit tre install de fa on a garder une distance minimale de 20 centim tres entre la source de rayonnements et vone corps L metteur ne doit pas tre colocalis ni fonctionner conjointement avec autre antenne ou autre metteur 8 47 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Declaration of Conformity Mexico NOM RCPJOMA13 1301 8 48 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Service Publications Service Publications Factory authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to do some of their own maintenance and repair When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer refer to the chart below If they do not have what you need in stock they can order it for you PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION 9999 95 017B 14 2014 WORKSHOP MANUAL English 9999 MX 017B 14 2014 WORKSHOP MANUAL Spanish 9999 95 019G 14 2014 WIRING DIAGRAM English 9999 MX 019G 14 2014 WIRING DIAGRAM Spanish 9999 95 038C 14R2 2014 OWNER S MANUAL English 9999 EC 038C 14R2 9999 PR 038C 14R2 2014 OWNER S MANUAL English and French
20. 110 120 ENGINE Drive belts I I I Engine oil R R R IR I RIRIRI RIRIRIRIR Engine oil filter R R R IR RIRIRI RIRIRIRIR COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system I I I en FL22 type Replace at first Toe Ou ng a a after that every Others Replace every 2 years FUEL SYSTEM Air filter R R R R R R Fuel lines and hoses T I I Hoses and tubes for emission 1 I I Fuel filter Replace every 60 000 km IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 120 000 km CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I I I I I Brake and clutch fluid level I I I I I I I I I Brake fluid R R R Disc brakes I I I I I I I I I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I I I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel I I I I I I bearing axial play Driveshaft dust boots I I I I I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T T T Exhaust system and heat shields I I I I I I All locks and hinges L G b b JETE LIEIL JLE Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter R R R 6 14 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace L Lubricate T Tighten Remarks Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 w
21. 3 Folder name Album name Song name Artist name NOTE The information viewable in the display is only CD information such as artist name song title which has been recorded to the CD This unit cannot display some characters Characters which cannot be displayed are indicated by an asterisk CK Display scroll Only 13 characters can be displayed at one time To display the rest of the characters of a long title press and hold the text button 3 The display scrolls the next 13 characters Press and hold the text button 3 again after the last 13 characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title NOTE The number of characters which can be displayed is restricted Message display If CHECK CD is displayed it means that there is some CD malfunction Check the CD for damage dirt or smudges and then properly reinsert it If the message appears again insert another known good CD If the message continues to appear take the unit to an Authorized Mazda Dealer for service V How to use Auxiliary jack USB port Audio can be heard from the vehicle s speakers by connecting a commercially available portable audio unit to the auxiliary jack Use a commercially available non impedance 3 5 stereo mini plug cable Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details In addition audio can be played from the vehicle audio device by connecting a USB device or an iPod to the USB po
22. 4 Say Beep Retrain 5 Prompt This operation must be performed in a quiet environment while the vehicle is stopped See the owner s manual for the list of required training phrases Press and release the talk button when you are ready to begin Press the hang up button to cancel at any time Press the talk button with a short press 7 The voice guidance reads out the voice input command number refer to the voice input command list for voice recognition learning Ex Please read phrase 1 8 Say Beep 0123456789 Say the voice input command for voice recognition learning 1 to 8 according to the voice guidance 9 Prompt Speaker enrollment is complete a NOTE If an error occurred in the voice recognition learning re learning can be done by pressing the talk button with a short press Voice input command list for voice recognition learning When reading out the following points must be observed Read out the numbers one at a time correctly and naturally For example 1234 must be read out one two three four not twelve thirty four Do not read out parentheses and hyphens are used for separating numbers in a phone number Ex 888 555 1212 must be spoken Eight eight eight five five five one two one two Phrase Command 0123456789 888 555 1212 Call Dial Setup Can
23. All data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook can be erased NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep Erase all 5 Prompt Are you sure you want to erase everything from your Hands Free system phonebook Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt You are about to delete everything from your Hands Free system phonebook Do you want to continue 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt Please wait erasing the Hands Free system phonebook 10 Prompt Hands Free system phonebook erased os Read out of names registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook Bluetooth Hands Free can read out the list of names registered to its phonebook 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Phonebook 5 96 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep List names 5 Prompt XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX Ex John s phone Mary s phone Bill s phone Voice guidance reads out the voice tags registered to the phonebook Press the tal
24. Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System Y BSM OFF Indicator Light BSM OFF This indicator light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON The BSM OFF indicator light illuminates when the BSM system is turned off by pressing the BSM OFF switch The indicator light flashes if the BSM system has a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE If the vehicle is driven on a road with less traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors can detect the system may pause The BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument cluster flashes However it does not indicate a malfunction V BSM OFF Switch When the BSM OFF switch is pressed the BSM system turns off and the BSM OFF indicator light illuminates Press the BSM OFF switch again to turn on the BSM system The BSM OFF indicator light turns off NOTE If the ignition is switched off with the BSM system turned off the system becomes operable automatically when the ignition is switched ON V Care of Radar Sensors The radar sensors are equipped inside the rear bumper 4 Door Radi r sensors 4 71 When Driving Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System 5 Door Radar sensors Always keep the bumper surface near the radar sensor area clean so that the BSM system operates normally Refer to Exterior Care on page 6 63 NOTE The BSM OFF indicator light flashes if the radar sensors cannot operate normal
25. Dabboar dV enb J Fl oorV ens Interior Features Climate Control System Manual Climate Control Temperature control dial Fan control dial AIC switch Air intake selector outside air mode V Control Switches Temperature control dial This dial controls temperature Turn it clockwise for hot and counterclockwise for cold NOTE When the mode is set to 74 or 74 with the fan control dial in a position other than 0 and the temperature control dial in the maximum cold position the air intake selector switches to the recirculated air mode and the A C turns on automatically If A C is not desired press the A C switch to turn it off Fan control dial This dial allows variable fan speeds The fan has seven speeds Mode selector dial Turn the mode selector dial to select airflow mode page 5 4 Rear window defogger switch Mode selector dial Air intake selector recirculated air mode NOTE The mode selector dial can be set at the intermediate positions between each mode Set the dial to an intermediate position if you want to split the airflow between the two modes For example when the mode selector dial is at the position between the 4 and positions airflow from the floor vent is less than that of the i position A C switch Press the A C switch to turn the air conditioner on The indicator light on the switch will illuminate when the fa
26. FM2 AM The selected mode will be indicated NOTE If the FM broadcast signal becomes weak reception automatically changes from STEREO to MONO for reduced noise Tuning The radio has the following tuning methods Manual Seek Scan Preset channel and Auto memory tuning The easiest way to tune stations is to set them on preset channels Manual tuning Select the station by pressing the tuning button gt gt I 44 lightly 5 30 Channel preset buttons ENT AUTOM STFOLDERA Auto memory button Seek tuning Automatic search for radio stations starts when the tuning button M4 is pressed until a beep sound is heard The search stops when a station is found NOTE Ifyou continue to press and hold the button the frequency will continue changing without stopping Scan tuning Press and hold the scan button MEDIA to automatically sample strong stations Scanning stops at each station for about 5 seconds To hold a station press and hold the scan button MEDIA again during this interval Preset channel tuning The 6 preset channels can be used to store 6 AM and 12 FM stations 1 To set a channel first select AM FM1 or FM2 Tune to the desired station 2 Press a channel preset button for about 2 seconds until a beep is heard The preset channel number or station frequency will be displayed The station is now held in the memory 3 Repeat this operation for the other sta
27. If Trouble Arises Warning Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds If a Warning Light Turns On or Flashes If any warning light turns on flashes take appropriate action for each light There is no problem if the light turns off however if the light does not turn off or turns on flashes again consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Vehicles with type B audio The warning contents can be verified on the audio 1 Select the icon on the home screen to display the Applications screen 2 Select the Warning Guidance Y Stop Vehicle in Safe Place Immediately If any of the following warning lights turns on the system may have a malfunction Stop the vehicle in a safe place immediately and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Signal Warning This warning has the following functions Parking brake warning Warning light inspection The light illuminates when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switched to START or ON It turns off when the parking brake is fully released Low brake fluid level warning If the brake warning light remains illuminated even though the parking brake is released the brake fluid may be low or there could be a problem with the brake system O Park the vehicle in a safe place immediately and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Brake System Warning WAR N l NG Light Do not drive with the brake system warning light illuminated Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspecte
28. Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol 3 27 Before Driving Fuel and Emission V Emission Control System This vehicle is equipped with an emission control system the catalytic converter is part of this system that enables the vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions requirements WARNING Never park over or near anything flammable Parking over or near anything flammable such as dry grass is dangerous Even with the engine turned off the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and could ignite anything flammable A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death CAUTION Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst inside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot Either condition will damage the converter and cause poor performance gt USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL gt Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction gt Do not coast with the ignition switched off gt Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switched off gt Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 2 minutes gt Do not tamper with the emission control system All inspections and adjustments must be made by a qualified technician gt Do not push start or pull start your vehicle NOTE Under U S federal law any modification to the original equipment emission control system before the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to p
29. Mazda from the device list searched by the device Wee GS 5 89 Interior Features Bluetooth 9 Device with Bluetooth version 2 0 Input the displayed 4 digit pairing code into the device Device with Bluetooth version 2 1 or higher Make sure the displayed 6 digit code on the audio is also displayed on the device and touch the icon A connection license agreement may be required depending on the device If pairing is successful the profile list for the device is displayed 10 Devices compatible with Mazda SMS function SMS Short Message Service messages and MMS Multimedia Messaging Service messages for the device are downloaded automatically A download permission operation may be required depending on your mobile device NOTE When Call history and messages are downloaded automatically each automatic download setting must be on Refer to Communication Settings on page 5 107 After a device is registered the system automatically identifies the device By activating Bluetooth Hands Free again or by activating Bluetooth Hands Free first after switching the ignition from OFF to ACC the device connection condition is indicated in the center display 5 90 IMPORTANT note about pairing and automatic reconnection If pairing is to be redone first clear the paired device indicated as Mazda When you update the operating system of your mobile device t
30. NOTE If not operated for several seconds the display returns to the previous display To reset bass treble fade and balance press the menu button MENU for 2 seconds The unit will beep and CLEAR will be displayed Automatic Level Control ALC The automatic level control ALC changes the audio volume automatically according to the vehicle speed The faster the vehicle speed the higher the volume increases ALC has ALC OFF and ALC LEVEL 1 to 7 modes At ALC LEVEL 7 the amount that the volume can increase is at the maximum Select the mode according to the driving conditions BT SETUP mode Music and other audio such as voice data recorded on portable audio devices and mobile phones available on the market which are equipped with the Bluetooth transmission function can be listened to via wireless transmission over the vehicle s speakers Using the BT SETUP mode these devices can be programmed to the Bluetooth unit or changed page 5 76 Time adjustment Rotating the audio control dial switches the display between 12 and 24 hour clock time page 5 28 Some models 5 27 Interior Features Audio System V Clock but ton Audio control dial Audio display PEETA FWA EN O i f ee Clock button Hour Minute set switch Setting the time The clock can be set at any time when the ignition is switched to ACC or ON 1 To adjust the time press the clock butto
31. The hazard warning lights warn other drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard and that they must take extreme caution when near it Depress the hazard warning flasher and all the turn signals will flash The hazard warning indicator lights in the instrument cluster flash simultaneously NOTE The turn signals do not work when the hazard warning lights are on Check local regulations about the use of hazard warning lights while the vehicle is being towed to verify that it is not in violation of the law 7 2 If Trouble Arises Flat Tire Spare Tire and Tool Storage Spare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram 4 Door Spare tire hold down bolt Tiedown eyelet Jack leve r Lug wrench Tool bag KA Spare tire hold down bolt Ny D 5 Door Tiedown eyelet LER NN a ER Ti N W NZ INA TZEEN SS ee Se pe Jack lew r L g wrench m n tire Some models If Trouble Arises Flat Tire VW Jack To remove the jack 1 4 Door Push the tabs and remove the cover lt lt 5 Door Turn the knob and remove the cover 2 Turn the wing bolt and jack screw counterclockwise To secure the jack 1 Insert the wing bolt into the jack with the jack screw pointing to the down and turn the wing bolt clockwise to temporarily tighten it 2 Turn the jack screw in the direct
32. icon on the home screen and display the Communication screen 2 Select the SMS icon to display the Inbox 3 Select the Update inbox icon 4 Download will be started from the mobile phone NOTE Attached data is not downloaded Messages up to 160 bytes SMS MMS can be downloaded A message list is created for each device If the connected device does not correspond to MAP 1 0 the AT command is used to download The downloaded message indicates that it is already read Downloading using the AT command may not function depending on the connected device Receiving messages When a device receives a message a message received notification is displayed The SMS Notifications setting must be on Refer to Communication Settings on page 5 107 Select the READ icon and display the message 5 105 Interior Features Bluetooth The following icons are displayed in the lower part of the details on the message Icons which can be used differ depending on use conditions Icon Function Displays the Communication menu E Displays the inbox Leelee Plays back a message When selected again playback is temporarily stopped ea Displays the previous message Displays the next message Only replies to the sender of the currently displayed message the preset message Select the Send icon Makes a call to a person who sent a mes
33. 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 Maintenance Interval x1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 x1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 ENGINE Drive belts I Replace when wrench indicator light is ON Max interval 12 Hord Engine oil amp filter Hleuble months 16 000km 10 000 miles Fixed R rR r r r iri ri ri r r R R COOLING SYSTEM FL22 type Replace at first 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 10 years after yP that every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 5 years Engine coolant r o Replace at first 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 4 years after that thers every 2 years Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I FUEL SYSTEM U S A severe R Air filter driving conditions Puerto Rico R R Fuel lines and hoses I I Hoses and tubes for emission IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 120 000 km 75 000 miles ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I Brake and clutch fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I Disc brakes I I I I Tire Rotation 8 000 km 5 000 miles Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I Steering operation and linkages I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel I I bearing axi
34. 2014 OWNER S MANUAL Spanish 9999 95 064F 14 2014 SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS 9999 95 038C 14NAVR 2014 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL English 9999 EC 038C 14NAVR 2014 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL English and French 9999 PR 038C 14NAVR 2014 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL Spanish Y WORKSHOP MANUAL Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train body and chassis Y WIRING DIAGRAM Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electrical system VOWNER S MANUAL This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle This is not a technician s manual V SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda 8 49 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Service Publications V NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL This booklet contains information regarding the proper operation and use of the navigation system This is not a technician s manual 8 50 Specifications Technical information about your Mazda Identification NUMDELG sscccccsssssscscsssssssceccsssssssseccssssssecccecssesees 9 2 Vehicle Information Labels c cccccccceceesssceceesessseseeeesessesseseeees 9 2 Specifications ccsccscsscssssessssssscsesesssseseseseescssessecsssssssesssesesesseees 9 4 Specificatlons vsci c scsi csessevecevecsdesc
35. 8 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure 5 Door Left side 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Remove the cover 3 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it Brake lights Taillights Rear side marker lights 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure 6 Insert the cover tabs and install the cover NOTE Verify that the cover is securely installed 6 51 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Right side 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Turn the knob and remove the cover 3 Turn the wing bolt and jack screw counterclockwise 4 Remove the jack 5 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 6 52 6 Disconnect the bulb from the socket Rear turn signal lights Brake lights Taillights Rear side marker lights 7 Install the new bulb 8 Insert the wing bolt into the jack with the jack screw pointing to the down and turn the wing bolt clockwise to temporarily tighten it 9 Turn the jack screw in the direction shown in the figure 10 Turn the wing bolt completely to secure the jack NOTE If the jack is not completely secured it could rattle while driving Make sure the jack screw is sufficiently tightened 11 Install the cover in the reverse order of the removal proc
36. AR Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting to ensure safe and correct handling an Always wear eye protection when working near the battery Working without eye protection is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes Also hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid Spilled battery fluid is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in eyes or on the skin or clothing If this happens immediately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention Always keep batteries out of the reach of children Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous Battery fluid could cause serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin Y Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metal tools to contact the positive or negative terminal of the battery when working near a battery Do not allow the positive terminal to contact the vehicle body Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries Keep all flam
37. BT Audio is displayed If the current device is AVRCP Ver 1 3 The playback time is displayed NOTE Ifthe Bluetooth audio device does not begin playback press the Play Pause button 4 Ifa call is received on a hands free mobile phone during playback from the Bluetooth audio device the playback is stopped Playback from the Bluetooth audio device resumes after the call ends Playback 1 To listen to a Bluetooth audio device over the vehicle s speaker system switch the mode to Bluetooth audio mode Refer to Switching to Bluetooth audio mode 2 To stop playback press the Play Pause button 4 3 Press the button again to resume playback Selecting a file track Selects the next file track Short press the track up button PPI Selects the beginning of the current file track Short press the track down button Kd 5 112 Fast forward Reverse AVRCP Ver 1 3 Fast forward Press and hold the fast forward button gt gt Reverse Press and hold the reverse down button Id Switching the display only AVRCP Ver 1 3 For files with a song title and other information that have been input the display switches between display of the song title and other information each time the text button 3 is pressed during playback Playback time lt 4 Album title s Song title 4 Artist name NOTE If title information is not availabl
38. Beep Refer to Key Removed from Vehicle Warning Beep on page 7 35 If you have a problem with the key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer If your key is lost or stolen consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible for a replacement and to make the lost or stolen key inoperative 3 3 Before Driving Keys A CAUTION Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment NOTE The keyless entry system operation may vary due to local conditions The keyless entry system is fully operational door liftgate lock unlock when the push button start is switched off The system does not operate if the push button start is switched to any position other than off If the key does not operate when pressing a button or the operational range becomes too small the battery may be dead To install a new battery refer to Replace Electrical Battery page 6 38 Additional keys can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Up to 6 keys can be used with the keyless functions per vehicle Bring all keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer when additional keys are required 3 4 VW Transmitter Operation indicator light Operation buttons NOTE With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights flash when the theft deterre
39. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment FCC IC This device complies with Part 15 of FCC Rules and Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of this device Le pr sent appareil est conforme aux la Partie 15 des r gles de la FCC et CNR d Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence L exploitation est autoris e aux deux conditions suivantes 1 l appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage et 2 l utilisateur de l appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radio lectrique subi m me si le brouillage est susceptible d en compromettre le fonctionnement MEXICO La operaci n de este equipo est sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones 1 es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y 2 este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia incluyendo la que pueda causar su operaci n no deseada 8 42 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Declaration of Conformity VY Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System U S A FCC ID OAYSRR2A This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This dev
40. Continue to depress the clutch pedal firmly until the engine has completely started 4 6 3 Verify that the push button start indication light green flashes NOTE The push button start indicator light green will flash even if the push button start is pressed before depressing the brake pedal automatic transaxle or the clutch pedal manual transaxle If the clutch pedal is depressed manual transaxle or the brake pedal is depressed automatic transaxle under this condition the engine can be started by resuming the procedure following this 4 Touch the push button start using the backside of the key as shown while the push button start indicator light green flashes Transmitter eO NOTE When touching the push button start using the backside of the key as shown in the illustration touch the push button start with the lock switch side of the key facing up 5 Verify that the push button start indicator light green turns on 6 Press the push button start to start the engine NOTE The engine cannot be started unless the clutch pedal is fully depressed manual transaxle or the brake pedal is fully depressed automatic transaxle If there is a malfunction with the push button start function the push button start indicator light amber flashes In this case the engine may start however have the vehicle checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible If the push
41. Downshifting into lower gear while driving on slippery surfaces is dangerous The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident When driving on ice or in water snow mud sand or similar hazards Be cautious and allow extra distance for braking Avoid sudden braking and sudden maneuvering Do not pump the brakes Continue to press down on the brake pedal Refer to Antilock Brake System ABS on page 4 50 If you get stuck select a lower gear and accelerate slowly Do not spin the front wheels For more traction in starting on slippery surfaces such as ice or packed snow use sand rock salt chains carpeting or other nonslip material under the front wheels NOTE Use snow chains only on the front wheels 3 46 Floor Mat A WARNING Make sure the floor mats are hooked on the retention pins to prevent them from bunching up under the foot pedals Using a floor mat that is not secured is dangerous as it will interfere with the accelerator and brake pedal operation which could result in an accident Do not install two floor mats one on top of the other on the driver s side Installing two floor mats one on top of the other on the driver s side is dangerous as the retention pins can only keep one floor mat from sliding forward In using a heavy duty floor mat for winter use always remove the original floor mat Loose flo
42. Never allow children to adjust a seat Allowing children to adjust a seat is dangerous as it could result in serious injury if a child s hands or feet become caught in the seat Do not drive with the seatback unlocked All of the seatbacks play an important role in your protection in a vehicle Leaving the seatback unlocked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrown around and baggage to strike occupants in a sudden stop or collision resulting in severe injury After adjusting the seatback at any time even when there are no other passengers rock the seatback to make sure it is locked in place Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is stopped Adjusting the driver s seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous The driver could lose control of the vehicle and have an accident Do not modify or replace the front seats Modifying or replacing the front seats such as replacing the upholstery or loosening any bolts is dangerous The front seats contain air bag components essential to the supplemental restraint system Such modifications could damage the supplemental restraint system and result in serious injury Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is any need to remove or reinstall the front seats Do not drive with damaged front seats Driving with damaged front seats is dangerous A collision even one not strong enough to inflate the air bags could damage the front seats which contain essential air bag co
43. Normal opening closing To open the window to the desired position lightly hold down the switch To close the window to the desired position lightly pull up the switch Master control switches Auto opening closing To fully open the window automatically press the switch completely down then release The window will fully open automatically To fully close the window automatically pull the switch completely up then release The window will fully close automatically To stop the window partway pull or press the switch in the opposite direction and then release it Power window system initialization procedure If the battery was disconnected during vehicle maintenance or for other reasons such as a switch continues to be operated after the window is fully open closed the window will not fully open and close automatically The power window auto function will only resume on a power window that has been reset 1 Switch the ignition ON 2 Make sure that the power window lock switch located on the driver s door is not depressed 3 Press the switch and fully open the window 4 Pull up the switch to fully close the window and continue holding the switch for about 2 seconds after the window fully closed Jam safe window If a person s hands head or an object blocks the window during the auto closing operation the window will stop and open halfway WARNING Make sure nothing blocks the window ju
44. When Driving Instrument Cluster and Display Signal Warning Lights Page EN Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light 7 24 Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light 7 24 40 H KEY Warning Light 7 24 Red The light turns on when the ignition is switched on for an operation check and turns off a few seconds later or when the engine is started If the light does not turn on or remains turned on have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer 2 The light turns on continuously when the parking brake is applied 4 18 Some models When Driving Instrument Cluster and Display VW Indicator Lights These lights turn on or flash to notify the user of the system operation status or a system malfunction Signal Indicator Lights Page BSM BSM OFF Indicator Light 4 71 OFF 40 KEY Indicator Light 3 9 Green J Wrench Indicator Light 4 20 TCS DSC Indicator Light 451 ee 4 52 ee DSC OFF Indicator Light 4 53 FF Tj Low Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Light 4 20 Blue D poy Shift Position Indication 4 25 J i 4 36 Headlight High Beam Indicator Light 4 36 l 4 38 q e Turn Signal Hazard Warning Indicator Lights 4 45 en Security Indicator Light 3 42 as Cruise Main Indicator Light 4 58 Amber E Cruise Set Indicator Light 4 58 Green Some models 4 19 When Driving Instrument Cluster and
45. When the camera lens reflects sunlight or headlight beams Image display may be delayed if the temperature around the camera is low 4 75 When Driving Rear View Monitor YV Viewing the Display Guide lines which indicate the width of the vehicle yellow are displayed on the screen as a reference to the approximate width of the vehicle in comparison to the width of the parking space you are about to back into Use this display view for parking your vehicle in a parking space or garage a a ao a Vehicle width guide lines yellow These guide lines serve as a reference to the approximate width of the vehicle b Distance guide lines These guide lines indicate the approximate distance to a point measured from the vehicle s rear from the end of the bumper The red and yellow lines indicate the points about 50 cm 19 in for the red line and 100 cm 39 3 in for the yellow lines from the rear bumper at the center point of each of the lines A CAUTION The guide lines on the screen are fixed lines They are not synced to the driver s turning of the steering wheel Always be careful and check the area to the vehicle s rear and the surrounding area directly with your eyes while backing up Rear View Monitor Operation The operation of the rear view monitor when reversing the vehicle varies depending on the traffic road and vehicle conditions The amount of steering and the timing also varies depending on conditions
46. With map lights The map lights and rear overhead light also turn on and off when the front overhead light switch is operated Map Lights When the overhead light switch is in the door or off position press the lens to illuminate the map lights and then press the lens again to turn them off Ay NOTE The map lights will not turn off even if the lens is pressed in the following cases The overhead light switch is in the ON position The overhead light switch is in the door position with the door open The illuminated entry system is on Luggage Compartment Lights 5 door Switch Position Luggage Compartment Light OFF Light off ON Light on when the liftgate is open Trunk Light 4 door The trunk light is on when the lid is open and off when it s closed NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the trunk open for a long period when the engine is not running Interior Features Interior Equipment VW Illuminated Entry System When the illuminated entry system operates the overhead light switch is in the DOOR position turn on for About 30 seconds after the driver s door is unlocked and the ignition is switched off About 15 seconds after all doors are closed and the ignition is switched off About 5 seconds after all doors are closed and the ignition is switched off when the key is out of the vehicle
47. after about three seconds when the advanced key is out of the operational range Also the hazard warning lights flash once Even if the driver is in the operational range all doors and the liftgate are locked automatically after about 30 seconds If you are out of the operational range before the doors and the liftgate trunk lid are completely closed or another key is left in the vehicle the auto lock function will not work Always make sure that all doors and the liftgate trunk lid are closed and locked before leaving the vehicle The auto lock function does not close the power windows Before Driving Doors and Locks Auto re lock function After unlocking with the request switch all doors and the liftgate will automatically lock if any of the following operations are not performed within about 60 seconds If your vehicle has a theft deterrent system the hazard warning lights will flash for confirmation The time required for the doors to lock automatically can be changed Refer to Personalization Features on page 9 10 Opening a door or the liftgate trunk lid Switching the ignition to any position other than off Locking Unlocking with Transmitter All doors and the liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 3 3 15 Before Driving Doors and Locks V Locking Unlocking with Door Lock Switch All doors and the li
48. hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the system is armed VY To Turn Off an Armed System An armed system can be turned off using any one of the following methods Pressing the unlock button on the transmitter Switching the ignition ON With the advanced keyless function Pressing a request switch on the doors The hazard warning lights will flash twice 3 44 NOTE When the doors are unlocked by pressing the unlock button on the transmitter while the theft deterrent system is turned off the hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the system is turned off VY To Stop the Alarm A triggered alarm can be turned off using any one of the following methods Pressing the unlock button on the transmitter Starting the engine with the push button start With the advanced keyless function Pressing a request switch on the doors Pressing the electric liftgate trunk lid opener while the key is being carried The hazard warning lights will flash twice YW Theft Deterrent Labels A label indicating that your vehicle is equipped with a Theft Deterrent System is in the glove compartment Mazda recommends that you affix it to the lower rear corner of a front door window Break In Period No special break in is necessary but a few precautions in the first 1 000 km 600 miles may add to the performance economy and life of the vehicle Do not race
49. is the aspect ratio This two digit number indicates the tire s ratio of height to width D D is the tire construction symbol D indicates diagonal ply construction 8 27 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A 16 16 is the wheel rim diameter in inches 90 90 is the Load Index This two or three digit number indicates how much weight each tire can support M M is the speed rating The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of the tire is rated Letter Rating Speed Rating M 81 mph 8 28 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Location of the Tire Label Placard You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information on the driver s side B pillar or on the edge of the driver s door frame SAMPLE TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT ZF SEATING CAPACITY TOTAL 5 FRONT REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES AVANT 2 ARRI RE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed kg or Ibs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer XXX kg ou XXX Ib COLD TIRE PRESSURE TIRE PRESSION DES SEE OWNER S SIZE PNEU DIMENSIONS PNEUS FROID ONAL FRONT P195 70R14 200 kPa 29 psi iui 7 VOIR LE MANUEL ABRIERE P195 70R14 200 kPa 29 psi DE L USAGER S
50. so confirm the surrounding conditions directly with your eyes and steer the vehicle in accordance with the conditions Be well aware of the above cautions prior to using the rear view monitor NOTE Images displayed on the monitor from the rear view parking camera are reversed images mirror images 4 76 When Driving Rear View Monitor 1 Shift the shift lever to R to switch the display to the rear view monitor display 2 Confirming the surrounding conditions reverse the vehicle Display condition Vehicle condition we Zee 3 After your vehicle begins entering the parking space continue backing up slowly so that the distance between the vehicle width lines and the sides of the parking space on the left and right are roughly equal 4 Continue to adjust the steering wheel until the vehicle width guide lines are parallel to the left and right sides of the parking space 5 Once they are parallel straighten the wheels and back your vehicle slowly into the parking space Continue checking the vehicle s surroundings and then stop the vehicle in the best possible position If the parking space has division lines check whether the vehicle width guide lines are parallel to them Display condition Vehicle condition a TN ba ion Do g q 6 When the shift lever is shifted from R to another shift lever position the screen returns to the previous display 4 77 When Driving Rear View Monitor N
51. turns off and the ignition switches to the ON position After pressing the push button start and before the engine starts the operation sound of the fuel pump motor from near the fuel tank can be heard however this does not indicate a malfunction 8 After starting the engine let it idle for about ten seconds NOTE Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without the use of the accelerator If the engine does not start the first time refer to Starting a Flooded Engine under Emergency Starting If the engine still does not start have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer page 7 18 4 5 When Driving Start Stop Engine V Engine Start Function When Key Battery is Dead A CAUTION When starting the engine by holding the transmitter over the push button start due to a dead key battery ora malfunctioning key be careful not to allow the following otherwise the signal from the key will not be received correctly and the engine may not start gt Metal parts of other keys or metal objects touch the key gt Spare keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system touch or come near the key gt Devices for electronic purchases or security passage touch or come near the key If the engine cannot be started due to a dead key battery the engine can be started using the following procedure 1 Depress the brake pedal firmly 2 Manual transaxle
52. while the engine is running the engine temperature will increase Stop the engine and call an Authorized Mazda Dealer 6 Make sure the cooling fan is operating then turn off the engine after the temperature has decreased 7 19 If Trouble Arises Overheating 7 When cool check the coolant level If it is low look for coolant leaks from the radiator and hoses If you find a leak or other damage or if coolant is still leaking Stop the engine and call an Authorized Mazda Dealer If you find no problems the engine is cool and no leaks are obvious Carefully add coolant as required page 6 29 A CAUTION If the engine continues to overheat or frequently overheats have the cooling system inspected The engine could be seriously damaged unless repairs are made Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 7 20 Towing Description We recommend that towing be done only by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a commercial tow truck service Proper lifting and towing are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle Government and local laws must be followed A towed vehicle usually should have its drive wheels front wheels off the ground If excessive damage or other conditions prevent this use wheel dollies When towing with the rear wheels on the ground release the parking brake If Trouble Arises Emergency Towing A CAUTION gt Do not tow the vehicle
53. 46 V Replacing Exterior Light Bulbs Headlights Low beam bulbs 1 If you are changing the right bulb start the engine turn the steering wheel all the way to the left and turn off engine If you are changing the left bulb turn the steering wheel to the right and turn off engine Make sure the headlight switch is off Pull the center of each plastic retainer and remove the retainers 4 Turn the screw counterclockwise and remove it and then partially peel back the mudguard 5 Disconnect the connector from the unit by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector downward Gm gy 6 Turn the socket and bulb assembly to remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket a ie 7 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance High beam bulbs Daytime running lights 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Lift the hood 3 Disconnect the connector from the unit by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector downward DN NG s 4 Turn the socket and bulb assembly to remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket 5 Install the new bulb i
54. A Q 3 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Luggage compartment light 5 Door 1 Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the lens and remove the lens by carefully prying on the edge of the lens with the flathead screwdriver 2 Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out 3 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Fuses Your vehicle s electrical system is protected by fuses If any lights accessories or controls do not work inspect the appropriate circuit protector If a fuse has blown the inside element will be melted If the same fuse blows again avoid using that system and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible V Fuse Replacement Replacing the fuses on the vehicle s left side If the electrical system does not work first inspect the fuses on the vehicle s left side 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and other switches are off 2 Open the fuse panel cover AY 6 57 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 3 Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse puller provided on the fuse block located in the engine compartment 4 Inspect the fuse and replace it if it is blown 5 Insert a new fuse of the same amperage rating and make sure it fits tightly If it does not fit tightly have an expert i
55. ADD FAN DE 40A 32 P WINDOW1 30A Power windows 33 H LLOWR 15A Headlight low beam RH 34 re x L 15A Headlight low beam LH 35 METER1 10A Instrument cluster 36 IG2 30A For protection of various circuits 37 LPG 30A 38 FAN DE 40A 39 DCDC DE 40A 40 SRS1 7 5A Air bag 41 ENGINE IG1 15A Engine control system 42 C U IG1 15A For protection of various circuits 43 Some models 6 61 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Fuse block Left side N on amp WO N 11 DESCRIPTION FUSE PROTECTED COMPONENT RATING 1 ae M 30A Power seat 2 D LOCK 25A Power door locks 3 P WINDOW2 25A Power windows 4 SEAT WARM 20A Seat warmer 5 R OUTLET3 15A Accessory sockets 6 SRS2 ESCL 15A Seat weight sensor 7 SUNROOF 10A Moonroof 8 M DEF 7 5A Mirror defogger 9 R OUTLET1 15A 10 MIRROR 7 5A Power control mirror 11 F OUTLET 15A Accessory sockets 12 AT IND 7 5A AT shift indicator 13 7 5A 14 10A 15 15A 6 62 Some models Exterior Care The paintwork on your Mazda represents the latest technical developments in composition and methods of application Environmental hazards however can harm the paint s protective properties if proper care is not taken Here are some examples of possible damage with tips on how to prevent them Etching Caused by Acid Rain or Industrial Fallout Occurrence Industrial
56. AM Radio Switches the audio source to AM radio All Go to Play FM Radio Switches the audio source to FM radio All Go to Play Bluetooth Audio Switches the audio source to BT audio All Go to Play Pandora Switches the audio source to Pandora All Go to Play Aha Radio Switches the audio source to Aha Radio All Go to Play Stitcher Switches the audio source to Stitcher Radio All Go to Play USB 1 Switches the audio source to USB 1 All Go to Play USB 2 Switches the audio source to USB 2 All Play Playlist Playlist name Plays the selected playlist USB Play Artist Artist name Plays the selected artist USB Play Album Album name Plays the selected album USB Play Genre Genre name Plays the selected genre USB Play Folder Folder name Plays the selected folder USB Play Audiobooks Displays the list at the top level of the Audiobooks USB Play Podcasts Displays the list at the top level of the Podcasts USB NOTE Some commands cannot be used depending on devices and use conditions If the Bluetooth device USB or AUX is not connected the related commands cannot be used 5 108 Interior Features Bluetooth YW Gracenote Database When a USB device is connected to this unit and the audio is played the album name artist name genre and title information are automatically displayed if there is a match in the vehicle s database compilation to the music being played The information stored in this
57. CD The beginning of each track on a CD is played to aid in searching for a desired track When selected again the operation is canceled and the song currently being played continues MP3 WMA AAC CD The beginning of each track in a folder is played to aid in searching for a desired track When selected again the operation is canceled and the song currently being played continues If the audio is operated during scan play the track being scan played is played normally Then the audio operation is performed V V If selected within a few seconds of a song which has started to play the previous song is selected If more than a few seconds have elapsed after a song has begun to play the song currently iad being played is replayed from the beginning Long press to fast reverse It stops when you remove your hand from the icon or the commander knob 5 51 Interior Features Audio System Icon Function Plays a CD When selected again playback is temporarily stopped Advances to the beginning of the next song Long press to fast forward It stops when you remove your hand from the icon or the commander knob Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level Refer to Volume Display Sound Controls on page 5 40 Example of use When searching for V How to use Auxiliary jack USB a song from the top level of an MP3 port WMA AAC CD 1 Select the icon and di
58. Classification System In an angled collision During a collision the driver and front passenger s air bags will deploy Depending on the nature of the impact the side air bag and the curtain air bag may deploy V Warning Light Beep A system malfunction or operation conditions are indicated by a warning Refer to Warning Indicator Lights on page 4 16 Refer to Warning Sound is Activated on page 7 34 2 52 collision The illustrations are the representative cases of collisions Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria This chart indicates the applicable SRS equipment that will deploy depending on the type of Types of collision A severe frontal near frontal A severe side A roll over near Aneat Collision collision collision roll over SRS equipment Front sis seat belt X both sides a nee side X both sides pretensioner PY Driver air x bag No air bag and Front front seat belt ren x pretensioner will be p pea activated in a rear aT 248 collision ays Side air bag x X impact side only Curtain air xn X impact side X both sides bag only X The SRS air bag equipment is designed to deploy in a collision With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System The front passenger front and side air bags and the seat belt pretensioner are designed to deploy depending on the condition of the total seated wei
59. Dashboard Illumination 06 4 12 Daytime Running Lights 4 37 Defogger Rear Window n se 4 43 MITTOT ves secs ccsceesckcoseststecsetesteseeeess 4 44 DiMensiONs ias airain teie 9 5 Door Locks ss ecc ciel a 3 11 Driving In Flooded Area 3 49 Driving Tips Automatic transaxle eee 4 32 Break iti cesscencsternvacsnaesces 3 45 Driving in flooded area 0 0 3 49 Driving on uneven road 045 3 51 Hloordmat a8 teehee 3 46 Hazardous driving eee 3 46 Money saving suggestions 3 45 Overloading eeeeeecereeteeteeeeees 3 50 Rocking the vehicle 3 47 Winter driving eee eeeeeees 3 47 Driving on Uneven Road 3 51 Dynamic Stability Control DSC 4 52 DSC OFF Indicator Light 4 53 DSC OFF Switch eee 4 53 TCS DSC Indicator Light 4 52 Index E Emergency Starting Push Starting esee 7 18 Starting a Flooded Engine 7 18 Emergency Towing Tiedown Hooks 00 7 22 Towing Description 7 21 Emission Control System 065 3 28 Ending Screen Display eee 4 55 Engine COO ANS sscscerccssss cians cessverineevesctels 6 29 Engine Compartment Overview 6 26 Exhaust gaS edene 3 29 Hood release ionene 6 24 OI E 6 27 Starting aides ee Amid 4 3 Essential information cceeeeeeeeee 6 2 Event Data Recorder eee 8 20 Exhaust Ga riii dieiis eirette akerai 3 29 Ext rior Cate oireeni iisipin 6 63 Al
60. F C P 05300 Del Cuajimalpa de Morelos Tel Customer Assistance 01 800 01 MAZDA 62932 8 10 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance In order to serve you efficiently and effectively please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver s side corner of the dash 4 Purchase date and current mileage 5 Your dealer s name and location 6 Your question s 8 11 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Mazda Importer Distributors Importer Distributor VU S A Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 2922 U S A P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 U S A TEL 1 800 222 5500 in U S A 949 727 1990 outside U S A VCANADA Mazda Canada Inc 55 Vogell Road Richmond Hill Ontario L4B 3K5 Canada TEL 1 800 263 4680 in Canada 905 787 7000 outside Canada V PUERTO RICO USS Virgin Island International Automotive Distributor Group LLC Mazda de Puerto Rico P O Box 191850 San Juan Puerto Rico 00919 1850 TEL 787 641 1777 V MEXICO Mazda Motor de Mexico Mario Pani 150 PB Col Lomas de Santa Fe Mexico D F C P 05300 Del Cuajimalpa TEL Center of Attention to Clients 01 800 016 2932 in Mexico YV GUAM T
61. I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel bearing axial play I Driveshaft dust boots I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72 000 km 45 000 miles or 5 years AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter R R Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace L Lubricate T Tighten Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Remarks 1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or mileage kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 To equalize tread wear for maintaining good performance in handling and braking rotate the tires every 12 000 km 7 500 miles However Mazda recommends to rotate every 8 000km 5 000 miles to help increase tire life and distribute wear more evenly 6 8 Y Schedule 2 U S A severe driving conditions Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance and Puerto Rico residents Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 4 8 12 16
62. If the child restraint system moves it could result in death or injury to the child 2 39 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions The front and side supplemental restraint systems SRS include up to 6 air bags Please verify which kinds of air bags are equipped on your vehicle by locating the SRS AIRBAG location indicators These indicators are visible in the area where the air bags are installed The air bags are installed in the following locations The steering wheel hub driver air bag The front passenger dashboard front passenger air bag The outboard sides of the front seatbacks side air bags The front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides curtain air bags Vehicles with the Front Passenger Occupant Classification System have a sensor which detects an impending roll over accident The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection in certain situations so seat belts are always important in the following ways Without seat belt usage the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident Seat belt usage is necessary to Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag e Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag inflation such as rear impact Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal near frontal or side col
63. On Off Downloads SMS MMS automatically when the hands free unit is connected to the device Ringtone Fixed In band Changes the ringtone setting Off Adjusts using Phone Volume Adjusts the conversation volume the slider Adjusts using d VR and Ringtone the slider Adjusts the voice guidance and ringtone volume First Name Displays the contact information in alphabetical order of the first name Last Name Contacts Sort Order East Name Displays the contact information in alphabetical order of the last name First Name Edits the preset message Preset Messages Refer to Receiving and Replying to Messages available only with SMS compatible phones on page 5 105 Mobile 911 On Off Mobile Utilizes the Mobile 911 function Reset Communication Settings Initializes all Communication Settings Depending on the device it may be necessary to acquire download permission on the device side 5 107 Interior Features Bluetooth VY Audio Operation Using Voice Recognition Main audio operation The below commands are examples of the available commands When the talk button is pressed and the following command is spoken out the audio can be operated The commands in the can be omitted The specified name and number are put into the Voice command Function Corresponding audio source Go to Play
64. Prompt Your new pairing code is YYYY Use this pairing code when pairing devices to the Hands free system Do you want to pair a device now 15 Say Beep Yes or No 16 If Yes the system switches to the device registration mode If No the system returns to standby status 5 76 Device pairing To use Bluetooth Hands Free the device equipped with Bluetooth has to be paired to the hands free unit using the following procedure A maximum of seven devices including hands free mobile phones and Bluetooth audio devices can be paired to one vehicle NOTE Ifa Bluetooth device has already been paired to the vehicle as a Bluetooth audio device it does not need to be paired again when using the device as a hands free mobile phone Conversely it does not need to be paired again as a Bluetooth audio device if it has already been paired as a hands free mobile phone 1 Activate the Bluetooth application of the device NOTE For the operation of the device refer to its instruction manual 2 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 3 Say Beep Setup 4 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 5 Say Beep Pairing options 6 Prompt Select one of the following Pair Edit Delete List or Set Pairing Code Say Beep Pair
65. Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain amount of time before the symbol is displayed If the pairing failed Err flashes for three seconds Pairing cannot be performed while the vehicle is moving If you attempt to perform pairing while the vehicle is moving PAIR DISABLE is displayed If seven Bluetooth audio devices have already been paired to the vehicle pairing cannot be performed and MEMORY FULL is displayed Delete one paired device to pair another one Device selection If several devices have been paired the Bluetooth unit links the device last paired If you would like to link a different paired device it is necessary to change the link The order of device priority after the link has been changed is maintained even when the ignition is switched off 5 82 1 Using the audio control dial select the link change mode LINK CHANGE in the BT SETUP mode Refer to Bluetooth audio device set up for details 2 Press the audio control dial to determine the mode 3 The name of the currently linked Bluetooth audio device is displayed If no Bluetooth audio device is currently linked the name of the first device among the paired devices is displayed 4 Turn the audio control dial to select the name of the device you would like to link Device name 1 Device name 2 v4 Device name 3 ie N r VOL Device name 4 VN v4 O Devi
66. Systems 2 16 Center Rear Position 2 Point Type Seat Belt 2 18 Seat Belt Extender 2 0 43 cect din S ATEI EEEE ATEENA 2 20 Child Restraint scscsccssscssesssssessssssssscsssssssscsssssssssssseessesseseesoes 2 22 Child Restraint Precautions 0 cece esecseeeeceeeceeenseeeeseeneeees 2 22 Child Restraint System Installation eee ceeseeeeeeteeees 2 27 Installing Child Restraint Systems 0 0 cece seeeeeeeseeeeeeeneeees 2 28 SRS Air Bag cscsccssssscsssscssescsssssssssssscssssssssssssssssessseessesseseesoes 2 40 Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions 00 2 40 Supplemental Restraint System Components eee 2 47 How the SRS Air Bags Work uo eee esseeseeecseeecesensceeseeeeees 2 49 SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria cece cseeecneeneceeenees 2 53 Limitations to SRS Air Bag wo eee cnsesecseneceseneeesseeeeees 2 54 Front Passenger Occupant Classification System c ccc 2 56 Constant Monitoring oe eee e Ea EE EEEE E 2 61 Some models 2 1 Essential Safety Equipment Seats Seat Precautions A WARNING Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are locked in place Adjustable seats and seatbacks that are not securely locked are dangerous Ina sudden stop or collision the seat or seatback could move causing injury Make sure the adjustable components of the seat are locked in place by attempting to slide the seat forward and backward and rocking the seatback
67. This increases the chance of paint chipping Chipped paint can lead to rust forming on your Mazda Before this happens repair the damage by using Mazda touch up paint according to the instructions in this section Failure to repair the affected area could lead to serious rusting and expensive repairs Follow all label and container directions when using a chemical cleaner or polish Read all warnings and cautions YV Maintaining the Finish Washing A CAUTION gt When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON the wipers may move automatically in the following cases gt Ifthe windshield above the rain sensor is touched or wiped with a cloth gt Ifthe windshield is struck with a hand or other object from either outside or inside the vehicle Keep hands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON as fingers could be pinched or the wipers and wiper blades damaged when the wipers activate automatically If you are going to clean the windshield be sure the wipers are turned off completely when it is most likely that the engine is left running this is particularly important when clearing ice and snow gt Do not spray water in the engine compartment Otherwise it could result in engine starting problems or damage to electrical parts gt When washing and waxing the vehicle be careful not to apply excessive f
68. Tire Pressure Monitoring System A CAUTION gt Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly The TPMS malfun
69. a malfunction 5 21 Interior Features Audio System YV Operating Tips for MP3 NOTE Supply of this product only conveys a license for private non commercial use and does not convey a license nor imply any right to use this product in any commercial i e revenue generating real time broadcasting terrestrial satellite cable and or any other media broadcasting streaming via the Internet intranets and or other networks or in other electronic content distribution systems such as pay audio or audio on demand applications An independent license for such use is required For details please visit http www mp3licensing com This audio system handles MP3 files that have been recorded on CD R CD RW CD ROMs When naming an MP3 file be sure to add an MP3 file extension mp3 after the file name The number of characters which can be displayed is restricted A CAUTION This unit can only play MP3 files that have an MP3 file extension mp3 attached Do not attach an MP3 file extension to any other type file as it could cause noise to be emitted or a malfunction in the unit 5 22 Specialized glossar MP3 Abbreviation for MPEG Audio Layer 3 A technical standard for audio compression as decided by the ISO MPEG working group Use of MP3 allows for audio data to be compressed to approximately a tenth of the source data size 1 International Organization for Standardization Y Operat
70. audio a song name is not recognized Song names cannot be recognized by voice You want to skip guidance Guidance can be skipped by quickly pressing and releasing the Talk button 5 127 Interior Features Bluetooth Regarding problems with calls Symptom When starting a call vehicle noise from the other party can be heard Cause starting a call the Bluetooth unit s Noise Suppression function requires time to adapt to the call environment Solution method For about three seconds after This does not indicate a problem with the device The other party cannot be heard or the speaker s voice is quiet The volume is set at zero or low Increase the volume Other problems Symptom Cause Solution method The indication for the remaining battery is different between the vehicle and the device The indication method is different between the vehicle and the device When a call is made from the vehicle the telephone number is updated in the incoming outgoing call record but the name does not appear The number has not been registered into the phonebook If the number has been registered into the phonebook the incoming outgoing call record is updated by the name in the phonebook when the engine is restarted The cell phone does not synchronize with the vehicle regarding the incoming outgoing call record Some types of cell phones do no
71. audio device switch to the Bluetooth audio mode to operate the audio device using the audio system control panel Any Bluetooth audio device must be paired to the vehicle s Bluetooth unit before it can be used Refer to Bluetooth Preparation Type B on page 5 89 Turn on the Bluetooth audio device s power Switch the ignition to ACC or ON Select the icon on the home screen and display the Audio screen When Bluetooth is selected switches to the Bluetooth audio mode to begin playback BwWN Re NOTE If the Bluetooth audio device does not begin playback select the Pll icon If the mode is switched from Bluetooth audio mode to another mode radio mode audio playback from the Bluetooth audio device stops Playback To listen to a Bluetooth audio device over the vehicle s speaker system switch the mode to Bluetooth audio mode Refer to Switching to Bluetooth audio mode After switching to the Bluetooth audio mode the following icons are displayed in the lower part of the display Icons which can be used differ depending on the version of the Bluetooth audio device which you are currently using Icon Function ia Displays the Audio menu Use to switch to a different audio source AVRCP Ver 1 4 only Displays the top level folder file list E Select the folder which you want to select E The files in the selected folder are displayed Select the file you want to play
72. bag and the additional side air bag that comes out of the front seat the rear seat is always a better location for children Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the side window even if the child is seated in a child restraint system 2 25 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous A seat belt used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed Never use one belt for more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained A CAUTION A seat belt or child restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle during warm weather To avoid burning yourself or a child check them before you or your child touches them NOTE Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH child restraint systems in the rear seats When using these anchors to secure a child restraint system refer to Using LATCH Lower Anchor page 2 36 2 26 Child Restraint System Installation VY Child Restraint System Types In this owner s manual explanation of child restraint systems is provided for the following three types of popular child restraint systems infant seat child seat booster seat NOTE Inst
73. button start indicator light green does not illuminate perform the operation from the beginning again If it does not illuminate have the vehicle checked at an Authorized Mazda Dealer To switch the ignition position without starting the engine perform the following operations after the push button start indicator light green turns on 1 Release the clutch pedal manual transaxle or brake pedal automatic transaxle 2 Press the push button start to switch the ignition position The ignition switches in the order of ACC ON and off each time the push button start is pressed To switch the ignition position again perform the operation from the beginning When Driving Start Stop Engine V Emergency Operation for Starting the Engine If the KEY warning light red illuminates or the push button start indicator light amber flashes this could indicate that the engine may not start using the usual starting method Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible If this occurs the engine can be force started Press and hold the push button start until the engine starts Other procedures necessary for starting the engine such as having the key in the cabin and depressing the clutch pedal manual transaxle or the brake pedal automatic transaxle are required When Driving Start Stop Engine Turning the Engine Off oe WARNING Do not stop the engine while the vehicle
74. by saying the name of the language in the native pronunciation 3 Prompt Would you like to change the language to French Desired language 4 Say Beep Yes 5 Prompt Please wait Switching to French phonebook French selected Spoken in the newly selected language V Voice Recognition Type A The Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free system can be used to make calls or operate the audio unit using voice recognition which includes numerous convenient commands In this section the basic operation of the voice recognition is explained Interior Features Bluetooth Activating Voice Recognition To Activate the Main Menu Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press Ending Voice Recognition Use one of the following methods Press and hold the talk button Press the hang up button Skipping Voice Guidance for faster operation Press and release the talk button NOTE The Bluetooth Hands Free system is operable several seconds after the ignition is switched to ACC or ON requires less than 15 seconds When operating the audio unit or the A C while using Bluetooth Hands Free the beep sounds or voice guidance audio unit cannot be heard Tutorial The tutorial explains how to use Bluetooth Hands Free To activate the tutorial do the following 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Tutorial 3 Follow t
75. child restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions Never attach two child restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor Attaching two child restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous In a collision one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child restraint system attachments and it may break causing serious injury or death Ifyou use the seat position for another child restraint system when an outboard LATCH position is occupied use the center seat belts instead and the tether if tether equipped Make sure the child restraint system is properly secured An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions on belt routing to secure the seat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in an improperly secured seat later on When not in use remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child restraint systems Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child restraint system Not following the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions when installing the child restraint system is dangerous If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the chi
76. device uses database information in the Gracenote music recognition service A CAUTION For information related to the most recent Gracenote database which can be used and how to install it go to the Mazda Hands Free Website http www mazdahandsfree com Introduction Music recognition technology and related data are provided by Gracenote Gracenote is the industry standard in music recognition technology and related content delivery For more information visit www gracenote com CD and music related data from Gracenote Inc copyright 2000 to present Gracenote Gracenote Software copyright 2000 to present Gracenote One or more patents owned by Gracenote apply to this product and service See the Gracenote website for a non exhaustive list of applicable Gracenote patents Gracenote CDDB MusicID MediaVOCS the Gracenote logo and logotype and the Powered by Gracenote logo are either registered trademarks or trademarks of Gracenote in the United States and or other countries lt 4 gracenote Gracenote End User License Agreement This application or device contains software from Gracenote Inc of Emeryville California Gracenote The software from Gracenote the Gracenote Software enables this application to perform disc and or file identification and obtain music related information including name artist track and title information Gracenote Data from online servers or embedded databases
77. distance to empty is the approximate remaining distance the vehicle can be driven until all the graduation marks in the fuel gauge indicating the remaining fuel supply disappear Average fuel economy mode This mode displays the average fuel economy by calculating the total fuel consumption and the total traveled distance since purchasing the vehicle re connecting the battery after disconnection or resetting the data The average fuel economy is calculated and displayed every minute AVG a_a Mpg Im ee To clear the data being displayed press the INFO button for more than 1 5 seconds After pressing the INFO button L 100 km mpg will be displayed for about 1 minute before the fuel economy is recalculated and displayed Current fuel economy mode This mode displays the current fuel economy by calculating the amount of fuel consumption and the distance traveled Current fuel economy will be calculated and displayed every 2 seconds CURRENT Z me mpg When you ve slowed to about 5 km h 3 mph L 100 km mpg will be displayed Average vehicle speed mode This mode displays the average vehicle speed by calculating the distance and the time traveled since connecting the battery or resetting the data Average vehicle speed will be calculated and displayed every 10 seconds AVG mph pa in ba l To clear the data being displayed press the INFO button for more than 1 5 seconds After press
78. down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be clogged Water trapped there will cause rusting WARNING Dry off brakes that have become wet by driving slowly releasing the accelerator pedal and lightly applying the brakes several times until the brake performance returns to normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected 6 67 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care YV Aluminum Wheel Maintenance A protective coating is provided over the aluminum wheels Special care is needed to protect this coating A CAUTION Do not use any detergent other than mild detergent Before using any detergent verify the ingredients Otherwise the product could discolor or stain the aluminum wheels NOTE Do not use a wire brush or any abrasive cleaner polishing compound or solvent on aluminum wheels They may damage the coating Always use a sponge or soft cloth to clean the wheels Rinse the wheels thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on dusty or salted roads to help prevent corrosion Avoid washing your vehicle in an automatic car wash that uses high speed or hard brushes Ifyour aluminum whe
79. folder file list at the top level amp BT Audio lt Device Na cian 10 20 BT Device Name Ili Folder Name A li Folder Name B amp Playlist Name A JI Audio Filename A J Audio Filename B 2 When the folder is selected folders file lists in the folder are displayed When the playlist is selected the file list is displayed 3 Select the desired song NOTE Select the EM icon to move to a folder one level higher 5 116 VY Bluetooth Audio Device Information Display If a Bluetooth audio device is connected the following information is displayed in the center display AVRCP AVRCP Ver lower R Ver 1 4 or than 1 3 ed higher Device name X X X Remaining battery charge of x x x device Song name X X Artist name X X Album name X X Playback _ x x time Genre name X X X Available Not available NOTE Some information may not display depending on the device and if the information cannot be displayed Unknown is indicated Interior Features Bluetooth 5 117 Interior Features Bluetooth How to Use Pandora What is Pandora Pandora is free personalized Internet radio Simply enter a favorite artist track genre and Pandora will create a personalized station that plays their music and more like it Rate songs by giving thumbs up and thumbs down feedback to further
80. from blowing out of the vents V Windshield Defrosting and Defogging Set the mode selector dial to the W position and turn the fan control dial to the desired speed In this position the outside air position is automatically selected and when the fan control dial is ON the air conditioner automatically turns on The air conditioner will directly dehumidify the air to the front windshield and side windows page 5 4 Airflow amount will be increased WARNING Set the temperature control to the hot or warm position when defogging Vv position Using the W position with the temperature control set to the cold position is dangerous as it will cause the outside of the windshield to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident NOTE Use the temperature control dial to increase the air flow temperature and defog the windshield more quickly Interior Features Climate Control System VY Sunlight Temperature Sensor The climate control system measures inside and outside temperatures and sunlight It then sets temperatures inside the passenger compartment accordingly A CAUTION Do not obstruct either sensor otherwise the climate control system will not operate properly Sunlight sensor AN 7 a hE 3 Co eee M ee O N eE 5 11 Interior Features Climate Control System Dual Zone Automatic Climate Control Climate control information is disp
81. from the favorites station Interior Features Bluetooth 5 125 Interior Features Bluetooth Troubleshooting Type A Type B Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service If you have any problems with Bluetooth contact with our toll free customer service center U S A Phone 800 430 0153 Toll free Web www MazdaUSA com bluetooth Canada Phone 800 430 0153 Toll free Web www mazdahandsfree ca Mexico Center of Attention to Client CAC Phone 01 800 01 MAZDA Toll free Web www mazdamexico com mx Bluetooth Device pairing connection problems Symptom Cause Solution method Unable to perform pairing First make sure the device is compatible with the Bluetooth unit and then check whether the Bluetooth function and the Find Mode Visible setting on the device are turned on If pairing is still not possible after this contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer or Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service Pairing cannot be performed again The pairing information paired to the Bluetooth unit or device is not recognized correctly Perform pairing using the following procedure Clear Mazda stored in the device Perform pairing again Unable to perform pairing Does not connect automatically when starting the engine Automatically connects but then disconnects suddenly The Bluetooth function and the Find Mode Visible setting
82. installed on the center seating position Some LATCH equipped child restraint systems can be placed in the center position and will reach the nearest LATCH lower anchors which are 443 mm 17 4 in apart LATCH compatible child restraint systems with attachments on belt webbing can be used at this seating position only if the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions state that the child restraint system can be installed to LATCH lower anchors that are 443 mm 17 4 in apart Do not attach two child restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor If your child restraint system has a tether it must also be used for your child s optimum safety The procedure for installation on the rear outboards seats is the same LATCH lower anchor location A WARNING Always route the tether strap between the head restraint and the seatback Routing the tether strap on top of the head restraint is dangerous Ina collision the tether strap could slide off the head restraint and loosen the child restraint system The child restraint system could move which may result in death or injury to the child EN Tether strap 5 Door Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Always attach the tether strap to the correct tether anchor position Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect tether anchor position is dangerous In a collision the tether strap could come off and loosen the child restraint system
83. insufficient the tag is not sent Ifan error occurs while the tag is being sent reconnect the device YV Operating the Satellite Radio What is satellite radio With over 130 channels SiriusXM Satellite Radio brings you more of what you love Get channels and channels of commercial free music plus sports news talk entertainment and more Commercial free music from nearly every genre rock to pop hip hop to country jazz classical and more Plus live performances and artist dedicated channels Live sports Play by Play amp Expert Talk every NFL game every NASCAR iTunes Tagging for Apple devices with race 24 7 sports talk college sports and USB use only more Exclusive entertainment comedy and talk The biggest names compelling talk hilarious comedy World class news plus local traffic and By tagging a song currently being aired the song can be easily purchased from the iTunes Store Up to 100 tags can be stored 1 Select the icon The tag is stored in weather the audio unit Sign up for SiriusXM Satellite Radio 2 Connect the device via USB The today tag is sent to the connected device automatically Some models 5 45 Interior Features Audio System NOTE To listen to SiriusXM a prior subscription fee based is required The channels which you can receive depend on the package you subscribe to Satellite radio is broadcast as Sirius XM and SiriusXM in th
84. is our business We are here to serve you All Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps V Contact Your Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical condition in accordance with a certified physician you must contact your dealership in order to avoid the potential loss of the warranty of your vehicle which may occur if some third party is hired by the customer to make any modifications to this system Log on at www mazdamexico com mx Answers to many questions including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in Mexico can be found here E mail click on Contactanos at the top of the page at www mazdamexico com mx By phone at 01 800 01 MAZDA 62932 By letter at Attn Customer Assistance Mazda Motor de Mexico Mario Pani 150 PB Col Lomas de Santa Fe Mexico D
85. is reduced due to glare from surrounding brightness cancel the illumination dimmer and increase the illumination intensity To cancel the illumination dimmer rotate the knob clockwise fully You will hear a beep sound and the illumination dimmer will be canceled NOTE This symbol 4 amp 0 indicates the knob to adjust the brightness of the dashboard illumination If the dashboard illumination knob is kept at the illumination dimmer cancel position the instrument cluster will not dim when the headlight switch is turned to the 2002 or EO position again Rotate the dashboard illumination knob counterclockwise to activate the illumination dimmer When Driving Instrument Cluster and Display YV Outside Temperature Display When the ignition is switched ON the outside temperature is displayed NOTE Under the following conditions the outside temperature display may differ from the actual outside temperature depending on the surroundings and vehicle conditions Significantly cold or hot temperatures Sudden changes in outside temperature The vehicle is parked The vehicle is driven at low speeds The outside temperature unit can be switched between Celsius and Fahrenheit using the following procedure 1 Press the INFO button with the ignition switched off and continue pressing the INFO button for 5 seconds or longer while switching the ignition ON The outside temperature display f
86. light Amber illuminates 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 25 km h 16 mph 3 Set the cruise control by pressing the SET or SET switch at the desired speed The cruise control is set at the moment the SET or SET switch is pressed Release the accelerator pedal simultaneously The cruise set indicator light Green illuminates NOTE Release the SET or SET switch at the desired speed otherwise the speed will continue increasing while the SET switch is pressed and held and continue decreasing while the SET switch is pressed and held except when the accelerator pedal is depressed On a steep grade the vehicle may momentarily slow down while ascending or speed up while descending Cruise control will cancel if the vehicle speed decreases below 21 km h 13 mph when cruise is activated such as when climbing a steep grade Cruise control may cancel at about 15 km h 9 mph below the preset speed such as when climbing a long steep grade YW To Increase Cruising Speed Follow either of these procedures To increase speed using cruise control switch Press the SET switch and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the switch at the speed you want Press the SET switch and release it immediately to adjust the preset speed Multiple operations will increase the preset speed according to the number of times it is operated Increasing speed with a si
87. mistake Push the shift lever downward and shift to R WARNING Do not use sudden engine braking on slippery road surfaces or at high speeds Shifting down while driving on wet snowy or frozen roads or while driving at high speeds causes sudden engine braking which is dangerous The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident Always leave the shift lever in 1 or R position and set the parking brake when leaving the vehicle unattended Otherwise the vehicle could move and cause an accident A CAUTION gt Keep your foot off the clutch pedal except when shifting gears Also do not use the clutch to hold the vehicle on an upgrade Riding the clutch will cause needless clutch wear and damage Do not apply any excessive lateral force to the shift lever when changing from 5th to 4th gear This could lead to the accidental selection of 2nd gear which could result in damage to the transaxle Make sure the vehicle comes to a complete stop before shifting to R Shifting to R while the vehicle is still moving may damage the transaxle Vv Vv 4 21 When Driving Transaxle NOTE For vehicles with type B instrument cluster If the engine speed is about to exceed the permissible engine speed the buzzer sounds Refer to Over Rev Buzzer on page 7 36 To determine which instrument cluster is equipped on your Mazda Refer to
88. mph 149 mph 168 mph lt el lt xl clala alo 186 mph For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For tires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR M S or M S Mud and Snow AT All Terrain AS All Season The M S or M S indicates that the tire has some functional use in mud and snow U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT which indicates the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured For example the numbers 457 means the 45st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002 The other numbers are marketing codes used at the manufacturer s discretion This information is used to contact consumers if a tire defect requires a recall Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire In general the greater the number of plies the more weight a tire can support Tire manufacturers also must indicate the tire materials which include steel nylon polyester and other Maximum Load Rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be c
89. of the wheel hub and lug nuts are clean before changing or replacing tires When changing or replacing a tire not removing dirt and grime from the mounting surfaces of the wheel hub and hub bolts is dangerous The lug nuts could loosen while driving and cause the tire to come off resulting in an accident 2 Mount the spare tire 3 Install the lug nuts with the beveled edge inward tighten them by hand WARNING Do not apply oil or grease to lug nuts and bolts and do not tighten the lug nuts beyond the recommended tightening torque Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and bolts is dangerous The lug nuts could loosen while driving and cause the tire to come off resulting in an accident In addition lug nuts and bolts could be damaged if tightened more than necessary 7 11 If Trouble Arises Flat Tire 4 Turn the lug wrench counterclockwise and lower the vehicle Use the lug wrench to tighten the nuts in the order shown If you are unsure of how tight the nuts should be have them inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Nut tightening torque 108 147 N m kgf m ft lbf 12 14 80 108 7 12 WARNING Always securely and correctly tighten the lug nuts Improperly or loosely tightened lug nuts are dangerous The wheel could wobble or come off This could result in loss of vehicle control and cause a serious accident Be sure to reinstall the same nuts you re
90. on for long periods with the engine not running could cause the battery power to be depleted The temperature of the seat warmer cannot be adjusted beyond High Mid and Low because the seat warmer is controlled by a thermostat Some models 2 7 Essential Safety Equipment Seats Y Split One piece Folding the Seatback By lowering the rear seatback s the luggage compartment space can be expanded WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with occupants on folded down seatback s or in the luggage compartment Putting occupants in the luggage compartment is dangerous because seat belts cannot be fastened which could lead to serious injury or death during sudden braking or a collision Do not allow children to play inside the vehicle with the seatback s lowered Allowing children to play in the vehicle with the seatback s folded down is dangerous If a child enters the luggage compartment and the seatback s were raised back up the child may become trapped in the luggage compartment which could lead to an accident Tightly secure cargo in the luggage compartment when it is transported with the seatback s folded down Driving without tightly securing cargo and luggage is dangerous as it could move and become an obstruction to driving during emergency braking or a collision resulting in an unexpected accident 2 8 When transporting cargo do not allow the cargo to exceed the height of the seatback s
91. or tire chains are used An emergency tire is used The tire pressure monitoring system warning light may flash and then continue illuminating A tire is repaired using the puncture tire repair kit The tire pressure is excessively higher than the specified pressure or the tire pressure is suddenly lowered for some reason such as a tire burst during driving The vehicle speed is lower than about 15 km h 9 3 mph including when the vehicle is stopped or the drive period is shorter than 5 minutes The vehicle is driven on an extremely rough road or a slippery icy road Hard steering and rapid acceleration deceleration are repeated such as during aggressive driving on a winding road Load on the vehicle is applied to a tire such as by loading heavy luggage to one side of the vehicle System initialization has not been implemented with the specified tire pressure 4 63 When Driving Tire Pressure Monitoring System YW Tire Pressure Monitoring System Initialization In the following cases system initialization must be performed so that the system operates normally A tire pressure is adjusted Tire rotation is performed A tire or wheel is replaced The battery is replaced or completely drained The tire pressure monitoring system warning light is illuminated Initialization method 1 Park the car in a safe place and firmly apply the parking brake 2 Let the tires cool then adjust the t
92. page 2 56 Front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 56 Front passenger seat weight sensor control module O Driver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches page 2 60 NOTE O are equipped only on models with the front passenger occupant classification system 2 48 Some models Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags How the SRS Air Bags Work Your Mazda is equipped with the following types of SRS air bags SRS air bags are designed to work together with the seat belts to help to reduce injuries during an accident The SRS air bags are designed to provide further protection for passengers in addition to the seat belt functions Be sure to wear seat belts properly VW Front Seat Belt Pretensioners The front seat belt pretensioners are designed to deploy in moderate or severe frontal near frontal collisions With Side Air Bags In addition during a side collision the pretensioner operates on the side in which the collision occurs With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System The front seat belt pretensioners are also designed to deploy in a roll over accident Y Driver Air Bag The driver s air bag is mounted in the steering wheel When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force the driver s air bag inflates quickly helping to reduce injury mainly to the driver s head or chest caused by directly hitting the steering wheel For more details about air bag deployment ref
93. passenger s side or vice versa Be sure to reinstall the metal stiffeners in the new blade rubber so that the curve is the same as it was in the old blade rubber v v a Carefully insert the new blade rubber Then install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal V Replacing Rear Window Wiper Blade 5 Door When the wiper no longer cleans well the blade is probably worn or cracked Replace it A CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arm and other components do not move the wiper by hand 1 Remove the cover arm 3 Firmly rotate the wiper blade to the right until it unlocks then remove the blade A CAUTION To prevent damage to the rear window do not let the wiper arm fall on it Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 4 Pull down the blade rubber and slide it out of the blade holder Y M 5 Remove the metal stiffeners from the blade rubber and install them in the new blade 7 A CAUTION Do not bend or discard the stiffeners You need to use them again 6 Carefully insert the new blade rubber Then install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal f Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Battery A WARNING Wash hands after handling the battery and related accessories Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm
94. passenger seat with the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light not illuminated is dangerous If this indicator light does not illuminate this means that the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner are ready for deployment Ifan accident were to deploy an air bag a child in a child restraint system sitting in the front passenger seat could be seriously injured or killed If the indicator light does not illuminate after seating a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat seat a child in a child restraint system on the rear seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint 2 35 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Y Using LATCH Lower Anchor Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH child restraint systems in the rear seats Both anchors must be used otherwise the seat will bounce around and put the child in danger Most LATCH child restraint systems must also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective If they have a tether you must use it to better assure your child s safety WARNING Follow the manufacturer s instructions for the use of the child restraint system An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Make sure the
95. performed while the vehicle is moving If you attempt to perform pairing while the vehicle is moving PAIR DISABLE is displayed If seven Bluetooth audio devices have already been paired to the vehicle pairing cannot be performed and MEMORY FULL is displayed Delete one paired device to pair another one Pairing a Bluetooth audio device which does not have a four digit PIN code 1 Using the audio control dial select the pairing mode PAIR DEVICE in the BT SETUP mode Refer to Bluetooth audio set up for details 2 Press the audio control dial to determine the mode After ENTER PIN is displayed on the audio display for three seconds PIN 0000 is displayed and the PIN code can be input 5 81 Interior Features Bluetooth 3 Press the audio control dial while PIN 0000 is displayed PAIRING flashes on the audio display 4 Operate the Bluetooth audio device and set it to the pairing mode while PAIRING is flashing 5 As the Bluetooth audio device requires a PIN code input 0000 6 When the pairing is completed d and PAIR SUCCESS are displayed after about 10 30 seconds after which PAIR SUCCESS continues to be displayed for three seconds and then the unit returns to the normal display NOTE If pairing cannot be completed try 1234 instead Refer to the owner s manual of your mobile device for the right PIN code
96. person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer refer to Customer Assistance U S A page 8 2 When an air bag deploys a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released Neither is likely to cause injury however the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injuries on body parts not covered with clothing through friction Should you sell your Mazda we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and that familiarization with all instructions about them from the Owner s Manual is important This highly visible label is displayed which warns against the use of rear facing child restraint systems on the front passenger seat U S A and Canada wk Mexico A AIRBAG 2 46 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Supplemental Restraint System Components With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System 2 47 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Without Front Passenger Occupant Classification System Driver Front passenger inflators and air bags Roll over sensor crash sensors and diagnostic module SAS unit Front seat belt pretensioners page 2 16 Front air bag sensors Side crash sensors Air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light page 4 16 Side and curtain inflators and air bags Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light
97. position and the seat is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward Power Seat To slide the seat move the slide lifter switch on the outside of the seat to the front or back and hold it Release the switch at the desired position Height Adjustment Driver s Seat Manual Seat To adjust the seat height move the lever up or down Power Seat To adjust the seat height move the switch up or down 2 5 Essential Safety Equipment Seats Seat Recline Manual Seat To change the seatback angle lean forward slightly while raising the lever Then lean back to the desired position and release the lever Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seatback is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward Power Seat To change the seatback angle press the front or rear side of the reclining switch Release the switch at the desired position Lumbar Support Adjustment Driver s Seat To increase the seat firmness move the lever forward Move the lever backward to decrease firmness 2 6 Some models YV Seat Warmer The front seats are electrically heated The ignition must be switched ON Press the seat warmer switch to illuminate the indicator light while the ignition is switched ON The mode changes as follow each time the seat warmer switch is pressed 000 wf OFF i 5 t O68 w ia ct 6 l O88 w Mid 008 w
98. re connect correctly If the message reappears have the unit checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 64 MEMO Interior Features Audio System V How to use iPod mode Type A Audio display Tex button Play Pause button Random button Repeat button Track down Rew rse button Track up Fast forward button An iPod may not be compatible depending on the model or OS version In this case an error message is displayed NOTE The iPod functions on the iPod cannot be operated while it is connected to the unit because the unit controls the iPod Junctions Playback 1 Switch the ignition to ACC or ON 2 Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on 3 Press the media button MEDIA to switch to the iPod mode and start playback NOTE When an iPod is not connected the mode does not switch to the iPod mode When there is no playable data in the iPod NO CONTENTS is flashed Do not remove the iPod while in the iPod mode Otherwise the data could be damaged Pause To stop playback press the play pause button 4 Press the button again to resume playback 5 66 Media Scan button Category down button Category up button List up button List down button Fast forward Reverse Press and hold the fast forward button gt gt I to advance through a track at high speed Press and hold the reverse button M4 to reverse through
99. recommends these shift points Gear Vehicle speed 1 to2 24 km h 15 mph 2 to3 42 km h 26 mph 3 to4 60 km h 37 mph 4to5 75 km h 46 mph 5 to 6 79 km h 49 mph For cruising Mazda recommends these shift points Gear Vehicle speed 1 to 2 13 km h 8 mph 2 to3 29 km h 18 mph 3 to 4 49 km h 30 mph 4to5 63 km h 39 mph 5 to 6 70 km h 43 mph Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade downshift before the engine starts to overwork This reduces the chance of stalling and gives better acceleration when you need more speed On a steep downgrade downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life When Driving Transaxle 4 23 When Driving Transaxle Automatic Transaxle Controls Lock release button Varios Lockouts gt Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal and hold in the lock release button to shift The ignition must be switched ON gt Indicates the shift leve r can be shifted freely into any position gt Indicates that you must hold in the lock release button to shift NOTE The Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transaxle that gives the driver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transaxle to shift gears Even if you intend to use the automatic transaxle functions as a traditional automati
100. regardless of the message wrench indicator light display 2 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 3 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or mileage kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 6 10 Canada residents Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 Maintenance Interval x1000 km 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 x1000 miles 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 ENGINE Drive belts Engine oil amp filter COOLING SYSTEM FL22 type Replace at first 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 10 years after that every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 5 years Engine coolant Others Replace at first 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 4 years after that every 2 years Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I FUEL SYSTEM Air filter R Fuel lines and hoses I I Hoses and tubes for emission IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace eve
101. required time is a few minutes The user needs to be seated in the driver s seat with the voice input command list for voice recognition learning open to the page indicated below When voice recognition learning is done for the first time 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Voice training 3 Prompt This operation must be performed in a quiet environment while the vehicle is stopped See the owner s manual for the list of required training phrases Press and release the talk button when you are ready to begin Press the hang up button to cancel at any time 4 Press the talk button with a short press 5 The voice guidance reads out the voice input command number refer to the voice input command list for voice recognition learning Ex Please read phrase 1 5 88 6 Say Beep 0123456789 Say the voice input command for voice recognition learning 1 to 8 according to the voice guidance 7 Prompt Speaker enrollment is complete NOTE Ifan error occurred in the voice recognition learning re learning can be done by pressing the talk button with a short press Voice recognition re learning If voice recognition learning has already been done 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Voice training 3 Prompt Enrollment is enabled disabled Would you like to disable enable or retrain
102. requirements regarding the safety of children riding in your vehicle Whatever child restraint system you consider please pick the appropriate one for the age and size of the child obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual child restraint system A child who has outgrown child restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts both lap and shoulder If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face move the child closer to the center of the vehicle in the outboard seats and towards the buckle on the right if the child is seated on the center seat Statistics confirm that the rear seat is the best place for all children up to 12 years of age and more so with a supplemental restraint system air bags A rear facing child restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the air bag system activated The front passenger s seat is also the least preferred seat for other child restraint systems With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag the front passenger seat weight sensors work as a part of the supplemental restraint system This system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the front passenger seat belt pretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat the system
103. requires the use of your Mazda dealer s service facilities personnel and equipment We urge you to follow the above three steps in sequence for most effective results V Mediation Arbitration Program Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda s Customer Satisfaction Program If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still not resolved you have another option Mazda Canada Inc participates in an arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP CAMVAP will advise you about how your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through binding arbitration Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc and our dealers Mazda s participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that goal There is no charge for using CAMVAP CAMVAP results are fast fair and final as the award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc V Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP If a specific item of concern arises where a solution cannot be reached between an owner Mazda and or one of its dealers that all parties cannot agree upon the owner may wish to use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling and preparing for their arbitration hearings However before you can proceed with CA
104. right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation Air Conditioning and the Environment Your Mazda s genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a R134a a refrigerant that has been found not to damage the earth s ozone layer If the air conditioner does not operate properly consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Perchlorate Certain components of this vehicle such as air bag modules seat belt pretensioners lithium batteries may contain Perchlorate Material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Please be aware that this manual applies to all models equipment and options As a result you may find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle 2014 Mazda Motor Corporation Printed in U S A Jan 2014 Print1 How to Use This Manual We want to help you get the most driving pleasure from your vehicle Your owner s manual when read from cover to cover can do that in many ways Illustrations complement the words of the manual to best explain how to enjoy your Mazda By reading your manual you can find out about the features important safety information and driving under various road conditions The symbol below in this manual means Do not do this or Do not let this happen Index A good place to start is the Index an alphabetical listing of all information i
105. roll over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries gt Do not overload your vehicle Overloading your vehicle is dangerous as it could prevent the air bag crash sensor system from accurately detecting a collision or roll over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries The gross axle weight rating GAWR and the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR for your vehicle are on the Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label on the Mazda Dealer Do not exceed these ratings gt Do not drive the vehicle off road Driving your Mazda off road is dangerous because the vehicle has not been designed to do so Driving the vehicle off road could prevent the air bag crash sensor system from accurately detecting a collision or roll over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries Do not modify a front door or leave any damage unrepaired Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect a damaged front door Modifying a front door or leaving any damage unrepaired is dangerous Each front door has a side crash sensor as a component of the supplemental restraint system If holes are drilled in a front door a door speaker is left removed or a damaged door is left unrepaired the sensor could be adversely affected causing it to not detect the pressure ofan impact correctly during a side collis
106. short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Select one of the following Pair Edit Delete List or Set Pairing Code NOTE A registered device Mobile phone can be deleted using the registration list 6 Say Beep Delete Interior Features Bluetooth 7 Prompt Please say the name of the device you would like to delete Available devices are XXXXX Ex device A XXXXX Ex device B XXXXX Ex device C or all Which device please 8 Say Beep X Say the number of the device to be deleted NOTE Say All to delete all devices Mobile phone 9 Prompt Deleting XXXXX Ex device B Registered device tag Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt Deleted Registered device editing 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Select one of the following Pair Edit Delete List or Set Pairing Code Say Beep Edit 7 Prompt Please say the name of the device you would like to edit Av
107. side mirror Before Driving Mirrors 2 Press the mirror switch in the appropriate direction Mirror switch After adjusting the mirror lock the control by rotating the switch in the center position Folding mirror WARNING Always return the outside mirrors to the driving position before you start driving Driving with the outside mirrors folded in is dangerous Your rear view will be restricted and you could have an accident Fold the outside mirror rearward until it is flush with the vehicle a Before Driving Mirrors YW Rearview Mirror WARNING Do not stack cargo or objects higher than the seatbacks Cargo stacked higher than the seatbacks is dangerous It can block your view in the rearview mirror which might cause you to hit another car when changing lanes Rearview mirror adjustment Before driving adjust the rearview mirror to center on the scene through the rear window NOTE For the manual day night mirror perform the adjustment with the day night lever in the day position 3 34 Reducing glare from headlights Manual day night mirror Push the day night lever forward for day driving Pull it back to reduce glare of headlights from vehicles at the rear Day Night lever SSS a Auto dimming mirror The auto dimming mirror automatically reduces glare of headlights from vehicles at the rear when the ignition is switched ON Press the ON OFF but
108. socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 5 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 6 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 5 Door 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the lens and then remove the lens by carefully prying on the edge of the lens with a flathead screwdriver 3 Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out I 5 VEA aE Zao ad 4 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Replacing Interior Light Bulbs Overhead lights Front Map lights Overhead lights Front Overhead lights Rear Vanity mirror lights 1 Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the lens and then remove the lens by carefully prying on the edge of the lens with the flathead screwdriver Some models 6 55 Maintenance an d Care Owner Maintenance 2 Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out Overhead lights Front Map lights Overhead lights Rear 6 56 Some models Vanity mirror lights s ISW 3 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Trunk light 4 Door 1 Press both sides of the lens cap to remove it 2 Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out ee
109. special key to unlock them This key will attach to the lug wrench and can be stored with the spare tire Register them with the lock manufacturer by filling out the card provided in the glove compartment and mailing it in the accompanying envelope If you lose this key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer or use the lock manufacturer s order form which is with the registration card Antitheft lug nut OP To remove an antitheft lug nut 1 Obtain the special key for the antitheft lug nut 2 Place the special key on top of the antitheft lug nut and be sure to hold the key square to it If you hold the key at an angle you may damage both key and nut Do not use a power impact wrench 3 Place the lug wrench on top of the key and apply pressure Turn the wrench counterclockwise Special key To install the antitheft lug nut 1 Place the special key on top of the nut and be sure to hold the key square to it If you hold the key at an angle you may damage both key and nut Do not use a power impact wrench Place the lug wrench on top of the special key apply pressure and turn it clockwise Nut tightening torque 108 147 N m kgfm ft lbf 12 14 80 108 V Mounting the Spare Tire 1 Remove dirt and grime from the mounting surfaces of the wheel and hub including the hub bolts with a cloth If Trouble Arises Flat Tire A WARNING Make sure the mounting surfaces
110. the current track repeatedly TRACK RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback Random playback Tracks are randomly selected and played Song random 1 Press the random button 2 during playback to play the tracks in the list randomly SONG RDM is displayed 2 To cancel the random playback press the button again after 3 seconds Interior Features Audio System Album random 1 Press the random button 2 during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks in the iPod randomly ALBUM RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback NOTE The track number being played randomly is in the order of the iPod shuffle table Switching the display For files with a file name and other information that have been input the display switches between display of the file name and other information each time the text button 3 is pressed during playback File number Elapsed time Category Playlist title Genre title Composer title Podcast title 3 Artist name Album name Song name 5 67 Interior Features Audio System NOTE The information artist name music name is displayed only when the iPod has information which can be displayed This unit cannot display some characters Characters which cannot be displayed are indicated by an asterisk CK Display scroll 13 characters c
111. the dial clockwise and decreases by turning it counter clockwise Switches around commander knob Displays the home screen J Displays the audio screen NAV Displays the navigation screen Only navigation equipped vehicles Displays the Favorites screen Long press to store particular items in Favorites AM FM radio phonebook and destination of the navigation system can be programmed 3 Returns to previous screen 5 36 Interior Features Audio System Commander knob operation Selection of icons on screen 1 Tilt or turn the commander knob and move the cursor to the desired icon 2 Press the commander knob and select the icon NOTE Long press operation of the commander knob is also possible for some functions Touch panel operation A CAUTION Do not press the screen strongly or press it with a sharp pointed object Otherwise the screen could be damaged NOTE For safety reasons touch panel operation is disabled while the vehicle is driven 5 37 Interior Features Audio System VY Basic Operation Method TOUCH amp TAP 1 Touch the item indicated in the center display 2 The operation is launched and the next item is displayed Settings SLIDE 1 Touch the setting item displaying a slider bar 2 Slide your finger in the desired direction m 10 20 m 10 20
112. the home screen and display the Communication screen 2 Select the Contacts icon to display the contact list 3 Select the contact you would like to call to display the details for the contact 4 Select the desired phone number to make the call Import contact Download Phonebook Phonebook data from your device Mobile phone can be sent and registered to your Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook using Bluetooth Some models 5 99 Interior Features Bluetooth Automatic downloading The Auto Download Contacts setting must be on When hands free is connected to the device the phonebook is downloaded automatically Refer to Communication Settings on page 5 107 Manually downloading If the Auto Download Contacts setting is off download the phonebook using the following procedure 1 Select the icon on the home screen and display the Communication screen 2 Select the Contacts icon to display the contact list Select the Edit Contacts icon 4 Select the icon or Import Selected Contact icon to switch to the device operation 5 If the Import all Contacts icon is selected select the icon 6 Download will be started from the mobile phone ies NOTE If the phonebook has been already registered to the hands free unit the current phonebook is overwritten during Import All Contacts A maximum of 1000 contacts can be regi
113. the pick up button then go to Step 15 Adding inputting telephone number Say XXXX desired telephone number then go to Step 13 Telephone number correction Say Go Back The prompt replies Go Back The last entered numbers have been removed Number please Then go back to Step 12 15 Prompt Number changed Phonebook data deletion Erasing individual phonebook data Individual data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook can be cleared NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep Delete 5 Prompt Please say the name of the entry you would like to delete or say List names 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex John s phone Say the registered voice tag to be deleted from the phonebook 7 Prompt Deleting XXXXX Ex John s phone Registered voice tag Home Registered location Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 5 95 Interior Features Bluetooth 9 Prompt XXXXX Ex John s phone Registered voice tag Home Registered location deleted Complete deletion of the phonebook data
114. the setting 1 Switch the ignition off and close all of the doors and the liftgate trunk lid 2 Open the driver s door 3 14 3 Within 30 seconds of opening the driver s door press and hold the LOCK button on the key for 5 seconds or longer All of the doors and the liftgate lock and the beep sound activates at the currently set volume If the beep sound is currently set to not activate it will not activate The setting changes each time the LOCK button on the key is pressed and the beep sound activates at the set volume If the beep sound has been set to not activate it will not activate 4 The setting change is completed by doing any one of the following Switching the ignition to ACC or ON Closing the driver s door Opening the liftgate trunk lid Not operating the key for 10 seconds Pressing any button except the LOCK button on the key Pressing a request switch With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights flash when the theft deterrent system is armed or turned off Refer to Theft Deterrent System on page 3 43 The setting can be changed so that the doors and the liftgate are locked automatically without pressing the request switch Refer to Personalization Features on page 9 10 Auto lock function A beep sound is heard when all doors and the liftgate are closed while the advanced key is being carried All doors and the liftgate are locked automatically
115. the transaxle R Reverse In position R the vehicle moves only backward You must be at a complete stop before shifting to or from R except under rare circumstances as explained in Rocking the Vehicle page 3 47 N Neutral In N the wheels and transaxle are not locked The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or brakes are on WARNING If the engine is running faster than idle do not shift from N or P into a driving gear It s dangerous to shift from N or P into a driving gear when the engine is running faster than idle If this is done the vehicle could move suddenly causing an accident or serious injury Do not shift into N when driving the vehicle Shifting into N while driving is dangerous Engine braking cannot be applied when decelerating which could lead to an accident or serious injury 4 25 When Driving Transaxle A CAUTION Do not shift into N when driving the vehicle Doing so can cause transaxle damage NOTE Apply the parking brake or depress the brake pedal before moving the selector lever from N to prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly D Drive D is the normal driving position From a stop the transaxle will automatically shift through a 6 gearsequence M Manual M is the manual shift mode position Gears can be shifted up or down by operating the selector lever Refer to Manual Shift Mode on page 4 27 V Active Adapt
116. transaxle Put the vehicle in park P If you must restart the engine while the vehicle is moving shift into neutral N NOTE Manual transaxle The starter will not operate if the clutch pedal is not depressed sufficiently Automatic transaxle The starter will not operate if the selector lever is not in P or N and the brake pedal is not depressed sufficiently Ne 4 4 6 Verify that the KEY indicator light green in the instrument cluster and the push button start indicator light green illuminate ENGINE NOTE Df the push button start indicator light green flashes make sure that the key is being carried Df the push button start indicator light green flashes with the key being carried touch the key to the push button start and start the engine Refer to Engine Start Function When Key Battery is Dead on page 4 6 A CAUTION If the KEY warning light red illuminates or the push button start indicator light amber flashes this could indicate a problem with the engine starting system and the inability to start the engine or switch the ignition to ACC or ON Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible NOTE Under the following conditions the KEY warning light red flashes after the push button start is pressed to inform the driver that the push button start will not switch to ACC even if it is pressed from off The key battery
117. trunk is out of the assured operational range however if the key transmitter is operable the engine will start With the advanced keyless function Interior antenna Operational range 3 7 Before Driving Keys Without the advanced keyless function Interior antenna __ Operational range NOTE The engine may not start if the key is placed in the following areas Around the dashboard In the storage compartments such as the glove compartment On the rear parcel shelf 4 door 3 8 V Key Suspend Function If a key is left in the vehicle the functions of the key left in the vehicle are temporarily suspended to prevent theft of the vehicle The following are inoperable Starting the engine using the push button start With the advanced keyless function Operating the request switches To restore these functions perform any one of the following Press a button on the key which has had its functions temporarily suspended Manual transaxle When carrying another key depress the clutch pedal until the KEY indicator light green illuminates Automatic transaxle When carrying another key depress the brake pedal until the KEY indicator light green illuminates Refer to Warning Indicator Lights on page 4 16 Advanced Keyless Entry System WARNING Radio waves from the key may affect medical devices such as pacemakers Be
118. trunk lid can be opened by pressing the electric trunk lid opener Closing the liftgate trunk lid Lower the liftgate trunk lid slowly using the liftgate trunk lid grip recess then push the liftgate trunk lid closed using both hands Do not slam it Pull up on the liftgate trunk lid to make sure it is secure 5 door Liftgate grip recess Before Driving Doors and Locks V Luggage Compartment Luggage compartment cover 5 door WARNING Do not place anything on top of the cover Placing luggage or other cargo on top of the luggage compartment cover is dangerous During sudden braking or a collision the cargo could become a projectile that could hit and injure someone The vehicle has a light weight luggage compartment cover to keep the contents of your luggage area out of sight it will not retain heavy objects that are not tied down in an accident such as a rollover Tie down all heavy objects whether luggage or cargo using the tie down hooks Make sure luggage and cargo are secured before driving Not securing cargo while driving is dangerous as it could move or be crushed during sudden braking or a collision and cause injury A CAUTION Make sure the luggage compartment cover is firmly secured If it is not firmly secured it could unexpectedly disengage resulting in injury 3 23 Before Driving Doors and Locks The luggage compartment can be accessed by opening the liftgate wh
119. unlock all doors by performing a single operation Refer to Personalization Features on page 9 10 Use the following procedure to change the setting 1 Switch the ignition off and close all of the doors and the lifigate trunk lid 2 Open the driver s door 3 Within 30 seconds of opening the driver s door press and hold the UNLOCK button on the key for 5 seconds or longer The sound of the doors locking unlocking can be heard After this the system switches the setting each time the UNLOCK button is pressed the sound of the doors locking unlocking can be heard 4 The setting change is completed by doing any one of the following Switching the ignition to ACC or ON Closing the driver s door Opening the liftgate trunk lid Not operating the key for 10 seconds Pressing any button except the UNLOCK button on the key Pressing a request switch 3 6 After unlocking with the key all doors and the liftgate will automatically lock if any of the following operations are not performed within about 60 seconds If your vehicle has a theft deterrent system the hazard warning lights will flash for confirmation The time required for the doors to lock automatically can be changed Refer to Personalization Features on page 9 10 A door or the liftgate trunk lid is opened The push button start is switched to any position other than off With theft deterrent system When the doors ar
120. up button A to advance to the next folder Music scan During music CD playback This function scans the titles on a CD and plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to Press and hold the scan button MEDIA during playback to start the scan play operation the track number will flash Press and hold the scan button MEDIA again to cancel scan playback During MP3 WMA AAC CD playback This function scans the titles in a folder currently being played and plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to Press and hold the scan button MEDIA during playback to start the scan play operation the track number will flash Press and hold the scan button MEDIA again to cancel scan playback NOTE If the unit is left in scan normal playback will resume where scan was selected Interior Features Audio System Repeat playback During music CD playback 1 Press the repeat button 1 during playback to play the current track repeatedly TRACK RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback During MP3 WMA AAC CD playback Track repeat 1 Press the repeat button 1 during playback to play the current track repeatedly TRACK RPT is displayed 2 To cancel the repeat playback press the button again after 3 seconds Folder repeat 1 Press the repeat button 1 during playback and then press th
121. user s authority to operate the equipment gt To avoid damage to the key do not gt Drop the key gt Get the key wet gt Expose the key to any kind of magnetic field gt Expose the key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight gt If the engine does not start with the correct key and the security indicator light keeps illuminating or flashing the system may have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 3 41 Before Driving Security System NOTE The keys carry a unique electronic code For this reason and to assure your safety obtaining a replacement key requires some waiting time They are only available through an Authorized Mazda Dealer Always keep a spare key in case one is lost Ifa key is lost consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Ifyou lose a key an Authorized Mazda Dealer will reset the electronic codes of your remaining keys and immobilizer system Bring all the remaining keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset Starting the vehicle with a key that has not been reset is not possible Y Operation NOTE The engine may not start and security indicator light may illuminate or flash if the key is placed in an area where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal such as on the dashboard or in the glove compartment Move the key to a location within the signal range switch the ignition off
122. wear the seat belt properly Pretensioners When a collision is detected the pretensioners deploy simultaneously with the air bags For vehicles with the front passenger occupant classification system the pretensioners deploy simultaneously with the air bags when a roll over is also detected For deployment details refer to the SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 53 The front seat belt retractors remove slack quickly as the air bags are expanding Any time the air bags and seat belt pretensioners have fired they must be replaced A system malfunction or operation conditions are indicated by a warning Refer to Warning Indicator Lights on page 4 16 Refer to Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep on page 7 34 With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System In addition the pretensioner system for the front passenger like the front and side passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat For details refer to the front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 56 Load limiter The load limiting system releases belt webbing in a controlled manner to reduce belt force on the occupant s chest While the most severe load on a seat belt occurs in frontal collisions the load limiter has an automatic mechanical function and can activate in any accident mode with sufficient occupant movement Even if the pretensioners have
123. wearing no seat belt at all however if the front seat belt pretensioners and load limiters are not replaced the risk of injury in a collision will increase Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the Seat Belt Improper positioning of the shoulder portion of the seat belt is dangerous Always make sure the shoulder portion of the seat belt is positioned across your shoulder and near your neck but never under your arm on your neck or on your upper arm Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat Belt The lap portion of the seat belt worn too high is dangerous In a collision this would concentrate the impact force directly on the abdominal area causing serious injury Wear the lap portion of the belt snugly and as low as possible A CAUTION Belt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled so try to keep them clean For more details about cleaning the seat belts refer to Cleaning the Lap Shoulder Belt Webbing page 6 71 Ring 2 13 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Y Pregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions Pregnant women should always wear seat belts Ask your doctor for specific recommendations The lap belt should be worn SNUGLY AND AS LOW AS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly but never across the stomach area Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts Check with your doctor for any speci
124. while driving it indicates a malfunction of the alternator or of the charging system Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION Do not continue driving when the charging system warning light is illuminated because the engine could stop unexpectedly Engine Oil Warning Light This warning light indicates low engine oil pressure A CAUTION Do not run the engine if the oil pressure is low Otherwise it could result in extensive engine damage If the light illuminates or the warning indication is displayed while driving 1 Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way on level ground 2 Turn off the engine and wait 5 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 3 Inspect the engine oil level 6 28 If it s low add the appropriate amount of engine oil while being careful not to overfill A CAUTION Do not run the engine if the oil level is low Otherwise it could result in extensive engine damage 4 Start the engine and check the warning light If the light remains illuminated even though the oil level is normal or after adding oil stop the engine immediately and have your vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer 7 25 If Trouble Arises Warning Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds Signal Warning E Red High Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light The light flashes when the engine coolant temper
125. 0 ecceeeeeeeseeeseseteeeees 5 73 Bluetooth Audio Type A 5 111 Bluetooth Audio Type B 5 113 Bluetooth Hands Free Type A 5 93 Bluetooth Hands Free Type B 5 99 Troubleshooting 0 0 eeeeeeeeee 5 126 Body Lubrication ccceeeeeeereetees 6 32 Bottle Holder cecceceeeeeeeeeneeees 5 135 Brakes Brakes assist 4 48 Foot brake sie csicsa 4 46 Pad wear indicator 4 47 Parking brake n se 4 47 Warning light eee 4 47 Break Tiatre Ea ra 3 45 C Capacities sss ris 9 5 Carbon Monoxide s es 3 29 CEN PRONES sis ccssivs exsvan teens orarin sesei 8 19 Center Consol issis ieirceesseriie 5 136 Child Restraint Child restraint precautions 2 22 Installing child restraint systems 2 28 LATCH child restraint systems 2 36 Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors 3 20 Climate Control System 5 2 Automatic Climate Control 5 9 Dual Zone Automatic Climate Control acta naw siake lana ct 5 12 Gas specifications eee 9 7 Manual Climate Control 0 5 5 Operating Tips eeeceeeeeeeeeneeees 5 2 Vent Operation ccceceseeereeeeeeeeees 5 3 CLOCK eree n lees chest vepvent bens Ea Ei 5 28 Cruise Control areeiro 4 57 Cruise Control Switch 4 57 Cruise Control Set Vehicle Speed Display ciscccscosssestvcecssvssss vcvcudessccvceeveeess 4 14 Cup Holder s ns cuieenicntinenionces 5 134 Customer Assistance ee eeeeeeteee 8 2 D
126. 0 mm 61 4 in Wheelbase 2 700 mm 106 3 in Mexico Item Vehicle specification Overall length 4 580 mm 180 3 in Overall width 1 795 mm 70 7 in Overall height 1 450 mm 57 1 in Front tread Rear tread 1 555 mm 61 2 in 1 560 mm 61 4 in Wheelbase 2 700 mm 106 3 in Specifications Specifications 5 Door U S A and Canada Item Vehicle specification Overall length 4 460 mm 175 6 in Overall width 1 795 mm 70 7 in Type A 1 470 57 9 i Overall height ype a in Type B 1 455 mm 57 3 in Front tread 1 555 mm 61 2 in Rear tread 1 560 mm 61 4 in Wheelbase 2 700 mm 106 3 in The overall height is categorized according to the antenna type as follows Type A Antenna aooo Z Type B Except above Mexico Item Vehicle specification Overall length 4 460 mm 175 6 in Overall width 1 795 mm 70 7 in Overall height 1 450 mm 57 1 in Front tread 1 555 mm 61 2 in Rear tread 1 560 mm 61 4 in Wheelbase 2 700 mm 106 3 in V Weights U S A and Canada Specifications Specifications Item Weight Manual transaxle Automatic transaxle GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating 1 772 kg 3 907 Ibs 1 815 kg 4 001 Ibs GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating Front 925 kg 2 039 Ibs 975 kg 2 149 Ibs Rear 855 kg 1 885 lbs 848 kg 1 870 I
127. 30 seconds of opening the driver s door press and hold the UNLOCK button on the key for 5 seconds or longer The sound of the doors locking unlocking can be heard After this the system switches the setting of pressing the driver s request switch once or twice to unlock all doors and the liftgate each time the UNLOCK button is pressed the sound of the doors locking unlocking can be heard 4 The setting change is completed by doing any one of the following Switching the ignition to ACC or ON Closing the driver s door Opening the liftgate trunk lid Not operating the key for 10 seconds Pressing any button except the UNLOCK button on the key Pressing a request switch 3 13 Before Driving Doors and Locks Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are securely locked For the liftgate trunk lid move it without pressing the electric liftgate trunk lid opener to verify that the liftgate trunk lid has not been left ajar All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked when any door or the liftgate is open It may require a few seconds for the doors to unlock after the request switch is pressed A beep sound is heard for confirmation when the doors and the liftgate are locked unlocked using the request switch If you prefer the beep sound can be turned off The volume of the beep sound can also be changed Refer to Personalization Features on page 9 10 Use the following procedure to change
128. 60 000 miles or 4 years after that Others every 2 years FUEL SYSTEM Air filter Replace when any equivalent timing of replacing engine oil Max interval 36 months 60 000km 37 500 miles Fuel lines and hoses Hoses and tubes for emission I I IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 120 000 km 75 000 miles CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I I I Disc brakes I I I I I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 8 000 km 5 000 miles Steering operation and linkages I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel I I I I bearing axial play Driveshaft dust boots I I I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T T Exhaust system and heat shields I AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter Replace when any equivalent timing of replacing engine oil Max interval 24 months 48 000km 30 000 miles Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary T Tighten Remarks The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year or within 16 000km 10 000 miles since last engine oil and filter change The system must be reset whenever replacing the engine oil regardless of the message wrench indicator light display 2 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or
129. 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating Here is an explanation of the various components of that tire size and load index rating Note that the tire size and load index rating may be different from the example P Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks as designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA NOTE If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or JATMA Japan Tire Manufacturing Association 215 215 is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters This three digit number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 65 65 is the aspect ratio This two digit number indicates the tire s ratio of height to width R R is the tire construction symbol R indicates Radial ply construction 15 15 is the wheel rim diameter in inches 95 95 is the Load Index This two or three digit number indicates how much weight each tire can support 8 24 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A H H is the speed rating The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of the tire is rated Letter Rating Speed Rating 99 mph 106 mph 112 mph 118 mph 124 mph 130
130. 90 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Puerto Rico Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business That is why all Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps VSTEP 1 Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER VSTEP 2 If after following STEP 1 you feel the need for further assistance please contact your area s Mazda representative Indicated on the next page Please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver s side corner of the dash 4 Purchase date and current mileage 5 Your dealer s name and location 6 Your question s 8 9 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Mexico Your complete and permanent satisfaction
131. AAC file NOTE Ifa disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 WMA AAC files playback of the two or three file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded Inserting the CD Insert the CD into the slot label side up The auto loading mechanism will set the CD and begin play NOTE There will be a short lapse before play begins while the player reads the digital signals on the CD 5 32 Some models Ejecting the CD Press the CD eject button 4 to eject the CD Playback Press the media button MEDIA to switch to CD mode and start playback NOTE The CD mode cannot be selected if a CD has not been inserted Pause To stop playback press the Play Pause button 4 Press the button again to resume playback Fast forward Reverse Press and hold the fast forward button gt gt I to advance through a track at high speed Press and hold the reverse button M4 to reverse through a track at high speed Track search Press the track up button gt gt I once to skip forward to the beginning of the next track Press the track down button 44 within a few seconds after playback begins to track down to the beginning of the previous track Press the track down button M44 after a few seconds have elapsed to start playback from the beginning of the current track Folder search during MP3 WMA AAC CD playback To change to the previous folder press the folder down button V or press the folder
132. Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not operate in an accident WARNING Never tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light 40 Red Illuminate KEY Warning Light If the tire pressure monitoring system has a malfunction the tire pressure warning light flashes for about 1 minute when the ignition is switched ON and then continues illuminating Have your vehicle checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible WARNING If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard decrease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden maneuvering and braking Ifthe tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds or perform sudden maneuvering or braking Vehicle drivability could worsen and result in an accident To determine if you have a slow leak or a flat pull over to a safe position where you can check the visual condition of the tire and determine if you have enough air to proceed to a place where air may
133. Display Signal Indicator Lights Page 0 02 Lights On Indicator Light 4 33 The light turns on when the ignition is switched on for an operation check and turns off a few seconds later or when the engine is started If the light does not turn on or remains turned on have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Wrench Indicator Light 9 When the ignition is switched ON the wrench indicator light is illuminated and then turns off after a few seconds The wrench indicator light is illuminated when the preset maintenance period arrives Verify the content and perform maintenance Refer to Maintenance Monitor on page 6 20 4 20 V Low Engine Coolant Temperature Indicator Light Blue a el The light illuminates continuously when the engine coolant temperature is low and turns off after the engine is warm If the low engine coolant temperature indicator light remains illuminated after the engine has been sufficiently warmed up the temperature sensor could have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer When Driving Transaxle WWENNIEIM TENEO Operation V Manual Transaxle Shift Pattern R135 2 4 6 Neutral position The shift pattern of the transaxle is conventional as shown Depress the clutch pedal all the way down while shifting then release it slowly Your vehicle is equipped with a device to prevent shifting to R reverse by
134. ETY WARNING The following safety warning appears on the tire s sidewall SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM EXPLOSION OF TIRE RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING MATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER NEVER EXCEED 40 psi 275 kPa TO SEAT BEADS ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT TIRES TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER INFLATION OVERLOADING DAMAGE FOLLOW OWNER S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE FREQUENTLY CHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE 8 26 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A V Information on Temporary Tires Please refer to the sample below N yy ORI Wy Sa 09 oL 2Y QdY Temporary tires Nominal width of tire in millimeters Ratio of height to width aspect ratio 1 2 3 4 Diagonal 5 Rim diameter code 6 Load index amp speed symbol T115 70D16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating Here is an explanation of the various components of that tire size and load index rating Note that the tire size and load index rating may be different from the example T Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks as designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA 15 115 is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters This three digit number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 70 70
135. FM analog broadcasts may differ 5 44 HD Radio What is HD Radio Technology and how does it work HD Radio Technology is the digital evolution of analog AM FM radio Your radio product has a special receiver which allows it to receive digital broadcasts where available in addition to the analog broadcasts it already receives Digital broadcasts have better sound quality than analog broadcasts as digital broadcasts provide free crystal clear audio For more information and a guide to available radio stations and programming please visit www hdradio com Benefits of HD Radio Technology Information The song title artist name album name and genre will appear on the screen when available by the radio station Multicast On the FM radio frequency most digital stations have multiple or supplemental programs on each FM station Listening to HD Radio Technology If icon turns on by selecting a radio station which is an HD Radio broadcasting station the analog broadcast is switched to an HD Radio broadcast automatically after a few seconds and then received If the HD Radio broadcast is stopped and changed to an analog broadcast press down 4 to turn off 9 Multicast channel selection FM If multi cast channels are available for an HD Radio broadcast currently being received the multi cast channel list is displayed Select the desired radio station NOTE Ifan analog
136. History 12 5 on eee ea pi Displays the following SETTING screen Ending display on off switching NA P oN o On off switching for function which synchronizes E lo E Od ott reset fuel economy data to trip meter Trip A 4 54 Some models When Driving Fuel Economy Monitor V Fuel Consumption Display Information regarding the fuel economy is displayed Indication on display Control status Displays the fuel economy for the past 60 minutes Fuel Economy Monitor 10 20 Displays the fuel economy every minute for the sae pat past 1 to 10 minutes Fuel Economy This Drive Displays the fuel economy every 10 minutes for sa the past 10 to 60 minutes m A 60 50 40 30 20 10 5 O min This Drive Displays the average fuel economy over the past 5 Average Fuel Economy History 12 5mpg resets and after the current reset 60 ie M Calculates the average fuel economy every minute YN it te malo mog after vehicle travel begins and displays it NOTE The fuel economy data can be reset by doing the following operation Press the reset switch from the menu screen When the function which synchronizes the fuel economy monitor and the trip meter is on reset trip A of the trip meter Delete the average fuel economy information displayed in the trip computer
137. IN code can be input 3 Input the PIN code of your Bluetooth audio device by pressing channel preset buttons 1 to 4 while PIN 0000 is displayed Press channel preset button to input the first digit 2 for the second 3 for the third and 4 for the forth For example if the PIN code were 4213 press channel preset button 1 four times 1 2 3 4 button 2 twice 1 2 button 3 once 1 and button 4 three times 1 2 3 If the PIN 0000 display disappears before finishing the PIN code input repeat the procedure from Step 1 NOTE Some devices accept only a particular pairing code Usually 0000 or 1234 If pairing cannot be completed refer to the owner s manual of your mobile device and try those numbers if necessary Interior Features Bluetooth 4 Press the audio control dial while the input PIN code is displayed PAIRING flashes on the audio display 5 Operate the Bluetooth audio device and set it to the pairing mode while PAIRING is flashing 6 When the pairing is completed J and PAIR SUCCESS are displayed after about 10 30 seconds after which PAIR SUCCESS continues to be displayed for three seconds and then the unit returns to the normal display NOTE Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain amount of time before the symbol is displayed If the pairing failed Err flashes for three seconds Pairing cannot be
138. Illuminates for about 15 seconds when the ignition is returned from ACC to OFF The light also turns off when The ignition is switched on and all doors are closed The driver s door is locked NOTE Battery saver If any door is left open with the overhead light switch in the DOOR position or the liftgate trunk lid is left open the overhead light or luggage compartment light trunk light turns off after about 30 minutes to prevent battery depletion The operation of the illuminated entry system can be changed Refer to Personalization Features on page 9 10 5 131 Interior Features Interior Equipment Accessory Sockets Only use genuine Mazdaaccessories or the equivalent requiring no greater than 120 W DC 12 V 10 A Type A The accessory sockets can be used regardless of whether the ignition is on or off Type B The ignition must be switched to ACC or ON With CD Player 5 132 Some models Without CD Player A CAUTION gt To prevent accessory socket damage or electrical failure pay attention to the following gt Do not use accessories that require more than 120 W DC 12 V 10A gt Do not use accessories that are not genuine Mazda accessories or the equivalent gt Close the cover when the accessory socket is not in use to prevent foreign objects and liquids from getting into the accessory socket g
139. In the 4 or W position the air conditioner is automatically turned on and the outside air mode is automatically selected to defrost the windshield In the 4 or W position the outside air mode cannot be changed to the recirculated air mode 5 7 Interior Features Climate Control System Y Dehumidifying With air conditioner Operate the air conditioner in cool or cold weather to help defog the windshield and side windows 1 Set the mode selector dial to the desired position 2 Set the air intake selector to the outside air mode 3 Set the temperature control dial to the desired position 4 Set the fan control dial to the desired speed 5 Turn on the air conditioner by pressing the A C switch NOTE One of the functions of the air conditioner is dehumidifying the air and to use this function the temperature does not have to be set to cold Therefore set the temperature control dial to the desired position hot or cold and turn on the air conditioner when you want to dehumidify the cabin air 5 8 Interior Features Climate Control System Automatic Climate Control Temperature control dial Fan control dial Mode selector dial AIC switch V Control Switches Temperature control dial This dial controls temperature Turn it clockwise for hot and counterclockwise for cold Fan control dial The fan has seven speeds AUTO position The amount of airflow will be automatically co
140. LLC n approuve aucune modification apport e a l appareil par Purilisateur quelle qu en soit la nature Tout changement ou modification peuvent annuler le droit d utilisation de l appareil par l utilisateur Interference statement This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and Industry Canada licence exempt RSS standard s Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device Le pr sent appareil est conforme aux CNR d Industrie Canada applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence L exploitation est autoris e aux deux conditions suivantes 1 l appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage et 2 l utilisateur de l appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radio lechique subi m me si le brouillage est susceptible d en compromettre le fonctionnement Radiation Exposure Statement This device complies with FCC IC radiation exposure limits set forth for an uncontrolled environment and meets the FCC radio frequency RF Exposure Guidelines in Supplement C to OET65 and RSS 102 of the IC radio frequency RF Exposure rules The antenna should be installed and operated with minimum distance of 20 cm between the radiator and your body This transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter Le pr sent appareil est conforme
141. MVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the Provincial Administrator at 1 800 207 0685 or by contacting the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan 235 Yorkland Boulevard suite 300 North York Ontario M2J 4Y8 http camvap ca Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Provincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below Province Territory CAMVAP Number British Columbia amp Yukon Territories 1 800 207 0685 Alberta amp Northwest Territories 1 800 207 0685 Saskatchewan 1 800 207 0685 Manitoba 1 800 207 0685 Ontario 1 800 207 0685 Atlantic Canada 1 800 207 0685 Quebec 1 800 207 0685 V Regional Offices REGIONAL OFFICES AREAS COVERED MAZDA CANADA INC WESTERN REGION ALBERTA 8171 ACKROYD ROAD BRITISH COLUMBIA SUITE 2000 MANITOBA RICHMOND B C SASKATCHEWAN V6X 3K1 YUKON 604 303 5670 MAZDA CANADA INC CENTRAL ATLANTIC REGION 55 VOGELL ROAD RICHMOND HILL ONTARIO ONTARIO L4B 3K5 905 787 7000 MAZDA CANADA INC QUEBEC REGION QUEBEC 6111 ROUTE TRANS NEW BRUNSWICK CANADIENNE NOVA SCOTIA POINTE CLAIRE QUEBEC PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND HOR 5A5 NEWFOUNDLAND 514 694 63
142. Meters and Gauges on page 4 9 If shifting to R is difficult shift back into neutral release the clutch pedal and try again YW Gear Shift Indication The gear shift indication supports you to obtain optimum fuel economy and smooth driving It displays the selected gear position in the instrument cluster as well as notifies the driver to change to the most suitable gear position corresponding to the actual driving condition Selected gear position Suitable gear position Indication Condition Numeral The selected gear position is displayed gt and al Shift up or down to the indicated ang numera sear position is recommended 4 22 Some models A CAUTION Do not rely solely on the shift up shift down recommendations by indications The actual driving situation might require shift operations different from indication To avoid the risk of accidents the road and traffic conditions have to be judged correctly by the driver before shifting NOTE The gear shift indicator turns off when the following operations are performed The vehicle is stopped The vehicle is put in neutral The vehicle is driven in reverse The clutch is not fully engaged when accelerating from a stop The clutch pedal remains depressed for 2 seconds or longer while driving V Recommendations for Shifting for Vehicles without Gear Shift Indication Upshiftin For normal acceleration Mazda
143. OTE Because there may be a difference between the displayed image such as indicated below and the actual conditions when parking always verify the safety at the rear of the vehicle and the surrounding area directly with your eyes In the image of the parking space or garage displayed below even though the back end and distance guide lines appear parallel in the monitor they may not actually be parallel on the ground When parking in a space with a division line on only one side of the parking space the division line and the vehicle width guide line may appear parallel on the monitor but they may not actually be parallel on the ground ee YV Variance Between Actual Road Conditions and Displayed Image Some variance occurs between the actual road and the displayed road Such variance in distance perspective could lead to an accident Note the following conditions that may cause a variance in distance perspective When the vehicle is tilted due to the weight of passengers and load When the vehicle rear is lowered the object displayed on the screen appears farther than the actual distance Variance 4 78 When Driving Rear View Monitor When there is a steep grade behind the vehicle When there is a steep upgrade downgrade behind the vehicle the object displayed on the screen appears farther downgrade closer than the actual distance Appears A A ppears farther than A closer than gt actual
144. PARE POUR PLUS DE DE SECOURS 1125 70D15 420kPa 60 psi leetelatis V Recommended Tire Inflation Pressure On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psi for the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle It is very important that the inflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure is maintained Refer to Tires on page 9 9 NOTE Tire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended cold tire inflation pressure measured when the tires are cold after the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours As you drive the temperature in the tire warms up increasing the tire pressure 8 29 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A A WARNING Always check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to the recommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with the information in this owner s manual Driving your vehicle with under inflated tires is dangerous Under inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and may result in severe cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and roll
145. PNEUS WITHIAVEC CIA TIRESIPNEUS CTH RIMSWANTES M RIMS JANTES E KPAI PSI COLD A FROID IO KPA LO PSI COLD A FROID Oooo SY VN VEE O EEE BAR CODE WARNING Never Exceed Axle Weight Rating Limits Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous and could result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle or loss of control Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits 8 39 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A GCW Gross Combination Weight is the weight of the loaded vehicle GVW GCWR Gross Combination Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle including all cargo and passengers that the vehicle can handle without risking damage The GCW must never exceed the GCWR WARNING Never Exceed GVWR or GAWR Specifications Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident injury or damage to the vehicle Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals because they may lower the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limi
146. Prompt Start the pairing process on your Bluetooth device Your pairing code is 0000 XXXX Input this on your Bluetooth device when prompted on the device See device manual for instructions 9 x 9 Using the device perform a search for the Bluetooth device Peripheral device NOTE For the operation of the device refer to its instruction manual 10 Select Mazda from the device list searched by the device 11 Input the 4 digit pairing code to the device 12 Prompt Please say the name of the device after the beep 13 Say Beep XXXX Say a device tag an arbitrary name for the device Example Stan s device NOTE Say a paired device tag within 10 seconds If more than two devices are to be paired they cannot be paired with the same or similar device tag 14 Prompt XXXXXX Ex Stan s device Device tag Is this correct 15 Say Beep Yes 16 Prompt Pairing complete After a device is registered the system automatically identifies the device By activating Bluetooth Hands Free again or by activating Bluetooth Hands Free first after switching the ignition from OFF to ACC the system reads out a voice guidance XXXXXX Ex Stan s device Device tag is connected Interior Features Bluetooth NOTE When the paring is completed the A symbol is displayed Some Bluetooth au
147. Some models Make sure the seatback is securely latched by pushing it back until it is fully locked Raise the head restraint to the top locked position Refer to Head Restraints on page 2 10 Secure the child restraint system with the lap portion of the lap shoulder belt See the manufacturer s instructions on the child restraint system for belt routing instructions To get the retractor into the automatic locking mode pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt until the entire length of the belt is out of the retractor 5 Push the child restraint system firmly into the vehicle seat Be sure the belt retracts as snugly as possible A clicking noise from the retractor will be heard during retraction if the system is in the automatic locking mode If the belt does not lock the seat down tight repeat this step NOTE Inspect this function before each use of the child restraint system You should not be able to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor while the system is in the automatic locking mode When you remove the child restraint system be sure the belt fully retracts to return the system to emergency locking mode before occupants use the seat belts 6 If your child restraint system requires the use of a tether strap refer to the manufacturer s instructions to hook and tighten the tether strap Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint A WARNING Use the tether an
148. Step 10 If No the procedure returns to Step 5 10 Prompt XXXXX Ex Device B selected R Music player 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Select music player 5 Prompt Please say the name of the device you would like to select Available devices are XXXXX Ex device A XXXXX Ex device B XXXXX Ex device C Which device please 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Device B 7 Prompt XXXXX Ex Device B Is this correct Say Beep Yes or No 9 If Yes go to Step 10 If No the procedure returns to Step 5 ag 10 Prompt XXXXX Ex Device B selected NOTE When the selected device connection is completed the Bor symbol is displayed Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain amount of time before the Bor symbol is displayed Device Music player selection can also be done by operating the panel button Deleting a device Registered devices Mobile phone can be deleted individually or collectively NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a
149. Stitcher Radio What is Stitcher Radio Stitcher Radio is an application for streaming Internet radio or podcasts on demand Recommended content is automatically selected by registering content which you put into your favorites or by pressing the Like or Dislike button For details on Stitcher Radio refer to http stitcher com Stitcher the Stitcher logo and the Stitcher trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of Stitcher Inc used with permission NOTE To operate Stitcher Radio from your Bluetooth device perform the following in advance Install the Stitcher Radio application to your device Create a Stitcher Radio account for your device Log onto Stitcher Radio using your device Playback Select the Audio screen and display the icon on the home screen When icon is selected the following icons are indicated in the bottom part of the center display Icon Function f Displays the Audio menu Use to switch to a different audio source 2 Displays the station list 2 Use to switch to other stations E Dislike Evaluates the current program as Dislike Like Evaluates the current program as Like Adds the current station to your favorites or deletes the current station from your favorites Reverses for 30 seconds Pll Plays the station Select it again to pause playback 5 123 Interior Features Bluetooth
150. System A CAUTION gt This unit plays files with the file extension mp3 as an MP3 file Do not use the MP3 file extension for files other than MP3 files Otherwise it could result in noise or amalfunction gt This unit plays files with the file extension wma as a WMA file Do not use the WMA file extension for files other than WMA files Otherwise it could result in noise or a malfunction gt This unit plays files with the file extension aac m4a mp4 wav as an AAC file Do not use the AAC file extension for files other than AAC files Otherwise it could result in noise or a malfunction 1 Type B MP3 WMA AAC files written under specifications other than the indicated specification may not play normally or files folder names may not display correctly The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system version software or settings In this case add the file extension mp3 wma aac m4a mp4 or wav to the end of the file name and then write it to the memory 1 Type B 5 24 Y Operating Tips for iPod This unit supports playback of music files recorded to an iPod iPod is a trademark of Apple Inc registered in the U S and other countries The iPod may not be compatible depending on the model or OS version In this case an error message is displayed A CAUTION gt Remove the iPod when it is not in
151. Transporting cargo stacked higher than the seatback s is dangerous as visibility to the rear and sides of the vehicle is reduced which could interfere with driving operations and lead to an accident Lowering the seatback s CAUTION Check the position of a front seat before folding a rear seatback Depending on the position of a front seat it may not be possible to fold a rear seatback all the way down because it may hit the seatback of the front seat which could scratch or damage the front seat or its pocket Lower or remove the head restraint on the rear outboard seat if necessary 4 Door 1 Open the trunk lid and pull the lever for the seatback you want to fold down 1 With split folding type seat only 2 Open a rear door and fold the rear seat forward 5 Door Press the push knob to fold down the seatback To return the seatback to its upright position WARNING When returning a seatback to its upright position make sure the 3 point seat belt is not caught in the seatback and the 3 point seat belt is not twisted If the seat belt is used while it is twisted and caught in the seatback the seat belt cannot function at its full capacity which could cause serious injury or death Essential Safety Equipment Seats When returning a seatback to its upright position make sure that it is firmly locked and the red indication is not visible 5 Door If the red in
152. USA com bluetooth gt Canada Phone 800 430 0153 Web www mazdahandsfree ca gt Mexico Center of Attention to Client CAC Phone 01 800 01 MAZDA Web www mazdamexico com mx Some models 5 73 Interior Features Bluetooth Applicable Bluetooth specification Ver 2 0 or higher Type A Ver 2 1 EDR Type B Y Component Parts Audio unit Type A Type B i 1 i C 7 NSE i i 1 i 1 Talk btu ton Pick up button and Hang up button Hang up button Microphone Microphone hands free The microphone is used for speaking voice commands or exchanging conversation Talk button Pick Up button and Hang Up button hands free The basic functions of Bluetooth Hands Free can be used for such things as making calls or hanging up using the talk pick up and hang up buttons on the steering wheel Commander switch Type B The commander switch is used for volume adjustment and display operation Tilt or turn the commander and move the cursor Press the commander knob to select the icon 5 74 Interior Features Bluetooth Volume adjustment The power volume dial of the audio unit or the volume dial of the commander switch is used to adjust the volume Turn the dial to the right to increase volume to the left to decrease it The volume can also be adjusted using the volume button on the steering wheel 1 Type A 2 Type B Type B Conversation volume a
153. UTION Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may damage the protective coating also cleaners and detergents may discolor or deteriorate the paint Pay special attention to removing salt dirt mud and other foreign material from the underside of the fenders and make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial fallout and similar deposits can damage the finish if not removed immediately When prompt washing with plain water is ineffective use a mild soap made for use on vehicles Thoroughly rinse off all soap with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish After washing the vehicle dry it with a clean chamois to prevent water spots from forming WARNING Dry off brakes that have become wet by driving slowly releasing the accelerator pedal and lightly applying the brakes several times until the brake performance returns to normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected 6 66 When using a high water pressure car wash High water temperature and high water pressure car washers are available depending on
154. Year For Example Every Spring and Fall You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical ability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual Engine coolant page 6 29 Engine oil page 6 27 Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for items that are easy to perform As explained in the Introduction page 6 2 several procedures can be done only by a qualified service technician with special tools Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage Refer to Introduction page 6 2 for owner s responsibility in protecting your investment For details read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle If you are unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure have it done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids Please dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer 6 22 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance WARNING Do not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work Have maintenance work done by a qualified technician Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerou
155. Zoom Zoom All children instinctively know it A few adults still remember it One unique car company refuses to outgrow it In grown up language it means the exhilaration and liberation that come from experiencing sheer motion But as usual children put it much better and simply call it Go Zoom Zoom We practice it every day It s why we build the kind of cars we do Zoom Zoom Can we re awaken it in you today A Word to Mazda Owners Thank you for choosing a Mazda We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete customer satisfaction in mind To help ensure enjoyable and trouble free operation of your Mazda read this manual carefully and follow its recommendations An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best So when maintenance or service is necessary that s the place to go Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best possible service We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product Mazda Motor Corporation HIROSHIMA JAPAN Important Notes About This Manual Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda Should you resell the vehicle leave this manual with it for the next owner All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing Because improvement is a constant goal at Mazda we reserve the
156. a motor pump operation noise may be heard This is a normal effect of the brake assist and does not indicate a malfunction The brake assist equipment does not supersede the functionality of the vehicle s main braking system 4 48 Hill Launch Assist HLA Hill Launch Assist HLA is a function which assists the driver in accelerating from a stop while on a slope When the driver releases the brake pedal and depresses the accelerator pedal while on a slope the function prevents the vehicle from rolling The braking force is maintained automatically after the brake pedal is released on a steep grade For vehicles with a manual transaxle Hill Launch Assist HLA operates on a downward slope when the shift lever is in the reverse R position and on an upward slope when the shift lever is in a position other than the reverse R position For vehicles with an automatic transaxle Hill Launch Assist HLA operates on a downward slope when the shift lever is in the reverse R position and on an upward slope when the shift lever is in a forward gear When Driving Brake NOTE A WARNING Hill Launch Assist HLA does not Do not rely completely on Hill Launch operate on a gentle slope In addition Assist HLA the gradient of the slope on which the Hill Launch Assist HLA is an auxiliary device for accelerating from a stop on a slope The system only operates for about two seconds and therefore relying only o
157. a track at high speed Track search Press the track up button gt gt I once to skip forward to the beginning of the next track Press the track down button M4 within a few seconds depends on iPod software version after playback begins to track down to the beginning of the previous track Press the track down button M4 after a few seconds depends on iPod software version have elapsed to start playback from the beginning of the current track Category search Press the category down button 5 to select the previous category and press the category up button 6 to select the next category NOTE The types of categories include Playlist Artist Album Song Podcast Genre Composer and Audio book List search Press the list down button V to select the previous list and press the list up button A to select the next list NOTE When the selected category is Song or Audio book there is no list Music Scan This function scans the titles in a list currently being played and plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to Press and hold the scan button MEDIA during playback to start the scan play operation the track number will flash Press and hold the scan button MEDIA again to cancel scan playback NOTE If the unit is left in scan normal playback will resume where scan was selected Repeat playback 1 Press the repeat button 1 during playback to play
158. able which would prevent it from activating in an accident The occupants or repairers could be seriously injured Properly dispose of the pretensioner system Improper disposal of the pretensioner system or a vehicle with non deactivated pretensioners is dangerous Unless all safety procedures are followed injury could result Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer safely dispose of the pretensioner system or scrap a pretensioner system equipped vehicle 2 17 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems NOTE With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System The pretensioner system will not activate in rear impacts Without Front Passenger Occupant Classification System The pretensioner system will not activate in most roll overs and rear impacts Some smoke non toxic gas will be released when the air bags and pretensioners deploy This does not indicate a fire This gas normally has no effect on occupants however those with sensitive skin may experience light skin irritation If residue from the deployment of the air bags or the front pretensioner system gets on the skin or in the eyes wash it off as soon as possible 2 18 Some models Center Rear Position 2 Point Type Seat Belt YV Fastening the Seat Belt 1 Pull the seat belt tongue to the desired length 2 Insert it into the seat belt buckle until you hear a click sound Seat belt buckle A Adjust the belt length
159. act a local Mazda dealership in the U S can be found here E mail click on Contact Us located on the Inside Mazda tab or at the bottom of the page at www MazdaUSA com By phone at 1 800 222 5500 By letter at Attn Customer Assistance 8 2 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 2922 P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 In order to serve you efficiently and effectively please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver s side corner of the dash 4 Purchase date and current mileage 5 Your dealer s name and location 6 Your question s If you live outside the U S A please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor V STEP 3 Contact Better Business Bureau BBB Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may not be possible As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered Mazda North American Operations has agreed to participate in a dispute settlement program administered by the Better Business Bureau BBB system at no cost to you the consumer BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt to reach a mutually acceptable r
160. act is long pressed when the favorites list is displayed the contact information can be edited deleted moved Telephone Number Input NOTE Practice this while parked until you are confident you can do it while driving in a non taxing road situation If you are not completely comfortable make all calls from a safe parking position and only start driving when you can devote your full attention to driving 1 Input the telephone number using the numerical keypad 2 Select the amp icon to make the call Numeral or symbol entry Use the numerical keypad Long press the O icon to input Select the 4 icon to delete the currently input value Long press the 4 icon to delete all input values 5 101 Interior Features Bluetooth Mobile 911 U S A Canada only If the vehicle is involved in a moderate to severe collision a call is made automatically to 911 from the connected device The Mobile 911 setting must be on Refer to Communication Settings on page 5 107 A CAUTION Mobile 911 is a secondary function of the audio entertainment system Therefore the Mobile 911 function cannot assure that a call will always be made to 911 in the event that the vehicle is involved in an accident Also a hands free device must be paired and connected The 911 operator can verify the vehicle s position information using the GPS on the hands free device if equipped Though the system can be set to
161. ad restraints adjusted too low or removed is dangerous With no support behind your head your neck could be seriously injured in a collision Height adjustment To raise a head restraint pull it up to the desired position To lower the head restraint press the stop catch release then push the head restraint down Adjust the head restraint so that the center is even with the top of the passenger s ears Poi Front outboard seat Rear center seat ij LOA Ge Pp Essential Safety Equipment Seats Removal Installation To remove the head restraint pull it up while pressing the stop catch To install the head restraint insert the legs into the holes while pressing the stop catch WARNING Always drive with the head restraints installed when seats are being used and make sure they are properly installed Driving with the head restraints not installed is dangerous With no support behind your head your neck could be seriously injured in a collision Some models 2 11 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Seat Belt Precautions Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden stops Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts U S A and Canada All of the seat belt retractors are designed to keep the lap shoulder belts out of the way when not in use The driver s seat belt has no provisions for child res
162. ada atest ieee eocena E 8 14 Warranty seseeseseessesseeesecsesocsoeeoeeeseesese 8 15 Warranties for Your Mazda 8 15 Outside the United States Canadasin n RE 8 16 Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country Except United States and Canada eeen r eer Eas 8 17 Add On Non Genuine Parts and AGCESSOTICS a nno anaana 8 18 Cell Phones eesoeeesoesssocsssoesssoessesesse 8 19 Cell Phones Warning 8 19 Event Data Recorder sssssseeeeee 8 20 Event Data Recorder U S A and Canada rister sites ok tn chatoes ealnedoaenseates 8 20 Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTOGS isisisi sosesc 8 21 Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTOG Soaic pnei 8 21 Tire Information U S A ss000 8 23 Tire Labeling eee 8 23 Location of the Tire Label Placard isinna 8 29 Tire Maintenance oe 8 32 Vehicle Loading eeeeeeeenees 8 35 Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit n se 8 41 Declaration of Conformity 8 42 Declaration of Conformity 8 42 Service Publications scseseeeees Service Publications 8 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance U S A Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business We are here to serve you All Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improv
163. adult depending on the child s physique 2 Ifa smaller adult sits on tl on the person s physique The curtain air bag is ready for inflating regardless of the chart above he front passenger seat the sensors might detect the person as being a child depending If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched ON and does not illuminate as indicated in the above chart do not allow a child to sit in the front passenger seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not work properly in an accident 2 57 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags WARNING Do not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat required for air bag deployment is dangerous The front passenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total seated weight condition and the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy during an accident The front passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag which could result in serious injury Decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat could result in an air bag not deploying under the following conditions for example gt A front passenger is seated as shown in the following figure gt A r
164. again within 3 seconds to play the tracks in the USB device randomly ALL RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback Switching the display For files with a file name and other information that have been input the display switches between display of the file name and other information each time the text button 3 is pressed during playback File number Elapsed time display Folder number File number File name 3 Folder name E Album name Song name Artist name 5 63 Interior Features Audio System NOTE The information artist name music name is displayed only when the USB device information in the USB device has information which can be displayed on the screen This unit cannot display some characters Characters which cannot be displayed are indicated by an asterisk CK Display scroll Only 13 characters can be displayed at one time To display the rest of the characters of a long title press and hold the text button 3 The display scrolls the next 13 characters Press and hold the text button 3 again after the last 13 characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title NOTE The number of characters which can be displayed is restricted Error Messages When the message CHECK USB is displayed it indicates that there is some error in the USB device Verify that the content recorded in the USB device has MP3 WMA AAC files and
165. age 9 10 Settings can be changed using the following procedure 1 Safely park the vehicle All doors must remain closed 2 Switch the ignition ON 3 Press and hold the lock side of the driver s door lock switch within 20 seconds of switching the ignition ON and make sure a beep sound is heard about eight seconds afterwards 3 17 Before Driving Doors and Locks 4 Refer to the auto lock unlock function setting table determine the function number for the desired setting Press the unlock side of the driver s door lock switch the same number of times as the selected function number Ex If you select function 2 press the unlock side of the switch only 2 times 5 Three seconds after the function setting has been changed a beep sound will beep in the amount of the selected function number Ex Function number 3 3 beep sounds Manual transaxle vehicles Cune nt Function Number F ess unlock side of lock switch once Function Number 1 F ess lock side of lock switch 4 F ess 2t imes Function Number 2 E F ess 3t imes Function Number 3 Cancel setting Wait for 3s econd Beet cage N as Function set The 4 Ress 4times number of beeps heard is the same as Cancel setting the selected function number 3 18 Automatic transaxle vehicles Current Function Number Press unlock side of lock switch once Function Nu
166. ailable devices are XXXXX Ex device A XXXXX Ex device B XXXXX Ex device C Which device please 8 Say Beep X Say the number of the device to be edited 9 Prompt New name please 10 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Device C Speak a device tag an arbitrary name for the device 11 Prompt XXXXX Ex device C Device tag is this correct SA 5 79 Interior Features Bluetooth 12 Say Beep Yes 13 Prompt New name saved Bluetooth Audio Preparation Bluetooth audio device set up Bluetooth audio pairing changes deletions and display of paired device information can be performed 1 The mode changes as follows each time the menu button MENU is pressed Select BT SETUP ALC OFF BASS TREE FACE BEEP OW BT SETUP leHr x gt 2HHr 2 Turn the audio control dial and select a desired mode PAIR DEVICE LAN LINK CHANGE PAIR DELETE LAN DEVICE IMFO wd GO BACK ko IN 5 80 Display Mode Function PAIR Paitine mode Bluetooth audio DEVICE 8 device pairing LINK Link change Cene E A CHANGE mode devi evice Pairing Deleting link to PAIR On Ac DELETE deletion B uetooth audio mode device DEVICE Device Displaying vehicle s INFO information Bluetooth unit display mode infor
167. al Shift Mode The manual shift mode gives you the feel of driving a manual transaxle vehicle by allowing you to operate the selector lever manually This allows you to control engine rpm and torque to the drive wheels much like a manual transaxle when more control is desired To change to manual shift mode shift the lever from D to M NOTE Changing to manual shift mode while driving will not damage the transaxle To return to automatic shift mode shift the lever from M to D NOTE Ifyou change to manual shift mode when the vehicle is stopped the gear will shift to M1 Ifyou change to manual shift mode without depressing the accelerator pedal when driving in D range 5th gear 6th gear the gear will shift to M4 MS When Driving Transaxle Indicators Manual shift mode indication In manual shift mode the M of the shift position indication in the instrument panel illuminates Gear position indication The numeral for the selected gear illuminates TypeA Manual shift mode indication Type B mA Gear position indication Manual shift mode indication 4 27 When Driving Transaxle NOTE If the gears cannot be shifted down when driving at higher speeds the gear position indication will flash twice to signal that the gears cannot be shifted down to protect the transaxle Df the automatic transaxle fluid ATF temperature becomes too high there is the po
168. al instructions regarding specific medical conditions V Emergency Locking Mode When the seat belt is fastened it will always be in the emergency locking mode In the emergency locking mode the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the retractor will lock in position during a collision If the belt is locked and cannot be pulled out retract the belt once and then try pulling it out slowly If this fails pull the belt strongly one time and loosen then pull it out again slowly Seat Belt with Automatic Locking Mode When the seat belt is fastened it will always be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode by pulling it all the way out to its full length If the belt feels tight and hinders comfortable movement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion it may be in the automatic locking mode because the belt has been pulled too far out To return the belt to the more comfortable emergency locking mode wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe level area retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend it around you again V Automatic Locking Mode Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child restraint system from shifting to an unsafe position in the event of an accident To enable seat belt automatic locking mode pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child restraint system It will retract down to the child restraint sy
169. al play Driveshaft dust boots I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 Maintenance Interval x1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 x1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72 000 km 45 000 miles or 5 years All locks and hinges L L LI Ly LY YLy Ly ELTETE DIE Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter Replace every 40 000 km 25 000 miles or 2 years Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace L Lubricate T Tighten Remarks 1 Engine oil flexible maintenance is available for U S A and Puerto Rico residents whose vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions apply Extended periods of idling or low speed operation such as police car taxi or driving school car Driving in dusty conditions If any do apply follow fixed maintenance The engine oil and filter must be changed at least once a year or within 16 000 km 10 000 miles since last engine oil and filter change The system must be reset whenever replacing the engine oil
170. allation position is determined by the type of child restraint system Always read the manufacturer s instructions and this owner s manual carefully Due to variations in the design of child restraint systems vehicle seats and seat belts all child restraint systems may not fit all seating positions Before purchasing a child restraint system it should be tested in the specific vehicle seating position or positions where it is intended to be used If a previously purchased child restraint system does not fit you may need to purchase a different one that will Infant seat An infant seat provides restraint by bracing the infant s head neck and back against the seating surface Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Child seat A child seat restrains a child s body using the harness Booster seat A booster seat is a child restraint accessory designed to improve the fit of the seat belt system around the child s body 2 27 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Installing Child Restraint Systems Accident statistics reveal that a child is safer in the rear seat The front passenger s seat is clearly the worst choice for any child under 12 and with rear facing child restraint systems it is clearly unsafe due to air bags NOTE Even if your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 56 which automatically deactivates the front passenger air bag a rear s
171. alls can be made by saying the name of a person voice tag whose phone number has been registered in Bluetooth Hands Free in advance Refer to Phonebook registration 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Call 3 Prompt Name please 4 Say Beep XXXXxX Ex John s phone Say a voice tag registered in the phonebook 5 Prompt Calling XXXXX Ex John s phone XXXX Ex at home Is this correct Voice tag and phone number location registered in phonebook 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Dialing NOTE The Call command and the voice tag can be combined Ex In Step 2 say Call John s phone then Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped Phonebook registration Phone numbers can be registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective Interior Features Bluetooth 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep New entry 5 Prompt Name please 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Say a voice tag for the name registered 7 Prompt Adding XXXXX Ex Ma
172. an be displayed at one time To display the rest of the characters of a long title press and hold the text button 3 The display scrolls the next 13 characters Press and hold the text button 3 again after the last 13 characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title NOTE The number of characters which can be displayed is restricted Error Messages If the message CHECK iPod is displayed it indicates that there is a malfunction in the iPod Verify that the content recorded in the iPod has playable files and connect correctly If the message reappears have the unit checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 68 VW Error Indications Type A If you see an error indication on the display find the cause in the chart If you cannot clear the error indication take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Indication Cause Solution Verify that the content recorded in the USB device has MP3 WMA AAC files and re connect correctly If the error indication continues to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer CHECK USB device USB malfunction Verify that the content recorded in the iPod has playable files and re CHECK iPod connect correctly iPod malfunction If the error indication continues to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Interior Features Audio System V How to use AUX mode Type B 1 Select the icon on the home scree
173. anceled and the line can be switched to the device Mobile phone as a standard call Transferring a call from a device mobile phone to hands free Communication between devices mobile phone can be switched to Bluetooth Hands Free Mute The microphone can be muted during a call When selected again the mute is canceled A call is made to other person during a call and a 3 way call can be made Select the contact from the following to make a call Call History Call History is displayed Contacts The phonebook is displayed Dial The dial pad is displayed Input the phone number The device may be unusable depending on the contractual content The call on hold is made to make a 3 way call The device may be unusable depending on the contractual content Switches the call on hold DTMF Dual Tone Multi Frequency Signal Transmission This function is used when transmitting DTMF via the Numerical Keypad The receiver of a DTMF transmission is generally a home telephone answering machine or a company s automated guidance call center Input the number using a numerical keypad 5 103 Interior Features Bluetooth NOTE If the ignition is switched off during a hands free call the line is transferred to the device Mobile phone automatically Ifthe DTMF code has two or more digits or symbols each one must be transmitted individually VY Call Int
174. and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72 x1000km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter R R R Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace L Lubricate C Clean T Tighten Remarks Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 6 19 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Maintenance Monitor V Maintenance Monitor Type A audio Oil Change with a flexible setting is available Consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer when you want to change the setting Once the system turns on the wrench indicator light in the instrument cluster will be illuminated when remaining oil life becomes less than 500 km 250 mile or remaining days are less than 15 whichever comes first Reset method Press and h
175. and adjust the temperature control dial to maintain maximum comfort The air to the floor is warmer than air to the face except when the temperature control dial is set at the extreme hot or cold position Ventilation 1 Set the mode selector dial to the position 2 Set the air intake selector to the outside air mode 3 Set the temperature control dial to the desired position 4 Set the fan control dial to the desired speed Interior Features Climate Control System V Windshield Defrosting and Defogging 1 Set the mode selector dial to the W position 2 Set the temperature control dial to the desired position 3 Set the fan control dial to the desired speed 4 If dehumidified heating is desired turn on the air conditioner WARNING Do not defog the windshield using the WY position with the temperature control set to the cold position Using the W position with the temperature control set to the cold position is dangerous as it will cause the outside of the windshield to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident Set the temperature contro to the hot or warm position when using the WY position NOTE For maximum defrosting turn on the air conditioner set the temperature control dial to the extreme hot position and turn the fan control dial fully clockwise If warm air is desired at the floor set the mode selector dial to the position
176. and then restart the engine Signals from a TV or radio station or from a transceiver or mobile telephone could interfere with your immobilizer system If you are using the proper key and the engine fails to start check the security indicator light 3 42 Armin The system is armed when the push button start is pressed from ON to off The security indicator light in the instrument cluster flashes every 2 seconds until the system is disarmed Disarming The system is disarmed when the ignition is switched ON with the correct programmed key The security indicator light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then turns off If the engine does not start with the correct key and the security indicator light remains illuminated or flashing try the following Make sure the key is within the operational range for signal transmission Switch the ignition off and then restart the engine If the engine does not start after 3 or more tries contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE Df the security indicator light flashes continuously while you are driving do not shut off the engine Go to an Authorized Mazda Dealer and have it checked If the engine is shut off while the indicator light is flashing you will not be able to restart it Because the electronic codes are reset when the immobilizer system is repaired the keys are needed Make sure to bring all the keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer so that they can be pro
177. aner gt Put any magnetized objects close to the key A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set detach this plate and store it in a safe place not in the vehicle for use if you need to make a replacement key auxiliary key Also write down the code number and keep it in a separate safe and convenient place but not in the vehicle If your key auxiliary key is lost consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer and have your code number ready NOTE The driver must carry the key to ensure the system functions properly Transmitter eon o__ Key code number plate To use the auxiliary key pull it out of the key transmitter Aux liary key Before Driving Keys Keyless Entry System This system uses the key buttons to remotely lock and unlock the doors and the liftgate and opens the trunk lid The system can start the engine without having to take the key out of your purse or pocket It can also help you signal for attention Operating the theft deterrent system is also possible on theft deterrent system equipped vehicles Press the buttons slowly and carefully System malfunctions or warnings are indicated by the following warning lights or beeps KEY Warning Light Red Refer to Warning Indicator Lights on page 4 16 Ignition Not Switched Off STOP Warning Beep Refer to Ignition Not Switched Off STOP Warning Beep on page 7 35 Key Removed from Vehicle Warning
178. ants and cargo should never exceed The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg 849 lbs 68 kg 150 lbs 317 kg 699 Ibs The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg 849 Ibs 68 x 2 kg 150 x 2 Ibs 249 kg 549 lbs If the weight of the occupant increases the cargo weight limit decreases by that much GAW Gross Axle Weight is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver s door frame or door pillar The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver s door frame or door pillar The GVW must never exceed the GVWR 8 38 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A SAMPLE COT DATE GVWRPNBV O LB CI KG FRONT GAWRIPNBE AV CCI LB COTO KG REAR GAWR PNBE AR O LB CD KG WITHIAVEC LI TIRES
179. arried by the tire 8 25 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under normal driving conditions Tread Wear Traction and Temperature Grades Tread wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Snow Tires In some heavy snow areas local governments may require true snow tires those with very deeply cut tread These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the other tires on your vehicle SAF
180. at as far back as possible because the force ofa deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to the child Never use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy Rear facing child restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous Even in a moderate collision the child restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child Even though you may feel assured that the front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates you should not use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side and curtain air bags It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window the area of the front passenger seat the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy even if a child restraint system is used The impact of inflation from a side or curtain air bag could cause serious injury or death to an out of position child Furthermore leaning over or against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection With the front air bag a
181. ate a problem If this occurs park the vehicle safely and wait several minutes for the system to return to normal 7 26 If Trouble Arises Warning Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds V Contact Authorized Mazda Dealer and Have Vehicle Inspected If any of the following warning lights turns on flashes the system may have a malfunction Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have your vehicle inspected Signal Warning Vehicles with type B audio The light turns on when the system has a malfunction AN Operate the center display and verify the content Refer to If a Warning Light Turns On or Flashes on page 7 24 Master Warning Vehicles without type B audio Light The light illuminates continuously if any one of the following occurs Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer There is a malfunction in the battery management system There is a malfunction in the brake switch If the ABS warning light stays on while you re driving the ABS control unit has detected a system malfunction If this occurs your brakes will function normally as if the vehicle had no ABS Should this happen consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible s NOTE ABS Warning Light When the engine is jump started to charge the battery uneven rpm occurs and the ABS warning light may illuminate If this occurs it is the result of the weak battery and does not indicate an ABS malfunction Recharge the battery The brake assi
182. ated when the power window lock switch on the driver s door is in the unlocked position The passenger windows may be opened or closed using the master control switches on the driver s door Ms ter control switches __ Driver s window A S Front f A passenger s i Right rear window 7 Left rear windo Z 3 38 Y Power Window Lock Switch This feature prevents all power windows from operating except the driver s power window Keep this switch in the locked position while children are in the vehicle Locked position button depressed Only the driver s power window can be operated Unlocked position button not depressed All power windows on each door can be operated Moonroof The moonroof can be opened or closed electrically only when the ignition is switched ON Tilt Slide switch WARNING Do not let passengers stand up or extend part of the body through the open moonroof while the vehicle is moving Extending the head arms or other parts of the body through the moonroof is dangerous The head or arms could hit something while the vehicle is moving This could cause serious injury or death Make sure the opening is clear before closing the moonroof A closing moonroof is dangerous The hands head or even neck of a person especially a child could be caught in it as it closes causing serious injury or even death Before Driving Windows NOTE Bef
183. atically switch off approximately 30 seconds after switching the ignition off The time setting can be changed Refer to Personalization Features on page 9 10 To prevent discharging the battery do not leave the lights on while the engine is off unless safety requires them Without auto light control OFF li Switch Position OFF 2002 a Ignition Position ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF Headlights On Daytime running lights Off Taillights Parking lights License lights On Side marker lights Dashboard illumination 4 33 When Driving Switches and Controls With auto light control Switch Position OFF AUTO 00 Ignition Position ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF Headlights Off Off Auto Off Off Off On On Daytime running lights On Off Auto Off On Off Off Off Taillights Parking lights License lights Off Off Auto Off On On On On Side marker lights Dashboard illumination The headlight and other light settings switch automatically depending on the surrounding brightness detected by the sensor Auto light control When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON the light sensor senses the surrounding lightness or darkness and automatically turns the headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination on or off see chart above 4 34 When Driving Switches and Controls A CAUTION gt D
184. attery be careful not to touch any of the internal circuitry and electrical terminals bend the electrical terminals or get dirt in the transmitter as the transmitter could be damaged There is the danger of explosion if the battery is not correctly replaced Dispose of used batteries according to the following instructions v v v gt Insulate the plus and minus terminals of the battery using cellophane or equivalent tape gt Never disassemble gt Never throw the battery into fire or water gt Never deform or crush gt Replace only with the same type battery CR2025 or equivalent The following conditions indicate that the battery power is low The KEY indicator light green flashes in the instrument cluster for about 30 seconds after the engine is turned off The system does not operate and the operation indicator light on the transmitter does not flash when the buttons are pressed The system s operational range is reduced Replacing the battery at an Authorized Mazda Dealer is recommended to prevent damage to the key If replacing the battery by yourself follow the instruction below Replacing the key batter 1 Pull out the auxiliary key Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 2 Insert a small flathead screwdriver into the groove shown in the figure and rotate the screwdriver to open the cover slightly Insert the small flathead screwdriver into the gap be
185. ature is extremely high and illuminates when the engine coolant temperature increases further Handling Procedure Flashing light Drive slowly to reduce engine load until you can find a safe place to stop the vehicle and wait for the engine to cool down Illuminated light This indicates the possibility of overheating Park the vehicle in a safe place immediately and stop the engine Refer to Overheating 7 19 A CAUTION Do not drive the vehicle with the high engine coolant temperature warning light illuminated Otherwise it could result in damage to the engine Ol Power Steering Malfunction Indicator Light The light illuminates flashes if the electric power steering has a malfunction If the light illuminates flashes stop the vehicle in a safe place and do not operate the steering wheel There is no problem if the light turns off after a while Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer if the light illuminates flashes continuously NOTE If the indicator light illuminates flashes the power steering will not operate normally If this happens the steering wheel can still be operated however the operation may feel heavy compared to normal or the steering wheel could vibrate when turning Repeatedly jerking the steering wheel left and right while the vehicle is stopped or moving extremely slowly will cause the power steering system to go into protective mode which will make the steering feel heavy but this does not indic
186. ay not be sought in BBB AUTO LINE punitive or multiple damages attorneys fees or consequential damages other than as provided in California Civil Code Section 1794 a and b 10 You may reject the decision issued by a BBB AUTO LINE arbitrator If you reject the decision you will be free to pursue further legal action The arbitrator s decision and any findings will be admissible in a court action 11 If you accept the arbitrator s decision Mazda will be bound by the decision and will comply with the decision within a reasonable time not to exceed 30 days after we receive notice of your acceptance of the decision 12 Please call BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 for further details about the program 8 5 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Canada VY Satisfaction Review Process Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda All Authorized Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition In our experience any questions problems or complaints regarding the operation of your Mazda or any other general service transactions are most effectively resolved by your dealer If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal dealership procedures we recommend that you take the following steps VW STEP 1 Contact the Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management If
187. ball point pen or pencil as shown below To remove the rough edges rub the side of the pen or pencil against the inner and outer perimeter of the CD When driving over uneven surfaces the sound may jump Za SS S The CD player has been designed to play CDs bearing the identification logo as shown below No other discs can be played COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT DIGITAL AUDIO DIGITAL AUDIO DIGITALAUDIO EMEA ReWritable dse MSE Wise Text Gece Rewritabie Use discs that have been legitimately produced If illegally copied discs such as pirated discs are used the system may not operate properly Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling the CDs Pick up a CD by grasping the outer edge or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Do not stick paper or tape on the CD Avoid scratching the reverse side the side without a label The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction Dust finger smudges and dirt can decrease the amount of light reflected from the signal surface thus affecting sound quality If the CD should become soiled gently wipe it with a soft cloth from the center of the CD to the edge Do not use record sprays antistatic agents or household spray cleaners Volatile chemicals such as benzine and thinner can also damage the surface of the CD and must not be used Anything that can damage warp or fog plastic should never be used to clean CDs Inter
188. be added and the system monitored again by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire repair station Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light Ignoring the TPMS warning light is dangerous even if you know why it is illuminated Have the problem taken care of as soon as possible before it develops into a more serious situation that could lead to tire failure and a dangerous accident If any malfunction occurs in the keyless entry system it illuminates continuously A CAUTION Ifthe key warning indicator light illuminates or the push button start indicator light amber flashes the engine may not start If the engine cannot be started try starting it using the emergency operation for starting the engine and have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Refer to Emergency Operation for Starting the Engine on page 4 7 7 28 Some models If Trouble Arises Warning Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds YW Taking Action Take the appropriate action and verify that the warning light turns off Signal Warning Action to be taken mN The light turns on when the remaining fuel is about 9 0 L 2 3 US gal 1 9 Imp gal Low Fuel NOTE Add fuel Warning Light The light illumination timing may vary because fuel inside the fuel tank moves around according to the driving conditions and the vehicle posture x If the check fuel cap warning light illuminates i Check while driving the fuel fi
189. broadcast is received once and HD Radio is received while HD1 is selected the audio unit switches to the HD Radio station automatically When the icon is illuminated there could be a noticeable difference in sound quality and volume when a change from digital to analog signals occurs If the sound quality and volume become noticeably diminished or cut off select the icon to turn off HD Radio 9 icon is not illuminated Once an analog broadcast is received when HD1 is selected from the Favorite channels it is switched to HD Radio automatically If the radio reception conditions are poor or HD is off switching to HD Radio broadcasts is not possible When an HD specialty channel HD2 to HD8 is selected from the Favorite channels Signal Lost is displayed and no audio is output until HD Radio is received If the radio reception conditions are poor Signal Lost continues to be displayed If the icon is not illuminated information such as song titles of the HD Radio station are received however the audio output is analog Interior Features Audio System 3 Synchronize the device with iTunes The tagged song can now be purchased from the iTunes Store NOTE Both AM and FM HD Radio can be used Because iTunes Tagging only supports purchasing from the iTunes Store direct downloading from the equipped vehicle audio is not possible If the available memory for the connected device is
190. bs Mexico Item Weight Manual transaxle Automatic transaxle Total 1 815 kg 4 001 Ibs 1 835 kg 4 045 lbs GVW Gross Vehicle Weight Front 920 kg 2 028 Ibs 940 kg 2 072 Ibs Rear 895 kg 1 973 lbs 895 kg 1 973 lbs ee Front 945 kg 2 083 lbs 965 kg 2 127 lbs GAW Permissible axle load Rear 945 kg 2 083 lbs 945 kg 2 083 Ibs V Air Conditioner The type of refrigerant used is indicated on a label attached to the inside of the engine compartment Check the label before recharging the refrigerant Refer to Climate Control System on page 5 2 Item Classification Refrigerant Type HFC134a R 134a Specifications Specifications VY Light Bulbs Exterior light Category Light bulb Wattage ECE R SAE High beam 65 HB3 9005 Headlights Low beam 55 H11 H11 Daytime running lights 65 HB3 9005 Parking lights Front side marker lights 5 WY5W Front turn signal lights 21 WY21W 7443NA Fog lights 55 H11 H11 Side turn signal lights LED High mount brake light LED Rear turn signal lights 21 WY21W 7443NA Brake lights Taillights Rear side marker light 21 5 W21 5W 7443 4 Door 18 W16W 921 Reverse lights 5 Door 21 W21W 7440 License plate lights 5 WS5W LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode Interior light Categ
191. c you should also be aware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may be retained as the vehicle speed increases If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear the engine racing confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode page 4 27 4 24 VW Shift Position Indication Ve CINA Ia This indicates the selected shift position Gear position indication In manual shift mode the M of the shift position indication illuminates and the numeral for the selected gear is displayed V Warning Light The warning light turns on when the system has a malfunction Refer to Warning Lights on page 4 17 VY Transaxle Ranges The shift position indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminates Refer to Warning Indicator Lights on page 4 16 The selector lever must be in P or N to operate the starter P Park P locks the transaxle and prevents the front wheels from rotating WARNING Always set the selector lever to P and set the parking brake Only setting the selector lever to the P position without using the parking brake to hold the vehicle is dangerous IfP fails to hold the vehicle could move and cause an accident When Driving Transaxle A CAUTION gt Shifting into P N or R while the vehicle is moving can damage your transaxle gt Shifting into a driving gear or reverse when the engine is running faster than idle can damage
192. c0s000 4 33 Lighting Control eee 4 33 Fog Lights ccccccccesssseesessenesees 4 37 Turn and Lane Change Signals 4 38 Windshield Wipers and Washer 4 39 Rear Window Wiper and Washer eimina aani 4 42 Rear Window Defogger 4 43 HON 3 sew sci ceresles eesh savestys crevasses 4 44 Hazard Warning Flasher 4 45 Brake sccsscssssscscsssssessssssssvesssessecsees 4 46 Brake System seeseeereeees 4 46 Hill Launch Assist HLA 4 48 ABS TCS DSC cscsscssesssesesssseeeeees 4 50 Antilock Brake System ABS 4 50 Traction Control System TCS 4 51 Dynamic Stability Control DS i itsicetesar teas 4 52 Fuel Economy Monitor 000 4 54 Fuel Economy Monitor 4 54 Power Steering cscccssssssrseesees 4 56 Power Steering 4 56 Cruise Control cccesccscsssessscecceees 4 57 a Cruise Control ccccceeeeeeee 4 57 Tire Pressure Monitoring System 4 61 Tire Pressure Monitoring System enun nS 4 61 SYStOM csccscsscssssecssssseessssessesessseees 4 65 Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System ann eana Aa 4 65 Rear View Monitor ssssccssseees 4 73 Rear View Monitor 0 cccc 4 73 Some models 4 1 When Driving Start Stop Engine Ignition Switch V Push Button Start Positions The system operates only when the driver is in the vehicle or within operational range while the key
193. cations other than the indicated specification may not play normally or files or folder names may not display correctly The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system version software or settings In this case add the file extension aac m4a mp4 or wav to the end of the file name and then write it to the memory 2 Type B Interior Features Audio System Y Operating Tips for USB device This unit supports playback of MP3 WMA AAC files recorded to USB device NOTE Music data MP3 WMA AAC aac m4a mp4 wav format stored in a USB mass storage class compliant device such as USB flash memory can be played Playback may not be possible depending on the type and condition of the USB flash memory even if the audio file complies with the standard above A copyright protected WMA AAC file cannot be played in this unit The order of the music data stored in the device may differ from the playback order To prevent loss or damage of stored data we recommend that you always back up your data Ifa device exceeds the maximum electric current value of 1 000 mA it may not operate or recharge when connected Do not pull out the USB device while in the USB mode only pull it out while in FM AM radio or CD mode The device will not operate if the data is password protected Type B 5 23 Interior Features Audio
194. ccupant classification SYSTEM e erter eree aae e Es 2 56 How the SRS air bags work 2 49 Limitations to SRS air bag 2 54 MOMItoring eee ceeeeeeeeecseeeteeees 2 61 SRS air bag deployment criteria 2 53 Supplemental restraint system COMPOMNENIS eee eeseeeeeeseeeeteeeeees 2 47 Safety Defects Reporting 0 8 13 Satellite Radio cece ceeesseeseeeeereeeees 5 45 Scheduled Maintenance 6 4 Seat Belt System 2 POINt typis seee 2 18 3 POINE types sienne na 2 15 Automatic locking 2 14 Emergency locking e eee 2 14 EXON eR feNetiewecssitchon Ne eaves 2 20 Pregnant WOMEN eceeeereeeees 2 14 Seat belt warning beep ee 7 35 Seats Front seat nearne eene 2 5 Head restraint 00 0 0 cc eeeeeeereeeeenees 2 10 Rear seati ieee eeen ae 2 8 Seat warmer ci wisiis cena acess 2 7 Security System Immobilizer system cece 3 41 Theft deterrent system 3 43 Service Publications eee 8 49 Spare Tires 225 sence anes 7 5 Specifications cececeesesceeseeeeeeeeeeeens 9 4 Speedometer ceeceeesesteeeeeeeeeeenees 4 10 Starting the Engine eee 4 3 Steering Wheel 3 32 Hotses ene a 4 44 Storage Compartments ceeeeee 5 135 Center console 5 136 Glove compartment 5 136 Overhead console eee 5 136 Rear coat hooks eceeceeeeeee 5 137 10 6 Sunshade esc has een heen eek 3 40 SUNVISOTS 0 cece cseeeeceeeeeeenseeeeeeens 5 129 T Tach
195. cdeitoncceecdet page 3 39 OROSEI O page 3 12 OROEN a T E page 3 30 CG Witeells mid M i page 6 41 Exterior DBI Sawer wicca susan ashes cn cecaBece Sa cides saa dueecbsaaednensonnadneontsaebasod page 6 45 Rear window wiper blade cccccceeccecsessecseeseceseeeeceeceneeeeeeceseeeaeeaeceeceeeeeeeeneenas page 6 34 CD UAB aE cs ccscaatiatasaiancadetasatsdaceeieaisaatencascigacaneesleiadendaasaacnncasrmmoieaiaeaacatann page 3 21 Gi case sc ctl sta a tacks esc eee oes page 5 16 OKO eens ty WO ccs devesecssetventse ce Bcetcsceswoewetedsk atieitescbehcbe neous acco bedactoessebtets page 3 20 2 Outside MirrOr c cceessescsesssesssecsessscessecssesseesssesseesseessesssessessseessesssecssesssesssesseesseensen page 3 33 1 6 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Essential Safety Equipment Use of safety equipment including seats seat belt system child restraint systems and SRS air bags E e AE RE A E E S E 2 2 Seat Precautions aii oree E ETE RETE EE EEE 2 2 Pront Seatsssnaremn nna e eel bee renee 2 5 Rear Seat E E AE E 2 8 Head Restraints v5 24 eee ie al 2 10 Seat Belt Systems cscssscsscsssssesscsssssssssssssessssssssseessseessesssssesees 2 12 seat Belt Precautions a csscsiec teint era venetian 2 12 3 Point Type Seat Belt fcc cece iecs cessecccncevebcsessestessoseosnenenges 2 15 Seat Belt Warning Systems cece eseeceseeseeeeseeeeeeetsecneeaee 2 16 Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting
196. ce name 5 v4 Device name 6 Device name 7 v 4 CO BACK lt 5 Press the audio control dial to select the device you would like to link The symbol disappears and PAIRING flashes in the audio display NOTE When GO BACK is selected and the audio control dial is pressed the display returns to LINK CHANGE 6 Ifthe link to the desired device is successful the J symbol is displayed again together with LINK CHANGED LINK CHANGED is displayed for three seconds then it returns to the normal display NOTE Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain amount of time before the symbol is displayed Ifa hands free type mobile phone has been the most recently paired device the Bluetooth unit links this device If you would like to use a Bluetooth audio type device which has been previously paired to the Bluetooth unit the link must be changed to this device Ifan error occurs while trying to link a device Err flashes in the audio display for three seconds and the display returns to LINK CHANGE If this occurs check the pairing status of the Bluetooth audio device and the location of the device in the vehicle not in the trunk or a metal type box and then try the link operation again Device selection can also be done using voice recognition How to confirm the device currently linked Swi
197. cel Continue COIAIDInASHR WIT nNny e Help NOTE The applicable phrase appears in the audio display After user voice registration is completed voice guidance Speaker enrollment is complete is announced Interior Features Bluetooth Voice recognition learning on off 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Voice training 3 Prompt Enrollment is enabled disabled Would you like to disable enable or retrain 4 Say Beep Disable or Enable 5 When Disable is spoken the voice recognition learning is turned off When Enable is spoken the voice recognition learning is turned on 6 Prompt Speaker Enrollment is disabled enabled VY Bluetooth Preparation Type B Device pairing To use Bluetooth audio and Hands Free the device equipped with Bluetooth has to be paired to the unit using the following procedure A maximum of seven devices including Bluetooth audio devices and hands free mobile phones can be paired Pairing Procedure 1 Select the icon on the home screen and display the Settings screen Select the Devices tab Select the Bluetooth icon Turn the Bluetooth setting on Select the Add New Device icon to display the message and switch to the device operation 6 Using your device perform a search for the Bluetooth device Peripheral device 7 Select
198. changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Items in which the feature setting can be changed differ depending on the market and specification Item Feature Factory Setting Available Settings Daytime running The function of the daytime running lights can On On Off lights be changed The following personalization features can be changed by the vehicle owner Items in which the feature setting can be changed differ depending on the market and specification Item Feature Factory Setting Available Settings Changes the auto lock unlock function setting Lock Shifting from fi Park Unlock In Park or all the doors according to the vehicle speed Lock Shiftine from the vehicle power supply condition and the Lock When i Park Power door lock selector lever position Driving Unlock Lock When Drivin Refer to Auto Lock Unlock Function on page IGN Off E 3 16 Refer to Settings on page 5 53 Unlock IGN Off Lock When Driving Off Keyless entry system The method for unlocking the doors using the transmitter can be changed Refer to Transmitter on page 3 4 Refer to Settings on page 5 53 Once Driver s Twice All Doors Once All Doors Once Driver s Twice All Doors The time required for the doors to relock automatically after unlocking with the transmitter can be changed Refer to Settings on page 5 53 60 seconds 90 seconds 60 seconds 30 seconds 9 10
199. changed by rotating the knob until a beep sound is heard To adjust the brightness of the dashboard illumination Refer to Dashboard Illumination on page 4 12 The sensitivity of the AUTO lights may be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Refer to Personalization Features on page 9 10 4 35 When Driving Switches and Controls V Headlight High Low Beam Press the lever forward to turn on the high beams Pull the lever back to its original position for the low beams The headlight high beam indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminates while the high beams are turned on 4 36 YV Flashing the Headlights To flash the headlights pull the lever fully towards you the headlight switch does not need to be on Flashing The headlight high beam indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminates simultaneously The lever will return to the normal position when released VY Daytime Running Lights Some countries require moving vehicles to have their lights on daytime running lights during the daytime Daytime running lights turn on automatically when the ignition is switched ON They turn off when the parking brake is operated or the shift lever is shifted to the P position automatic transaxle vehicle NOTE Except Canada The daytime running lights can be deactivated Refer to Personalization Features on page 9 10 When Driving Switches and Controls Fog Lights U
200. collectively Gracenote Servers and to perform other functions You may use Gracenote Data only by means of the intended End User functions of this application or device You agree that you will use Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers for your own personal non commercial use only You agree not to assign copy transfer or transmit the Gracenote Software or any Gracenote Data to any third party YOU AGREE NOT TO USE OR EXPLOIT GRACENOTE DATA THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR GRACENOTE SERVERS EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PERMITTED HEREIN 5 109 Interior Features Bluetooth You agree that your non exclusive license to use the Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers will terminate if you violate these restrictions If your license terminates you agree to cease any and all use of the Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and Gracenote Servers Gracenote reserves all rights in Gracenote Data the Gracenote Software and the Gracenote Servers including all ownership rights Under no circumstances will Gracenote become liable for any payment to you for any information that you provide You agree that Gracenote Inc may enforce its rights under this Agreement against you directly in its own name The Gracenote service uses a unique identifier to track queries for statistical purposes The purpose of a randomly assigned numeric identifier is to allow the Gracenote service to count queries without knowing any
201. ct the desired tab item 3 Adjust the brightness contrast tint and color using the slider If you need to reset press the reset button 4 Select the A icon on the screen to close the tab 4 80 Interior Features Use of various features for ride comfort including air conditioning and audio system Climate Control System csccscssssssscsscsssscssssessssssessssssesesesseses 5 2 Operating Mpsisisec cesteves drssiteceadicect teres setter TOEREN 5 2 Went Operatie nerse are atr a i 5 3 Manual Climate Control sssessesessessesssseesesessessrssrstesrsesseseeseesresese 5 5 Automatic Climate Control esssssesessesesesesseseseesessesrsseseseeseseesees 5 9 Dual Zone Automatic Climate Control sseseeseeseeseseeseeseesese 5 12 Audio SysteM csccsscssesscssecscssssseescsssssesssssssssssssssesesssseesseseessesess 5 16 AMENNA oaa eA E tended antes a e AA AAT 5 16 Operating Tips for Audio System oo cece cseeeeeneceeeneeneeees 5 17 Audio Set Type A cececcssesseesessseeseceeeceecseeceesseeaeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeens 5 25 Audio Set Type B a een E eE AE EE AARTE 5 36 Audio Control Switch Operation c ccccceeeseceseeesseseesteteseeees 5 55 AUX USB iPod Mode ceeeceseeeseeseeeeeceeeeeeeseeeseeseeeeeeeeeereeneenes 5 57 Bluetooth eccvsccccccevscecccvcnsuscsvenveccuscestectuccevesesadsousacsececvsnscasecesseesecesees 5 73 Bluetooth Type A Type B c ceccecceccceceseseecseseseseeneeetenseeneeeee
202. ction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly gt To avoid false readings the system samples for a little while before indicating a problem As aresult it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation or blow out 4 62 When Driving Tire Pressure Monitoring System NOTE Because this system detects slight changes in tire conditions the timing of the warning may be faster or slower in the following cases The size manufacturer or the type of tires is different from the specification The size manufacturer or the type of a tire is different from the others or the level of tire wear is excessively different between them Arun flat tire studless tire snow tire
203. d warning indicator lights in the instrument cluster flash simultaneously NOTE The turn signals do not work when the hazard warning lights are on Check local regulations about the use of hazard warning lights while the vehicle is being towed to verify that it is not in violation of the law When Driving Switches and Controls 4 45 When Driving Brake Brake System V Foot Brake This vehicle has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal use Should power assist fail you can stop by applying greater force than normal to the brake pedal But the distance required to stop will be greater than usual WARNING Do not coast with the engine stalled or turned off find a safe place to stop Coasting with the engine stalled or turned off is dangerous Braking will require more effort and the brake s power assist could be depleted if you pump the brake This will cause longer stopping distances or even an accident Shift to a lower gear when going down steep hills Driving with your foot continuously on the brake pedal or steadily applying the brakes for long distances is dangerous This causes overheated brakes resulting in longer stopping distances or even total brake failure This could cause loss of vehicle control and a serious accident Avoid continuous application of the brakes 4 46 Dry off brakes that have become wet by driving slowly releasing the accelerator
204. d as soon as possible Driving with the brake system warning light illuminated is dangerous It indicates that your brakes may not work at all or that they could completely fail at any time If this light remains illuminated after checking that the parking brake is fully released have the brakes inspected immediately A CAUTION In addition the effectiveness of the braking may diminish so you may need to depress the brake pedal more strongly than normal to stop the vehicle 7 24 If Trouble Arises Warning Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds Signal Warning Gilles Electronic Brake Force Distribution System Warning Charging System Warning Light If the electronic brake force distribution control unit determines that some components are operating incorrectly the control unit may illuminate the brake system warning light and the ABS warning light simultaneously The problem is likely to be the electronic brake force distribution system WARNING Do not drive with both the ABS warning light and brake warning light illuminated Have the vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving when the brake system warning light and ABS warning light are illuminated simultaneously is dangerous When both lights are illuminated the rear wheels could lock more quickly in an emergency stop than under normal circumstances If the warning light illuminates
205. d on the vehicle the weight of the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to be accurate 8 36 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A SAMPLE TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE a SEATING CAPACITY l FRONT REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL 5 AVANT 2 ma 3 The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed kg or lbs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer XXX kg ou XXX Ib COLD TIRE PRESSURE TIRE SIZE PRESSION DES BENN PNEU DIMENSIONS MANUAL FOR PNEUS A FROID ADDITIONAL FROM P195 70R14 200kPa 29psi Gida REAR BE VOIR LE MANUEL P195 70R14 200 kPa 29 psi DE L USAGER ARRIERE p POUR PLUS DE DE se caurs T125 70D15 420 kPa 60psi geen CAR Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants The cargo weight limit can be calculated by subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants from the combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed value on the tire label 8 37 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Examples Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg 150 lbs and a value of 385 kg 849 Ibs for the combination weight of occup
206. d tether anchor only for a child restraint system Using the tether or tether anchor to secure anything but a child restraint system is dangerous This could weaken or damage the tether or tether anchor and result in injury Always route the tether strap between the head restraint and the seatback Routing the tether strap on top of the head restraint is dangerous Ina collision the tether strap could slide off the head restraint and loosen the child restraint system The child restraint system could move which may result in death or injury to the child Tether strap 4 Door Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint 5 Door Tether strap Det Forward Tether strap Always attach the tether strap to the correct tether anchor position Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect tether anchor position is dangerous In a collision the tether strap could come off and loosen the child restraint system If the child restraint system moves it could result in death or injury to the child 2 32 V If You Must Use the Front Seat for Children If you cannot put all children in the rear seat at least put the smallest children in the rear and be sure the largest child up front uses the shoulder belt over the shoulder NEVER put a rear facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat whether your vehicle is equipped with a seat weight sensor or not This seat is also not set up for teth
207. d the area where a side air bag deploys Attaching objects to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the seat in any way is dangerous In an accident the object could interfere with the side air bag which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats impeding the added protection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous Furthermore the bag could be cut open releasing the gas Do not hang net bags map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the front seats Never use seat covers on the front seats Always keep the side air bag modules in your front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on the windshield glass side door glass front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge and assist grips is dangerous In an accident the object could interfere with the curtain air bag which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous Furthermore the bag could be cut open releasing the gas Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips When hanging clothes hang them on the coat hook directly Always keep the curtain air bag modules free to deploy in the event of a si
208. d will confirm that call is ended YV Mute The microphone can be muted during a call 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Mute 3 Prompt Microphone muted Canceling mute 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Mute off 3 Prompt Microphone unmuted 5 97 Interior Features Bluetooth VY Transferring a Call from Hands Free to a Device Mobile Phone Communication between the hands free unit and a device Mobile phone is canceled and the line can be switched to a standard call using a device Mobile phone 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Transfer call 3 Prompt Transferred call to phone YW Transferring a Call from a Device Mobile Phone to Hands Free Communication between devices Mobile phone can be switched to Bluetooth Hands Free 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Transfer call 3 Prompt Transferred call to Hands Free system YV Call interrupt A call can be interrupted to receive an incoming call from a third party Switch to a new incoming call using the following methods Method 1 1 Press the pick up button 2 Prompt Swapping calls Method 2 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Swap calls 3 Prompt Swapping calls NOTE To refuse an incoming call press the hang up button After rec
209. de collision or roll over accident Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have inflated Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have inflated is dangerous Immediately after inflation they are very hot You could get burned Never install any front end equipment to your vehicle Installation of front end equipment such as frontal protection bar kangaroo bar bull bar push bar or other similar devices snowplow or winches is dangerous The air bag crash sensor system could be affected This could cause air bags to inflate unexpectedly or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident Front occupants could be seriously injured Do not modify the suspension Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous If the vehicle s height or the suspension is modified the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision or roll over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries 2 43 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags To prevent false detection by the air bag sensor system heed the following gt Do not use tires or wheels other than those specified for your Mazda Use of any tire or wheel other than those specified for your Mazda page 9 9 is dangerous Use of such wheels will prevent the vehicle s accident detections system from accurately detecting a collision or
210. defogger operates for about 15 minutes and then turns off automatically The indicator light illuminates when the defogger is operating To turn off the rear window defogger before the 15 minutes has elapsed press the switch again Manual Climate Control Ind cator light When Driving Switches and Controls Automatic Climate Control Ind cator light Ind cator light A CAUTION Do not use sharp instruments or window cleaners with abrasives to clean the inside of the rear window surface They may damage the defogger grid inside the window NOTE This defogger is not designed for melting snow If there is an accumulation of snow on the rear window remove it before using the defogger 4 43 When Driving Switches and Controls V Mirror Defogger To turn on the mirror defoggers switch the ignition ON and press the rear window defogger switch page 4 43 4 44 Some models Horn To sound the horn press the bb mark on the steering wheel Hazard Warning Flasher The hazard warning lights should always be used when you stop on or near a roadway in an emergency The hazard warning lights warn other drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard and that they must take extreme caution when near it Depress the hazard warning flasher and all the turn signals will flash The hazar
211. dent Always close all the windows and moonroof lock the doors and take the key with you when leaving your vehicle unattended Leaving your vehicle unlocked is dangerous as children could lock themselves in a hot vehicle which could result in death Also a vehicle left unlocked becomes an easy target for thieves and intruders Before Driving Doors and Locks After closing the doors always verify that they are securely closed Doors not securely closed are dangerous if the vehicle is driven with a door not securely closed the door could open unexpectedly resulting in an accident Always confirm the safety around the vehicle before opening a door Suddenly opening a door is dangerous A passing vehicle or a pedestrian could be hit and cause an accident NOTE When the ignition is switched to ACC or ON the vehicle lock out prevention feature prevents you from locking yourself out of the vehicle All doors and the liftgate will automatically unlock if they are locked using the power door locks with any door open The vehicle lock out prevention feature does not operate while the ignition is switched off When any door is opened from the outside while the key is inside the vehicle the closed doors are locked All the doors are automatically unlocked by closing the open door With the advanced keyless function The beep sound is heard for about 10 seconds to notify the driver that the key has been left in th
212. dication is visible behind the push knob it means the seatback is not locked If the vehicle is driven without the seatback locked it could fold down suddenly and cause an accident Locked position Unlocked position Red indication 1 Make sure that the seat belt passes through the seat belt guide correctly and it is not twisted then raise the seatback while preventing the seat belt from being caught in the seatback 4 Door Seat belt guides 2 9 Essential Safety Equipment Seats 5 Door Red indication Seat belt guide 2 Press the seatback rearward and lock it in place After returning the seatback to its upright position make sure it is securely locked V Armrest The rear armrest in the center of the rear seatback can be used no occupant in the center seat or placed upright WARNING Never put your hands and fingers around the moving parts of the seat and armrest Putting your hands and fingers around the moving parts of the seat and armrest is dangerous as they could get injured 2 10 Some models Head Restraints Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints on all outboard seats and the rear center seat The head restraints are intended to help protect you and the passengers from neck injury WARNING Always drive with the head restraints installed when seats are being used and make sure they are properly adjusted Driving with the he
213. dicator light illuminates according to the following table The air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible malfunction If this happens the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision m PASS Bs AIRBAG OFF AV 2 2 56 Some models Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags If the front passenger weight sensors are normal the indicator light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON The light turns off after a few seconds The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions Condition detected by A Front passenger seat the front passenger Front passenger air bag Front passenger front j 5 a Ca A E A belt pretensioner occupant classification deactivation indicator light and side air bags system system Empty Not occupied On Deactivated Deactivated Child oF chlastat On Deactivated Deactivated system Adult Off Ready Ready 1 Ifa larger child sits on the front passenger seat the sensors might detect the child as being an
214. dio devices need a certain amount of time before the B symbol is displayed Device registration can also be done by operating the audio unit Depending on the device the registration status may be lost after a certain period of time If this occurs repeat the entire process from Step 1 Registered device read out Bluetooth Hands Free can read out the devices registered to its system NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Select one of the following Pair Edit Delete List or Set Pairing Code 6 Say Beep List 5 77 Interior Features Bluetooth 7 Prompt XXXXX XXXXX XXXXxX Ex Device A device B device C The voice guidance reads out the device tags registered to the hands free system Press the talk button with a short press during the read out at the desired device and then say one of the following voice commands to execute it e Select phone Selects device Mobile phone when the talk button is short pressed e Select music player Selects device Music player whe
215. dow Interiors If the windows become covered with an oily greasy or waxy film clean them with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the container A CAUTION gt Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the window glass It could damage the thermal filaments and the antenna lines gt When washing the inside of the window glass use a soft cloth dampened in lukewarm water gently wiping the thermal filaments and the antenna lines Use of glass cleaning products could damage the thermal filaments and the antenna lines Maintenance and Care Appearance Care VY Cleaning the Floor Mats Rubber floor mats should be cleaned with mild soap and water only WARNING Do not use rubber cleaners such as tire cleaner or tire shine when cleaning rubber floor mats Cleaning the rubber floor mats with rubber cleaning products makes the floor mats slippery This may cause an accident when depressing the accelerator brake or clutch Manual transaxle pedal or when getting in or out of the vehicle After removing the floor mats for cleaning always reinstall them securely 3 46 6 71 MEMO If Trouble Arises Helpful information on what to do if a problem arises with the vehicle Parking in an EMergency cssccssssccsssssssssscssesessssssessesssssesesseses 7 2 Parking in an Emergency 0 cece eeessceeecteeeessecneeeesseeeceseeseeesenees 7 2 Flat Titeres roeiers eena e eras eearri oE Eein Eas 7 3 Spar
216. driven on a road with less traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors can detect the system may pause the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument cluster flashes However it does not indicate a malfunction Some models 4 65 When Driving Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System The following conditions may affect the visibility of the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM warning lights on the outside mirror making it difficult to confirm the illumination of the lights Ice or snow adheres to the surface of the outside mirrors The door window glass is tinted The radar sensors are equipped inside the rear bumper page 4 71 Have the radar sensors inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer if any shock is applied to the rear bumper even in a minor accident If the vehicle is driven with a damaged radar sensor the system may not operate properly resulting in an accident For repairs or paintwork around the radar sensors or replacement of the bumper consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer The radar sensors of the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM system may be regulated under the radio wave related laws of the country where the vehicle is driven The sensors in this system are approved for use in the U S A including territories Canada and Mexico If a vehicle with a Blind Spot Monitoring BSM system is driven in a country other than the U S A Canada or Mexico the system has to be turned off using the Bl
217. e NO TITLE is displayed This unit cannot display some characters Characters which cannot be displayed are indicated by an asterisk CK Display scroll Only 13 characters can be displayed at one time To display the rest of the characters of a long title press and hold the text button 3 The display scrolls the next 13 characters Press and hold the text button 3 again after the last 13 characters have been displayed to return to the beginning of the title VY Bluetooth Audio Device Information Display If a Bluetooth audio device is connected the following information is displayed in the audio display Interior Features Bluetooth Bluetooth Audio Type B Applicable Bluetooth specification Ver 2 1 EDR Response profile A2DP Advanced Audio Distribution Profile Ver 1 0 1 2 AVRCP Audio Video Remote Control Profile Ver 1 0 1 3 1 4 A2DP is a profile which transmits only audio to the Bluetooth unit If your Bluetooth audio device corresponds only to A2DP but not AVRCP you cannot operate it using the control panel of the vehicle s audio system In this case the AVRCP Ver AVRCP Bluetooth audio device can be operated loventhan tsa Events by controlling the device itself the same Device name X X as when a portable audio system without Title X the Bluetooth communication function is Artist name X conn
218. e covered roads 3 48 WARNING Use only the same size and type tires snow radial or non radial on all four wheels Using tires different in size or type is dangerous Your vehicle s handling could be greatly affected and result in an accident CAUTION Check local regulations before using studded tires W Tire Chains Check local regulations before using tire chains A CAUTION gt Chains may affect handling gt Do not go faster than 50 km h 30 mph or the chain manufacturer s recommended limit whichever is lower gt Drive carefully and avoid bumps holes and sharp turns gt Avoid locked wheel braking gt Do not use chains on a temporary spare tire it may result in damage to the vehicle and to the tire gt Do not use chains on roads that are free of snowor ice The tires and chains could be damaged gt Chains may scratch or chip aluminum wheels NOTE The tire pressure monitoring system may not function correctly when using tire chains Install the chains on the front tires only Do not use chains on the rear tires Please consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Installing the chains 1 Secure the chains on the front tires as tightly as possible Always follow the chain manufacturer s instructions Retighten the chains after driving 1 2 1 km 1 4 1 2 mile Before Driving Driving Tips Driving In Flooded Area WARNING Dry off brakes that have bec
219. e mist AUTO Auto control LO Low speed HI High speed 4 40 Auto wiper control When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position the rain sensor senses the amount of rainfall on the windshield and turns the wipers on or off automatically off intermittent low speed high speed The sensitivity of the rain sensor can be adjusted by turning the switch on the wiper lever From the center position normal rotate the switch downward for higher sensitivity faster response or rotate it upward for less sensitivity slower response i Less sensitiv ty Switch _ l Center position i Higher sensitiv ty A CAUTION gt Do not shade the rain sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield Otherwise the rain sensor will not operate correctly gt When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON the wipers may move automatically in the following cases gt Ifthe windshield above the rain sensor is touched or wiped with a cloth gt Ifthe windshield is struck with a hand or other object from either outside or inside the vehicle Keep hands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON as fingers could be pinched or the wipers and wiper blades damaged when the wipers activate automatically If you are going to clean the windshield be sure the wipers are turned off com
220. e B audio a vehicle system may be malfunctioning Stop the vehicle in a safe place and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Display Indicated Condition Warning Guidance E Engine Coolant Temperature Hight Stop vehicle immediately in a safe place me Displays if the engine coolant temperature has increased excessively Warning Guidance Ey Charging System Malfunction Stop vehicle immediately in a safe place x Displays if the charging system has a malfunction Some models 7 33 If Trouble Arises Warning Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds Warning Sound is Activated YW Lights On Reminder The lights on reminder is operable when the time setting of the auto headlight off function is off If lights are on and the ignition is switched to ACC or the ignition is switched off a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened 1 If the light switch is left on the auto headlight off function automatically turns off the lights about 30 seconds after switching the ignition off The time setting can be changed Refer to Personalization Features on page 9 10 NOTE When the ignition is switched to ACC the Ignition Not Switched Off STOP Warning Beep page 7 35 overrides the lights on reminder A personalized function is available to change the sound volume for the lights on reminder Refer to Personalization F
221. e Information Labels 9 2 W Warning Lights 4 17 Warning Message Indicated on Display csiciiisiecicis ia incscsstsisimisssosseninssssi 7 33 Warning Sound is Activated 7 34 Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep 7 34 Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System warning beep oo eect eres 7 36 Ignition not switched off STOP warning beep oo eee eee eters 7 35 Key left in luggage compartment warning beep With the advanced keyless function eeeeeeeeeeee 7 35 Key left in vehicle warning beep With the advanced keyless function 7 36 Lights on remindet ceeeee 7 34 Over Rev DUZZeP oe 7 36 Power steering warning buzzer 7 36 Seat belt warning beep 7 35 Tire inflation pressure warning DOC Picea E EEE SAAE 7 36 Key removed from vehicle warning l A Secenrecacsesceiterntssebevcon tees 7 35 Warranty ccscesssestscecesvesesseecuavesccevecsenses 8 15 WISN Sis ttre imnoa 9 7 Windows Power WindowS seeeeeseeeeees 3 36 Windshield Washer cece 4 42 Windshield Wipers cece eee 4 39 Winter Driving oo eee eee 3 47 Index Wiper Replacing Rear Window Wiper Blade DOOL arreen iit in 6 34 Replacing Windshield Wiper BLADES noeroet ii Eiee ee 6 33 10 7 MEMO
222. e Tire and Tool Storage eeeseseeeeeesesesestersrsresrerersrsresrersrsrs 7 3 Changing a Flat TI e ae a EE E E EE O ERRE 7 6 Battery Runs Out ccscsscscsscssssresssscssssssssssscssessesssssesssessseseeees 7 15 J mp Startna p Meier Aves EEE EEEE EEE N 7 15 Emergency Starting cscsscssssssssssscsecesossoorsorssnssnersnrsensenssonssossones 7 18 Starting a Flooded Engine eee sseeeeseeseeeeceeeeseesecneenee 7 18 Push Startings v 02 2oc a T E T uba neues 7 18 OVETN Cath Gai SisevisceveSeecscasecadesestonevscssebesceenndcuesosensncovessessasterensesnsveeeee 7 19 Overheating eisscssncececccbceees cies castiia e A i E E SE EESO tess 7 19 Emergency TOWING sissies enesesse eooo issos 7 21 Towing DeScription eceececcesesseesececeeeeeeeeceeesaeeseceseeaeeeeeeneenaes 7 21 Ti edown Ho ksrrn neyi a E ER EEE 7 22 Warning Indicator Lights and Warning Sound scscesssee 7 24 Ifa Warning Light Turns On or Flashes 7 24 Message Indicated on Display c cccccccscsesssessseseeceesteceeeseeesenes 7 33 Warning Sound is Activated cccesseeeeseteeseteeteeeeteeeeeceseeeeeseees 7 34 When Liftgate Trunk Lid Cannot be Opened cscssesssseeees 7 37 When Liftgate Trunk Lid Cannot be Opened eee 7 37 Some models 7 1 If Trouble Arises Parking in an Emergency Parking in an Emergency The hazard warning lights should always be used when you stop on or near a roadway in an emergency
223. e U S A and Sirius and XM in Canada In this owner s manual only the name SiriusXM is used For traffic and weather channels map information is not displayed and only audio broadcasts can be received Call 888 539 7474 to activate For more information visit www siriusxm com Satellite radio is only available in regions providing satellite radio service some areas of the United States and Canada Contact Authorized Mazda Dealer for details How to Activate Satellite Radio You must call SiriusXM to activate your service Activation is free and takes only a few minutes SiriusXM service uses an ID code to identify your radio This code is needed to activate SiriusXM service and report any problems Please have the following information ready Radio ID 8 digit electronic serial no See below for how to find your ESN e Valid credit card information may not be required at initial sign up Be sure you are parked outside with a clear view of open sky you will be instructed to turn on your radio in SirtusXM mode and tuned to channel 184 Sirius 1 XM and SiriusXM Activation typically takes only 2 5 minutes 5 46 Displaying the Radio ID ESN When channel 0 is selected the radio ID is displayed Use the PREVIOUS or NEXT channel buttons to select channel 0 Interior Features Audio System SiriusXM operation Select the icon on the home screen to display the Audio screen When X ic
224. e acatcastercoaatuestuanassbinatnetevassastanarsinenaiearedeneneisianseais page 5 136 ORC occas tesensanidstaceaet ncasiiestols aided eee eo bene ea page 2 8 1 4 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Pictorial Index Exterior Overview Windshield wiper blades c ccsscssssssessessesesssessessscssecsessssssssssssessessssssecsccsecaseeses page 6 33 CT IHRE as sccecoeas sn zee teeth execphceesa ce becccecShsteaniescaneiathe iibiabestnessaceendinstiatesinenicadectd page 3 39 QD Doors and E A page 3 12 OROEN C Vi ccs dates setsdae dessus andaandslehcodsieadacaacidsindns aadhendavesaatbendgnaaidaccloensiacse page 3 30 Wheels and Tires c cccccccscessssssssssssssesssssssessssssesssessessssessessscssesssessessssssesesessessasens page 6 41 Exterior VA SN ES ct sa cada ccvasandstoaevawadessinsaievgcsatiicenaveanibbcaddeacaueuasvenscal netsdatiacsnntsioacecst page 6 45 Trank Dd esoe EE atta ai EEE EEEE EAE ds EE Seana EE page 3 21 ONS t cca vearactanctieaieneersdichardanseaacutgrdeaacamaniea Gat aac aad ialanade page 5 16 OKO eas ty O cis cc san cscasssenncecessctvckncesasieanchssavnns dessatsundsendantsueusieadachvestondanss page 3 20 D Outside 0 Lr c01 gee ene ne ee nA page 3 33 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle 1 5 Pictorial Index Exterior Overview Windshield wiper blades OBV Tso ceeatscevaceetcedecedbestissieadbeaioseiesskcoinssdcestepdesdlccetacdasbhcsicedtesdbaccse
225. e belt which could cause serious injury or death So if your seat belt is twisted you must straighten the seat belt to remove any twists and to allow the full width of the belt to be used Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous A seat belt used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed Never use one belt for more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained 2 12 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous An accident could damage the belt webbing of the seat belt in use A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate protection ina collision Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt systems in use during an accident before they are used again Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has been expended Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately inspect the front seat belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision Like the air bags the front seat belt pretensioners and load limiters will only function once and must be replaced after any collision that caused them to deploy A seat belt with an expended pretensioner or load limiter is still better than
226. e button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks in the current folder repeatedly FOLDER RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback Random playback Tracks are randomly selected and played During music CD playback 1 Press the random button 2 during playback to play the tracks on the CD randomly DISC RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback 5 33 Interior Features Audio System During MP3 WMA AAC CD playback Folder random 1 Press the random button 2 during playback to play the tracks in the folder randomly FOLDER RDM is displayed 2 To cancel the random playback press the button again after 3 seconds CD random 1 Press the random button 2 during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks on the CD randomly DISC RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback Switching the display For files with a file name and other information that have been input the display switches between display of the file name and other information each time the text button 3 is pressed during playback Music CD Track number E apsed time Track number Track name Album name Artist name Depending on the CD this information may not aw ilable 5 34 MP3 WMA AAC CD File number Elapsed time Folder number File number File name
227. e changed English French French Refer to Settings on page 5 53 or Spanish Spanish The temperature unit can be changed z 5 are Refer to Settings on page 5 53 EEL FE Setting can be changed so that the ending Fuel Economy screen of the Fuel Economy Monitor is OFF ON OFF Monitor displayed Refer to Fuel Economy Monitor on page 4 54 Setting can be changed so that the fuel Fuel economy economy reset is linked with the trip meter OFF ON OFF resetting procedure reset Refer to Fuel Economy Monitor on page 4 54 1 Ifthe setting is changed to Off the following operation is performed according to the headlight switch position At AUTO position Headlights turn off immediately after the ignition is switched off At any position other than AUTO Headlights do not turn off after the ignition is switched off 2 When set to Off the lights on reminder is operable 3 The setting of the lights on reminder can be changed with the time setting of auto headlight off function set to Off Refer to Lights On Reminder on page 7 34 4 Only the volume of the warning beep during Blind Spot Monitoring BSM operation can be changed The volume of the warning beep during Rear Cross Traffic Alert RCTA operation cannot be changed 9 12 10 1 Index A Accessory Socket 5 132 Add On Non Genuine Parts and ACCESSOTIES oneri ena a 8 18 Advanced Key Advanced keyless entry system 3 9 Operational range eee 3 10 A
228. e compartment pull the latch toward you a ee iS _ _ _ Kp LAN To close the glove compartment firmly press in the center of the glove compartment lid 5 136 Some models V Center Console To open pull the release latch Storage tray The storage tray can be removed Rear Coat Hooks WARNING Never hang heavy or sharp objects on the assist grips and coat hooks Hanging heavy or sharp ended objects such as a coat hanger from the assist grips or coat hooks is dangerous as they can fly off and hit an occupant in the cabin if a curtain air bag was to deploy which could result in serious injury or death Always hang clothes on the coat hooks and the assist grips without hangers Coat hook Interior Features Interior Equipment 5 137 MEMO 5 138 Maintenance and Care How to keep your Mazda in top condition Essential Information cscsccccscsssssscscsssssesecccessssscecesessscscccesesesees 6 2 THtrOdUCtlON oan a een e ae Nae EE EEES 6 2 Scheduled Maintenance ssssoeseessoooeesessososessososeeeesoeosessosoosesessosoeee 6 4 Scheduled Maintenance U S A Canada and Puerto Rico 6 4 Scheduled Maintenance Mexico e ssssesesseseeserssisserseseeseesees 6 13 Maintenance Monitor cccccsccccesscecesseccesseceesssscesesecesesseeeeeeees 6 20 Owner Maintenances cc ccccssscsedcscccsseseccocossscsdetecesssendotecesesens otocesesecees E
229. e of operation in which the function is used 5 70 Category list Select the C Interior Features Audio System icon and display the following category list Select a desired category and item Category Function Playlist Displays playlists on the device Artist Displays the artist name list All the tracks or tracks for each album of the selected artist can be played Album Displays the album name list Song All the tracks in the device are displayed Gen Displays the genre list Be All the tracks or tracks per album or artist in the selected genre can be played Audiobook Che aie ar played Podcast eee He eae played Folder Displays the folder file list 5 71 Interior Features Audio System Example of use to play tracks in particular genre oe ie ee Select J to display the category list Select the Genre icon Select a desired genre Select the All Albums icon Select the icon A list of all the tracks in the selected genre is displayed Select a desired track to play it If is selected during playback the list in Step 5 is displayed enr es m All Artists Genre Type 1 All Albums Album Title 1 m Album Title 2 Artist Name A Artist Name B m Genre Type 2 t Genre Type 3 NOTE An artist or album in the genre can be selected Select the Y icon to move to a folder one level higher 5 72 In
230. e oil replacement distance Displays only in fixed Oil Change Due is displayed in red and the wrench indicator setting light in the instrument cluster will be illuminated when the remaining distance is less than 500 km 250 miles Displays the engine oil life until the oil replacement is due Oil life Oil Change Due is displayed in red and the wrench indicator Displays only in flexible setting light in the instrument cluster will be illuminated when the remaining oil life distance is less than 500 km 250 mile or remaining days are less than 15 whichever comes first Reset In flexible setting Resets the remaining oil life to 100 In fixed setting Resets the remaining distance to the initial value Once the Flexible Oil Maintenance Setting is selected the system must be reset whenever replacing the engine oil 6 21 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Owner Maintenance Precautions The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service technician as soon as possible When Refuelin Brake and clutch fluid level page 6 31 Engine coolant level page 6 29 Engine oil level page 6 28 e Washer fluid level page 6 31 At Least Monthly Tire inflation pressures page 6 41 At Least Twice a
231. e started when the push button start is pressed from off ACC or ON The push button start system functions function which can start the engine by only carrying the key can be deactivated to prevent any possible adverse effect on a user wearing a pacemaker or other medical device If the system is deactivated you will be unable to start the engine by carrying the key Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details If the push button start system functions have been deactivated you can start the engine by following the procedure indicated when the key battery goes dead Refer to Engine Start Function When Key Battery is Dead on page 4 6 4 3 When Driving Start Stop Engine After starting a cold engine the engine speed increases and a whining sound from the engine compartment can be heard This is for improved exhaust gas purification and does not indicate defect of the parts Engine starting is controlled by the spark ignition system This system meets all Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise Make sure you are carrying the key Occupants should fasten their seat belts 3 Make sure the parking brake is on 4 Continue to press the brake pedal firmly until the engine has completely started 5 Manual transaxle Continue to press the clutch pedal firmly until the engine has completely started Automatic
232. e the tether for child safety Please carefully follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions when installing tethers WARNING Use the tether and tether anchor only for a child restraint system Using the tether or tether anchor to secure anything but a child restraint system is dangerous This could weaken or damage the tether or tether anchor and result in injury Always route the tether strap between the head restraint and the seatback Routing the tether strap on top of the head restraint is dangerous In a collision the tether strap could slide off the head restraint and loosen the child restraint system The child restraint system could move which may result in death or injury to the child Tether strap 4 Door Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint 5 Door Tether strap Always attach the tether strap to the correct tether anchor position Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect tether anchor position is dangerous In a collision the tether strap could come off and loosen the child restraint system If the child restraint system moves it could result in death or injury to the child 2 38 Installation on rear center seat The LATCH lower anchors at the center of the rear seat are much further apart than the sets of LATCH lower anchors for child restraint system installation at other seating positions Child restraint systems with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be
233. e the driver s door is open 3 19 Before Driving Doors and Locks Rear Door Child Safety Locks These locks are intended to help prevent children from accidentally opening the rear doors Use them on both rear doors whenever a child rides in the rear seat of the vehicle If you slide the child safety lock to the lock position before closing that door the door cannot be opened from the inside The door can only be opened by pulling the outside handle 3 20 Liftgate Trunk Lid A WARNING Never allow a person to ride in the luggage compartment trunk Allowing a person to ride in the luggage compartment trunk is dangerous The person in the luggage compartment trunk could be seriously injured or killed during sudden braking or a collision Do not drive with the liftgate trunk lid open Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicle is dangerous An open liftgate trunk lid in a moving vehicle will cause exhaust gas to be drawn into the cabin This gas contains CO carbon monoxide which is colorless odorless and highly poisonous and it can cause loss of consciousness and death Moreover an open liftgate trunk lid could cause occupants to fall out in an accident Do not stack or leave loaded luggage unsecured in the luggage compartment Otherwise the luggage may move or collapse resulting in injury or an accident In addition do not load luggage higher than the seatbacks It may affect the side or rear field
234. e unit by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector downward 6 Turn the socket and bulb assembly to remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket 7 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure 6 49 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Side turn signal lights High mount brake light Due to the complexity and difficulty of the procedure the LED bulbs must be replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE LED bulb replacement is not possible because it is built into the unit Replace the unit Rear turn signal lights Brake lights Taillights Rear side marker lights 4 Door Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off Pull the center of each plastic retainer and remove the retainers 3 Remove trunk end trim N Removal I nb allation ay DNF 4 Pull the center of each plastic retainer and remove the retainers 6 50 Some models 5 Peel back the trunk side trim lt _ _ Removal 6 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 7 Disconnect the bulb from the socket Rear turn signal lights Brake lights Taillights Rear side marker lights Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 4 Disconnect the bulb from the socket Rear turn signal lights
235. e unlocked by pressing the unlock button on the key while the theft deterrent system is turned off the hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the system is turned off Trunk button 4 door To open the trunk lid press and hold the trunk button until the trunk lid opens Be HOLD Panic button If you witness from a distance someone attempting to break into or damage your vehicle press and hold the panic button to activate the vehicle s alarm f HoLD The panic button will work whether any door or the liftgate trunk lid is open or closed Turning on the alarm Pressing the panic button for 1 second or more will trigger the alarm for about 2 minutes and 30 seconds and the following will occur The horn sounds intermittently The hazard warning lights flash Turning off the alarm The alarm stops by pressing any button on the key Before Driving Keys YV Operational Range The system operates only when the driver is in the vehicle or within operational range while the key is being carried Starting the Engine NOTE Starting the engine may be possible even if the key is outside of the vehicle and extremely close to a door and window however always start the engine from the driver s seat If the vehicle is started and the key is not in the vehicle the vehicle will not restart after it is shut off and the push button start is switched to off The luggage compartment
236. e vehicle Without the advanced keyless function The horn sound is heard twice to notify the driver that the key has been left in the vehicle 3 11 Before Driving Doors and Locks Door unlock control system with collision detection This system automatically unlocks the doors in the event the vehicle is involved in an accident to allow passengers to get out of the vehicle immediately and prevent being trapped inside While the ignition is switched ON and in the event the vehicle receives an impact strong enough to inflate the air bags all the doors are automatically unlocked after about 6 seconds have elapsed from the time of the accident The doors may not unlock depending on how an impact is applied the force of the impact and other conditions of the accident If door related systems or the battery is malfunctioning the doors will not unlock VY Locking Unlocking with Key All doors and the liftgate lock automatically when the driver s door is locked with the key All doors and the liftgate unlock when the driver s door is unlocked and the key is held in the unlock position for one second or longer Turn the key toward the front to lock toward the back to unlock Unlock 3 12 NOTE Holding the key in the unlocked position in the driver s door lock for about a second unlocks all doors and the liftgate To unlock only the driver s door insert the key into the driver s door lock and turn t
237. e vehicle is driven until the meter is again reset Return it to 0 0 by depressing and holding the selector for one second or more Use this meter to measure trip distances and to compute fuel consumption When Driving Instrument Cluster and Display NOTE Vehicles with type B audio If the fuel economy data is reset using the fuel economy monitor or trip A is reset using the trip meter when the function which synchronizes the fuel economy monitor and the trip meter is on the fuel economy data and trip A are reset simultaneously Refer to Fuel Economy Monitor on page 4 54 Only the trip meters record tenths of kilometers miles The trip record will be erased when The power supply is interrupted blown fuse or the battery is disconnected The vehicle is driven over 9999 9 km mile V Tachometer The tachometer shows engine speed in thousands of revolutions per minute rpm A CAUTION Do not run the engine with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE This may cause severe engine damage 1 Striped zone y N KA 7N 1 0 aa 1 Red zone 3 1 The range wa ries depending on the type of gauge Some models 4 11 When Driving Instrument Cluster and Display NOTE When the tachometer needle enters the STRIPED ZONE this indicates to the driver that the gears should be shifted before entering the RED ZONE V Fuel Gauge The fuel gauge shows approximately ho
238. ear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with their feet gt Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the front passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seat bottom gt Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will deactivate if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates 2 58 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat increasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is dangerous The front passenger seat weight sensors will detect the increased total seated weight which could result in the unexpected deployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system in an accident and may cause serious injury Increasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat could result in the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system deployment in an accident under the following conditions for example gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child restraint system gt A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback g
239. eat is the safest place for a child of any age or size Some child restraint systems now come with tethers and therefore must be installed on the seats that take tethers to be effective In your Mazda tethered child restraint systems can only be accommodated in the three positions on the rear seat Some child restraint systems also employ specially designed LATCH attachments refer to Using LATCH Lower Anchor page 2 36 2 28 WARNING Tethered Child Restraint Systems Work Only on Tether Equipped Rear Seats Installation ofa tether equipped child restraint system in the front passenger s seat defeats the safety design of the system and will result in an increased chance of serious injury if the child restraint system goes forward without benefit of being tethered Place tether equipped child restraint systems where there are tether anchors V Anchor Bracket Anchor brackets for securing child restraint systems are equipped in the vehicle Locate each anchor position using the illustration To install a child restraint system always follow the instruction manual accompanying the child restraint system Anchor bracket location Use the indicated anchor bracket locations when installing a child restraint system equipped with a tether 4 Door Forrit For center For left For left x For center For right Some models Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint A WARNING Always a
240. eate a wider more spacious sound field 3 Centerpoint is a registered trademark of Bose Corporation AudioPilot When driving background noise can interfere with enjoying music AudioPilot noise compensation technology continuously adjusts the music to compensate for background noise and vehicle speed It reacts only to sustained noise sources and not intermittent ones such as speed bumps An enhanced DSP algorithm allows faster and more effective compensation for unusual situations such as driving on a very rough road or at high speeds 4 AudioPilot is a registered trademark of Bose Corporation 5 41 Interior Features Audio System YV Operating the Radio Radio ON Select the icon on the home screen and display the Audio screen When selecting the desired radio the following icons are indicated in the lower part of the center display AM FM Radio Icon Function f Displays the Audio menu Use to switch to a different audio source Displays the station list E Select the Update Station List icon to display the frequencies of up to ten radio stations on the auto memory preset list Select the desired frequency Displays the Favorites list Long press to store radio station currently being aired Switches the HD Radio on and off Displays the multi cast channel list of the HD Radio You can search for receivable radio stations Scanning stops at each station for about fi
241. eatures on page 9 10 7 34 V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep If a malfunction is detected in the air bag front seat belt pretensioner systems and the warning light illuminates a warning beep sound will be heard for about 5 seconds every minute The air bag and seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sound will continue to be heard for approximately 35 minutes Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding Driving the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding is dangerous In a collision the air bags and the front seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as possible If Trouble Arises Warning Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds Y Seat Belt Warning Beep If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition is switched ON a beep sound will be heard for about 6 seconds If the driver or the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened and the vehicle is driven at a speed faster than about 20 km h 12 mph a beep sound will be heard again for a specified period of time NOTE Some models do not have the seat belt warning function for the front passenger s seat
242. ected to the AUX terminal Album name X File number X AVRCP Function A2DP Playback time X Ver 1 0 Ver 1 3 Ver 1 4 Folder number Playback X X X X X Available Pause ia Se Ss e Not available File Track a x x x up down Reverse X X NOTE Fast forward X X Some information may not display Text display X X depending on the device and if the Depends Depends information cannot be displayed NO Repeat on on TITLE is indicated device device Depends Depends Shuffle on on device device Depends Depends Scan on on device device Folder up down X Available Not available 2 x Some models 5 113 Interior Features Bluetooth NOTE The battery consumption of Bluetooth audio devices increases while Bluetooth is connected If a general mobile phone device is USB connected during music playback over the Bluetooth connection the Bluetooth connection is disconnected For this reason you cannot have music playback over a Bluetooth connection and music playback using a USB connection at the same time The system may not operate normally depending on the Bluetooth audio device 5 114 Interior Features Bluetooth V How to Use the Bluetooth Audio System Switching to Bluetooth audio mode To listen to music or voice audio recorded to a Bluetooth
243. ed during sudden braking or a collision and cause injury Never allow a passenger to sit or stand on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving Driving with a passenger on the folded seatback is dangerous Allowing a child to sit up on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving is particularly dangerous In a sudden stop or evena minor collision a child not in a proper seat or child restraint system and seat belt could be thrown forward back or even out of the vehicle resulting in serious injuries or death The child in the baggage area could be thrown into other occupants and cause serious injury Never give the car keys to children and do not allow them to play in the vehicle 4 Door Playing with the folding rear seats is dangerous Once the seatbacks are back up a child in the trunk would not be able to get out the way they had entered If you have small children keep the seatbacks locked Always leave your car locked and keep the car keys safely away from children 4 Door Leaving your car unlocked or the keys in reach of children is dangerous Children who find their way into the trunk through an unlocked rear seatback or an open trunk can become accidentally locked in the trunk This could result in death or brain damage from heat prostration particularly in the summer Always lock the doors and the trunk and as an added measure keep the rear seatbacks locked whether you have children in your home or not 2 3 E
244. edure 12 Insert the cover tabs and install the cover NOTE Verify that the cover is securely installed Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Reverse lights 4 Door 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Pull the center of each plastic retainer and remove the retainers 3 Peel back the trunk lid trim 4 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector 5 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 6 53 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 6 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 7 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure 5 Door 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Remove the cover 6 54 3 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector a a 4 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 5 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 6 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure License plate lights 4 Door 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Pull the center of each plastic retainer and remove the retainers 3 Peel back the trunk lid trim Removal 4 Turn the
245. eeeee 9 2 Lane Change Signals cece 4 38 TAG Ate ee hte cliseas aa aA a 3 20 Light Bulbs Replacement cceceeeeseceeereenees 6 45 Specifications 0 cceeceseeeeereeteenees 9 8 Lighting Control ccceceeeeeeeeeteees 4 33 Lights on remindet cceceeeeeeeeees 7 34 Lubricant Quality eeeeeereetenees 9 4 Luggage Compartment Light 5 130 M Maintenance Information cceeceeeececeeeeeeeeeneees 6 2 Scheduled o ircre Rae 6 4 Maintenance Monitor ecceeeee 6 20 Manual Transaxle Operation 4 2 Recommendations for shifting 4 22 Map Lights wav weracatiaicionak 5 130 Meters and Gauges 4 9 Mirror Defroster ceceeseeeeseeeeees 4 44 Mirrors Outside MiLTOTS eeeeeeeeeeeetees 3 33 Rearview mirror ee eeeeeeeeeeeees 3 34 Money Saving Suggestions 3 45 MOonroof a aere toea raat Aa aE aie 3 39 O Odometer and Trip Meter 008 4 10 Outside Mirrors ceecceceeereeeeeteeeeens 3 33 Outside Temperature Display 4 13 Over Rev DUZZeP eececeeteeeeteeteees 7 36 Overhead Console ceceeeereereees 5 136 Overhead Lights 5 130 Overheating ce ceceeceseeeeeeeneeeeens 7 19 Overloading eeecesecereeeeeeeeeneeeeens 3 50 Owner Maintenance Battery replacement eee 6 38 Closing the Hood eee 6 25 Engine Compartment Overview 6 26 Opening the Hood eee eeeeees 6 24 Owner Maintena
246. ees 5 73 Bluetooth Hands Free Type A cccccccccccsscscscssseseeceesteceseneeesenes 5 93 Bluetooth Hands Free Type B cccccccscscesssesescsesteceteseeeenes 5 99 Bluetooth Audio Type A c ccccccscscsssescsescscseseseseecseseecseenseeees 5 111 Bluetooth Audio Type B cccccccccccccsescscsceeseseecssseecsseeseeees 5 113 Troubleshooting Type A Type B c cecececcseeseeseesereseseseeees 5 126 Interior EquipMent scsvcssssssssssscsecesossoersssssensrsnssensenssonssores 5 129 SUNVISOTS sais eosin Gucpeeede A ene a EE eens 5 129 Interi r Lig hts 25 fo oe ocene eee rannen aaen aaen EE E 5 130 ACCESSORY SOCketS anette nesie TEEDE E 5 132 Cup Holdet t eae En eE EEE KEENER EEEE EVERE E 5 134 Bottle Holders nenene cab aa eR E A 5 135 Storage Compartment s ccesescceceeeceeeeseeeseeeceseeeeeeeeeeeeeeenes 5 135 Some models 5 1 Interior Features Climate Control System Operating Tips Operate the climate control system with the engine running To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the fan control dial on for a long period of time with the ignition switched ON when the engine is not running e Clear all obstructions such as leaves snow and ice from the hood and the air inlet in the cowl grille to improve the system efficiency Use the climate control system to defog the windows and dehumidify the air The recirculate mode should be used when driving through t
247. eet actual distance distance LAA N Object at actual position Object on screen Sa Object on screen YA A Distance between the ve hicle and object displayed on the screen Object at actual B Actual distance between the ve hicle and object position Three dimensional object on vehicle rear Because the distance guide lines are displayed based on a flat surface the distance to the three dimensional object displayed on the screen is different from the actual distance Seen dip ay Actual condition Please check surroundings for safety Actual distance B gt C A Sensed d staew one am A gt B gt C 4 79 When Driving Rear View Monitor YV Picture Quality Adjustment WARNING Always adjust the picture quality of the rear view monitor while the vehicle is stopped Do not adjust the picture quality of the rear view monitor while driving the vehicle Adjusting the picture quality of the rear view monitor such as brightness contrast color and tint while driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your attention from the vehicle operation which could lead to an accident Picture quality adjustment can be done while the shift lever is in reverse R There are four settings which can be adjusted including brightness contrast tint and color When adjusting pay sufficient attention to the vehicle surroundings 1 Select the Y icon on the screen to display the tabs 2 Sele
248. egin play NOTE There will be a short lapse before play begins while the player reads the digital signals on the CD 5 50 Ejecting the CD Press the CD eject button 4 to eject the CD Interior Features Audio System Playback Select the icon on the home screen with a CD inserted and display the Audio screen When the icon is selected the following icons are indicated in the lower part of the center display Icon Function f3 Displays the Audio menu Use to switch to a different audio source Music CD Displays the track list of the CD Select the track you want to play E MP3 WMA AAC CD 2 Displays the top level folder file list Select the folder you want to select The files in the selected folder are displayed Select the file you want to play MP3 WMA ACC CDs only Displays the file list of the folder currently being played Select the song you want to listen to Music CD Replays the song currently being played repeatedly Select it again to cancel C2 MP3 WMA AAC CD Replays the song currently being played repeatedly When selected again the songs in the folder are played repeatedly Select it again to cancel Music CD Plays songs on the CD in random order Select it again to cancel MP3 WMA AAC CD Plays songs in the folder in random order When selected again the songs on the CD are played in random order Select it again to cancel 4 Music
249. ehicle with damaged air bag seat belt pretensioner system components Expended or damaged air bag seat belt pretensioner system components must be replaced after any collision which caused them to deploy or damage them Only a trained Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully evaluate these systems to see that they will work in any subsequent accident Driving with an expended or damaged air bag or pretensioner unit will not afford you the necessary protection in the event of any subsequent accident which could result in serious injury or death Do not remove interior air bag parts Removing any components such as the front seats front dashboard the steering wheel or parts on the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge containing air bag parts or sensors is dangerous These parts contain essential air bag components The air bag could accidentally activate and cause serious injuries Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer remove these parts Properly dispose of the air bag system Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremely dangerous Unless all safety procedures are followed injury could result Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer safely dispose of the air bag system or scrap an air bag equipped vehicle 2 45 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags NOTE If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a
250. eiving a new incoming call the previous call is placed on hold 5 98 Switching calls Switching back to the previous call can also be done Method 1 1 Press the pick up button 2 Prompt Swapping calls Method 2 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Swap calls 3 Prompt Swapping calls Three way call function 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Join calls 3 Prompt Joining calls Making a call using a telephone number 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Dial 3 Prompt Number please 4 Say Beep XXXXXXXKKXKXX Telephone number 5 Prompt XXXXXXXKXKXXX Telephone number After the beep continue to add numbers or say Go Back to re enter the last entered numbers or press the Pick Up button to execute dialing 6 Dialing Press the pick up button or say Dial then go to Step 7 Adding inputting telephone number Say XXXX desired telephone number then go to Step 5 Telephone number correction Say Go Back The prompt replies Go Back The last entered numbers have been removed Then go back to Step 3 7 Prompt Dialing Making calls using the phonebook 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Call 3 Prompt Name please 4 Say Beep XXXXX Ex John s phone Say a voice tag registe
251. els lose luster wax the wheels 6 68 Some models VW Plastic Part Maintenance When cleaning the plastic lenses of the lights do not use gasoline kerosene rectified spirit paint thinner highly acidic detergents or strongly alkaline detergents Otherwise these chemical agents can discolor or damage the surfaces resulting in a significant loss in functionality If plastic parts become inadvertently exposed to any of these chemical agents flush with water immediately If plastic parts such as the bumpers become inadvertently exposed to chemical agents or fluids such as gasoline oil engine coolant or battery fluid it could cause discoloration staining or paint peeling Wipe off any such chemical agents or fluids using a soft cloth immediately High water temperature and high water pressure car washers are available depending on the type of high pressure car washer device If the car washer nozzle is put too close to the vehicle or aimed at one area for an extended period of time it could deform plastic parts or damage the paint Do not use wax containing compounds polish Otherwise it could result in paint damage In addition do not use an electrical or air tool to apply wax Otherwise the frictional heat generated could result in deformation of plastic parts or paint damage WARNING Do not spray water in the cabin Splashing water on electrical parts such as the audio u
252. ement occur Failure to do so can result in your warranty being voided either in whole or in part This evidence may consist of the following The Mazda Scheduled Maintenance Record refer to the Warranty Booklet must be completely filled out showing mileage repair order number date for each service and signed by a qualified automotive service technician who service vehicles Original copies of repair orders or other receipts that include the mileage and date the vehicle was serviced Each receipt should be signed by a qualified automotive service technician For self maintenance a statement that you completed the maintenance yourself displaying mileage and the date the work was performed Also receipts for the replacement parts fluid filters etc indicating the date and mileage must accompany this statement NOTE If you elect to perform maintenance yourself or have your vehicle serviced at a location other than an Authorized Mazda Dealer Mazda requires that all fluids parts and materials must meet Mazda standards for durability and performance as described in this manual 6 2 Maintenance and Care Essential Information Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance as opposed to defective materials or authorized Mazda workmanship will not be honored Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda s original equipment may perform maintenance But we recommend that it always be done by a
253. ement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps NOTE If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer VW STEP 1 Contact Your Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician go to STEP 2 Y STEP 2 Contact Mazda North American Operations If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership management or it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician you can reach Mazda North American Operations by one of the following ways Log on at www MazdaUSA com Answers to many questions including how to locate or cont
254. en raised off the ground 3 Place the jack on the ground 7 7 If Trouble Arises Flat Tire 4 Turn the jack screw in the direction shown in the figure and adjust the jack head so that it is close to the jack up position Jack head 5 Place the jack under the jack up position closest to the tire being changed with the jack head squarely under the jack up point Jacking position 6 Continue raising the jack head gradually by rotating the screw with your hand until the jack head is inserted into the jack up position Tire blocks oS KX CRN Ue WARNING Use only the front and rear jacking positions recommended in this manual Attempting to jack the vehicle in positions other than those recommended in this manual is dangerous The vehicle could slip off the jack and seriously injure or even kill someone Use only the front and rear jacking positions recommended in this manual Do not jack up the vehicle in a position other than the designated jack up position or place any objects on or under the jack Jacking up the vehicle in a position other than the designated jack up position or placing objects on or under the jack is dangerous as it could deform the vehicle body or the vehicle could fall off the jack resulting in an accident Use only the jack provided with your Mazda Using a jack that is not designed for your Mazda is dangerous The vehicle could slip off the jack and serious
255. en the straps are attached to the sides of the liftgate Strap Removing the cover This cover can be removed for more room To do this just unfasten the straps then lift and pull it out 3 24 Loading golf bags only 4 door vehicle Up to two golf bags can be carried in the trunk 1 Place the bottom of the first golf bag in the trunk with its bottom pointed to the left and fit it into the front of the trunk 2 Place the second golf bag in the trunk with its bottom pointed to the left and fit it into the back of the trunk NOTE Some golf bags cannot fit depending on their size Inside Trunk Release Lever 4 Door Your vehicle is equipped with an inside trunk release lever that provides a means of escape for children and adults in the event they become locked inside the trunk No matter how careful adults might be with keys and locking their cars parents should be aware that children may be tempted to play around vehicles and use the trunk as a hiding place Adults are advised to familiarize themselves with the operation and location of the inside trunk release lever so that all children can be told about it in an appropriate way keeping in mind that most vehicles do not have such levers Before Driving Doors and Locks WARNING Close the trunk lid be sure the seat backs are latched and do not allow children to play inside the vehicle Leaving the trunk lid ope
256. enalties In some states such modification made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties While the engine is off the sound of a valve opening and closing can be heard at the rear of the right side of the vehicle however this does not indicate an abnormality The vehicle has a self checking device and it operates while the engine is off 3 28 Before Driving Fuel and Emission VY Engine Exhaust Carbon monoxide WARNING Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle Engine exhaust gas is dangerous This gas contains carbon monoxide CO which is colorless odorless and poisonous When inhaled it can cause loss of consciousness and death If you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle keep all windows fully open and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area Running the engine inside an enclosed area such as a garage is dangerous Exhaust gas which contains poisonous carbon monoxide could easily enter the cabin Loss of consciousness or even death could occur Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air when idling the engine Exhaust gas is dangerous When the vehicle is stopped with the windows closed and the engine running for a long time even in an open area exhaust gas which contains poisonous carbon monoxide could enter the cabin Loss of consciousness or even death could occur Clear snow from und
257. enger and interconnection simultaneous modes Individual operation mode indicator light illuminated The set temperature can be controlled individually for the driver and front passenger Interconnection mode indicator light turned off The set temperature for the driver and front passenger is controlled simultaneously Windshield defroster switch Press the switch to defrost the windshield and front door windows 5 14 YV Operation of Automatic Air Conditioning 1 Press the AUTO switch Selection of the airflow mode air intake selector and amount of airflow will be automatically controlled 2 Use the temperature control dial to select a desired temperature Press the DUAL switch or turn the front passenger temperature control dial to control the set temperature individually for the driver and front passenger To turn off the system press the OFF switch NOTE Setting the temperature to maximum high or low will not provide the desired temperature at a faster rate When selecting heat the system will restrict airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold air from blowing out of the vents V Windshield Defrosting and Defogging Press the windshield defroster switch In this position the outside air position is automatically selected and the air conditioner automatically turns on The air conditioner will directly dehumidify the air to the front windshield and side windows on Page 5 4 Airf
258. ention is to leave the vehicle for even a short period it is important to switch the ignition off as leaving it in another position will disable some of the vehicle s security systems and run the battery down ACC Accessory Some electrical accessories will operate and the indicator light amber illuminates NOTE The keyless entry system does not function while the push button start has been pressed to ACC and the doors will not lock unlock even if they have been locked manually ON This is the normal running position after the engine is started The indicator light amber turns off The indicator light amber illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and the engine is not running Some indicator lights warning lights should be inspected before the engine is started page 4 16 NOTE When the push button start is pressed to ON the sound of the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel tank can be heard This does not indicate an abnormality When Driving Start Stop Engine Starting the Engine A WARNING Radio waves from the key may affect medical devices such as pacemakers Before using the key near people who use medical devices ask the medical device manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from the key will affect the device NOTE The key must be carried because the key carries an immobilizer chip that must communicate with the engine controls at short range The engine can b
259. enuine Parts and Castrol Mexico only S Castrol ILSAC 6 28 Mexico Use SAE 5W 30 engine oil If SAE 5W 30 engine oil is not available use SAE 5W 20 engine oil The quality designation SM or ILSAC must be on the label C 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 F 40 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 5W 30 YV Inspecting Engine Oil Level 1 Be sure the vehicle is on a level surface 2 Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature 3 Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan 4 Pull out the dipstick wipe it clean and reinsert it fully 5 Pull it out again and examine the level The level is normal if it is between Low and Full If it is near or below Low add enough oil to bring the level to Full A CAUTION Do not add engine oil over Full This may cause engine damage 6 Make sure the O ring on the dipstick is positioned properly before reinserting the dipstick 7 Reinsert the dipstick fully Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Engine Coolant VY Inspecting Coolant Level WARNING Do not use a match or live flame in the engine compartment DO NOT ADD COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT A hot engine is dangerous If the engine has been running parts of the engine compartment can become very hot You could be burned Carefully inspect the engine coolant in the coolant reservoir but do not open it es S switch the ignition to o
260. eption area V Request Switch Inoperable Warning Beep With the advanced keyless function If the request switch is pressed with a door open or ajar or the ignition has not been switched off while the key is being carried a beep will be heard for about 2 seconds to indicate that the doors and the liftgate trunk lid cannot be locked V Key Left in luggage Compartment Warning Beep With the advanced keyless function If the key is left in the trunk with all doors locked and the trunk lid closed a beep sound is heard for about 10 seconds to remind the driver the key has been left in the trunk If this happens open the trunk lid by pressing the electric trunk lid opener and remove the key A key removed from the trunk may not function because its functions may have been temporarily suspended To restore the key function perform the applicable procedure page 3 8 7 35 If Trouble Arises Warning Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds Y Key Left in vehicle Warning Beep With the advanced keyless function If a key is left in the vehicle cabin and all the doors and the trunk are locked using a separate key a beep sound is heard for about 10 seconds to remind the driver that the key has been left in the vehicle cabin If this happens open the door and remove the key A key removed from the vehicle this way may not function because its functions may have been temporarily suspended Perform the applicable procedure to rest
261. er to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 53 With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System The driver s dual stage air bag controls air bag inflation in two energy stages During an impact of moderate severity the driver s air bag deploys with lesser energy whereas during more severe impacts it deploys with more energy 2 49 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags V Front Passenger Air Bag The front passenger air bag is mounted in the front passenger dashboard The inflation mechanism for the front passenger air bag is the same as the driver s air bag as mentioned above For more details about air bag deployment refer to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 53 With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System In addition the front passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat For details refer to the front passenger occupant classification system page 2 56 eh WV Side Air Bags The side air bags are mounted in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force the system inflates the side air bag only on the side in which the vehicle was hit The side air bag inflates quickly to reduce injury to the driver or front passenger s chest caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window For more details about air bag deployment refer
262. ered child restraint systems put them in one of the rear seat positions set up with tether anchors Likewise the LATCH child restraint system cannot be secured in the front passenger s seat and should be used in the rear seat Do not allow anyone to sleep against the side window since your vehicle has side and curtain air bags it could cause serious injuries to an out of position occupant As children more often sleep in cars it is better to put them in the rear seat If installing the child restraint system on the front seat is unavoidable follow these instructions when using a front facing child restraint system in the front passenger s seat NOTE To check if your front seats have side air bags Mazda vehicles equipped with side air bag will have a SRS AIRBAG tag on the outboard shoulder of the front seats To check if your vehicle has curtain air bags Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain air bag will have an SRS AIRBAG marking on the window pillars along the roof edge WARNING Always move the front passenger seat as far back as possible if installing a front facing child restraint system on it is unavoidable As your vehicle has front air bags and doubly so because your vehicle has side air bags a front facing child restraint system should be put on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable Even if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates always move the se
263. erneath and around your vehicle particularly the tail pipe before starting the engine Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous The exhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin Because exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide it could cause loss of consciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin 3 29 Before Driving Fuel and Emission Fuel Filler Lid and Cap A WARNING When removing the fuel filler cap loosen the cap slightly and wait for any hissing to stop then remove it Fuel spray is dangerous Fuel can burn skin and eyes and cause illness if ingested Fuel spray is released when there is pressure in the fuel tank and the fuel filler cap is removed too quickly Before refueling stop the engine and always keep sparks and flames away from the filler neck Fuel vapor is dangerous It could be ignited by sparks or flames causing serious burns and injuries Additionally use of the incorrect fuel filler cap or not using a fuel filler cap may result in a fuel leak which could result in serious burns or death in an accident Do not continue refueling after the fuel pump nozzle shuts off automatically Continuing to add fuel after the fuel pump nozzle has shut off automatically is dangerous because overfilling the fuel tank may cause fuel overflow or leakage Fuel overflow and leakage could damage the vehicle and if the fuel ignites it c
264. errupt A call can be interrupted to receive an incoming call from a third party The device may be unusable depending on the contractual content When the icon is selected or the pick up button on the steering wheel is pressed the current call is held and the system switches to the new incoming call When the End Answer icon is selected the current call is ended and the system switches to the new incoming call When the Lgnore icon is selected or the hang up button on the steering wheel is pressed an incoming call is refused 5 104 Interior Features Bluetooth VY Receiving and Replying to Messages available only with SMS compatible phones SMS Short Message Service messages and MMS Multimedia Messaging Service messages received by connected devices can be downloaded displayed and played read by the system Additionally replies can also be made to calls and messages in the received messages Downloading messages Up to 20 new messages can be downloaded and displayed from a connected device Automatic downloading The Auto Download Text SMS MMS setting must be on When the hands free unit is connected to the device a message is downloaded automatically Refer to Communication Settings on page 5 107 Manually downloading When the Auto Download Text SMS MMS setting is off the message is downloaded using the following procedure 1 Select the
265. es including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells 6 36 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries NOTE Before performing battery maintenance remove the battery cover by pulling the tab 6 37 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance YV Battery Maintenance To get the best service from a battery Keep it securely mounted Keep the top clean and dry Keep terminals and connections clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease Rinse off spilled electrolyte immediately with a solution of water and baking soda If the vehicle will not be used for an extended time disconnect the battery cables and charge the battery every six weeks When replacing the battery refer to the specification charts page 9 4 6 38 Battery Replacement If the buttons on the transmitter are inoperable and the operation indicator light does not flash the battery may be dead Replace with a new battery before the transmitter becomes unusable A CAUTION gt Make sure the battery is installed correctly Battery leakage could occur if it is not installed correctly When replacing the b
266. es increases while Bluetooth is connected Ifa general mobile phone device is USB connected during music playback over the Bluetooth connection the Bluetooth connection is disconnected For this reason you cannot have music playback over a Bluetooth connection and music playback using a USB connection at the same time The system may not operate normally depending on the Bluetooth audio device V How to Use the Bluetooth Audio System Switching to Bluetooth audio mode To listen to music or voice audio recorded to a Bluetooth audio device switch to the Bluetooth audio mode to operate the audio device using the audio system control panel Any Bluetooth audio device must be paired to the vehicle s Bluetooth unit before it can be used Refer to Bluetooth Preparation Type A on page 5 76 1 Turn on the Bluetooth audio device s power 2 Switch the ignition to ACC or ON Make sure that the J symbol is displayed in the audio display The symbol is not displayed if an un paired Bluetooth audio device is being used or the vehicle s Bluetooth unit has a malfunction NOTE Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain amount of time before the S symbol is displayed Some models 5 111 Interior Features Bluetooth 3 Press the media button MEDIA to switch to the Bluetooth audio mode and start playback If the current device version is lower than AVRCP Ver 1 3
267. esd esas onsnsdssnassadveasssassevnieseeianveiedes page 4 9 Dashboard illumination knob cc sccssesscsssesessessesseessessecssssseesesssssseessssessesssceseceee page 4 12 Wiper and washer lever ccesescceccessceeceesececseceseeeceeeccecesecaeeeaeseaeeaeceeeeereeeeeaeenas page 4 39 Push button start cccccccsscsssssscsssessssssesssssssssssssssssssessesssessessssesssssesssesscsseessesessessesses page 4 2 QUO VSI COPE SPLOT occ cuenta nets adsl Scestoe Bis bvcutl ada Succbssnodecsseblmceindate Mineandiac page 4 71 CD Outside mirror awrite oisssscossssssisicessssssovesscosssnavoneensvedbyssdsosevbanedvesnvvnsocb cvansvensbesen page 3 33 2 Door lock SWitCh c scesscssssesssessessssessesssesssesssesseesseesseesseeseesseessnssseesstsssesseeaneesseenses page 3 16 3 Power window lock switch ccsccccssesssessessssesseessessssssseeseesseessessseessesssesseesseesseeasees page 3 38 Power window SWitches cc cccsccssssssesssescsssesssssssssssssssssssessesssessssssssssssssesssessessseese page 3 36 1 2 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Pictorial Index Interior Overview Interior Equipment View B oH O Audio control switches c ccccscssssssssssscssssssesssssssssscssscsssssessssesssssssssssssssssssseseeess page 5 55 BS GT WAS cst csiecdsctsctdaeeasucstexdactvasdiancteadeleGeadancde ts haatensdenaiaunclaeniehaveunnveanes page 2 40 Cruise control switches cccccceccsssssssessseesse
268. esets the time and distance to the initial values Reset Once the system turns on it needs to be reset whenever carrying out maintenance 6 20 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Tab Item Explanation Tire Rotation Oil Change Setting interval Notification can be switched on off Distance mile or km Displays the distance until tire rotation is due Select this item to set the tire rotation distance Tire Rotation Due is displayed in red and the wrench indicator light in the instrument cluster will be illuminated when the remaining distance is less than 500 km 250 miles Reset Setting interval Distance mile or km Resets the remaining distance to the initial value Once the system turns on it needs to be reset whenever rotating the tires Oil replacement period can be selected from the flexible setting or fixed setting or it can be set to non display The flexible setting is available only in the United States and Puerto Rico Once engine oil flexible maintenance is selected the vehicle calculates the remaining oil life based on the engine operating conditions The vehicle lets you know when an oil change is due by illuminating the wrench indicator light in the instrument cluster Mazda Genuine 0W 20 oil and Castrol OW 20 oil are required to achieve optimum performance Displays the distance until the oil replacement is due Select this item to set th
269. esolution of any warranty related concerns If the BBB is not able to facilitate a settlement they will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator You are required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies under the Federal Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C 2301 et seq To the extent permitted by the applicable state Lemon Law you are also required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the Lemon Law If you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or the applicable state Lemon Law you are not required to first use BBB AUTO LINE The whole process normally takes 40 days or less The arbitration decision is not binding on you or Mazda unless you accept the decision For more information about BBB AUTO LINE including current eligibility standards please call 1 800 955 5100 or visit the BBB website at www lemonlaw bbb org 8 3 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Being truly committed to customer satisfaction is more than a phrase with Mazda We hope to satisfy every customer directly but if there is ever a question about our decision Mazda believes in providing a fast fair and free method such as the BBB AUTO LINE to ensure Mazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers V California Customers 1 Mazda North American Operations participa
270. ess the lock button and the hazard warning lights will flash once With the advanced keyless function A beep sound will be heard once To confirm that all doors and the liftgate have been locked press the lock button again within 5 seconds If they are closed and locked the horn will sound f Before Driving Keys NOTE TThe doors and the liftgate can be locked by pressing the lock button while any other door or the liftgate trunk lid is open The hazard warning lights will not flash When the lock button is pressed while any door is open and then the door is closed all the doors and the liftgate are locked Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are locked visually or audibly by use of the double click Make sure all doors and the liftgate are locked after pressing the button With theft deterrent system When the doors are locked by pressing the lock button on the key while the theft deterrent system is armed the hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the system is armed Unlock button To unlock the driver s door press the unlock button and the hazard warning lights will flash twice With the advanced keyless function A beep sound will be heard twice To unlock all doors and the liftgate press the unlock button again within 3 seconds and two more beep sounds will be heard a 3 5 Before Driving Keys NOTE Auto re lock function The system can be set to
271. event a deterioration in the voice recognition rate and voice quality the following points should be observed Phone related commands are available only when your phone is connected via Bluetooth Make sure your phone is connected via Bluetooth before you operate phone related voice commands Music play commands such as Play Artist and Play Album can be used only in USB audio mode Do not speak too slowly or loudly no loud voice Speak clearly without pausing between words or numbers The hands free system cannot perform voice recognition while voice guidance or a beep sound is operating Wait until the voice guidance or the beep sound is finished before saying your commands Dialects or different wording other than hands free prompts cannot be recognized by voice recognition Speak in the wording specified by the voice commands It is not necessary to face the microphone or approach it Speak the voice commands while maintaining a safe driving position Close the windows and or the moonroof to reduce loud noises from outside the vehicle or turn down the airflow of the air conditioning system while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used Make sure the vents are not directing air up towards the microphone NOTE If the voice recognition performance is not satisfactory Refer to Troubleshooting on page 5 126 Bluetooth Hands Free Type A V Making a Call Phonebook Usage Telephone c
272. ever be switched to the OFF position other than when driving the vehicle under rainy conditions The auto wiper control functions can be turned off Refer to Personalization Features on page 9 10 4 41 When Driving Switches and Controls V Windshield Washer Pull the lever toward you and hold it to spray washer fluid Washer NOTE With the wiper lever in the OFF or intermittent position AUTO position the wipers will operate continuously until the lever is released If the washer does not work inspect the fluid level page 6 31 If the fluid level is normal consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 4 42 Some models Rear Window Wiper and AY VETS S a The ignition must be switched ON to use the wiper V Rear Window Wiper Turn the wiper on by turning the rear wipet washer switch Switch a 5 Position Wiper operation INT Intermittent ON Normal Y Rear Window Washer To spray washer fluid turn the rear wiper washer switch to the position After the switch is released the washer will stop If the washer does not work inspect the fluid level page 6 31 If the fluid level is normal and the washer still does not work consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Rear Window Defogger The rear window defogger clears fog from the rear window The ignition must be switched ON to use the defogger Press the switch to turn on the rear window defogger The rear window
273. f each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Inflation Pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire kPa Kilopascal the metric unit for air pressure psi Pounds per square inch the English unit for air pressure B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door Original Equipment OE Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle Vehicle Load Limit The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants and cargo Bead Area of the Tire Area of the tire next to the rim Sidewall Area of the Tire Area between the bead area and the tread Tread Area of the Tire Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it s mounted on the vehicle Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants Seating capacity is described on the tire label Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular production options weighing over 2 3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight including heavy duty brakes ride levelers roof rack heavy duty battery and special trim Rim is the metal support wheel for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated 8 31 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Tire Maintenance Im
274. f the problem The cleaned area should be waxed according to the instructions in this section Insects and tree sap are best removed with a soft sponge and water or a commercially available chemical cleaner Another method is to cover the affected area with dampened newspaper for one to two hours After removing the newspaper rinse off the loosened debris with water 6 63 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care Water Marks Occurrence Rain fog dew and even tap water can contain harmful minerals such as salt and lime If moisture containing these minerals settles on the vehicle and evaporates the minerals will concentrate and harden to form white rings The rings can damage your vehicle s finish Prevention It is necessary to wash and wax your vehicle to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section These steps should be taken immediately after you find water marks on your vehicle s finish Paint Chipping Occurrence Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown in the air by another vehicle s tires hits your vehicle How to avoid paint chipping Keeping a safe distance between you and the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of having your paint chipped by flying gravel 6 64 NOTE The paint chipping zone varies with the speed of the vehicle For example when traveling at 90 km h 56 mph the paint chipping zone is 50 m 164 fi In low temperatures a vehicle s finish hardens
275. ff and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling fan Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured L4 amp a Y Do not remove either cooling system cap when the engine and radiator are hot When the engine and radiator are hot scalding coolant and steam may shoot out under pressure and cause serious injury NOTE Changing the coolant should be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer 6 29 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Inspect the antifreeze protection and coolant level in the coolant reservoir at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling where temperatures may drop below freezing Inspect the condition and connections of all cooling system and heater hoses Replace any that are swollen or deteriorated The coolant should be at full in the radiator and between the F and L marks on the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If it is at or near L add enough coolant to the coolant reservoir to provide freezing and corrosion protection and to bring the level to F Securely tighten the coolant reservoir tank cap after adding coolant 6 30 A CAUTION gt Radiator coolant will damage paint Rinse it off quickly if spilled gt Use
276. fluid is supplied from the same reservoir 6 32 Body Lubrication All moving points of the body such as door and hood hinges and locks should be lubricated each time the engine oil is changed Use a nonfreezing lubricant on locks during cold weather Make sure the hood s secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released Wiper Blades A CAUTION gt Hot waxes applied by automatic car washers have been known to affect the wiper s ability to clean windows gt To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them gt When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON the wipers may move automatically in the following cases gt Ifthe windshield above the rain sensor is touched gt Ifthe windshield above the rain sensor is wiped with a cloth gt Ifthe windshield is struck with a hand or other object gt Ifthe rain sensor is struck with a hand or other object from inside the vehicle Be careful not to pinch hands or fingers as it may cause injury or damage the wipers When washing or servicing the vehicle make sure the wiper lever is in the OFF position Contamination of either the windshield or the blades with foreign matter can reduce wiper effectiveness Common sources are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes If the blades are not wipin
277. fore using the key near people who use medical devices ask the medical device manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from the key will affect the device The advanced keyless function allows you to lock unlock the doors and liftgate or open the liftgate trunk lid while carrying the key without using the key System malfunctions or warnings are indicated by the following warning beeps Request switch Inoperable Warning Beep Refer to Request Switch Inoperable Warning Beep With the advanced keyless function on page 7 35 Key Left in luggage Compartment Trunk Warning Beep Refer to Key Left in luggage Compartment Warning Beep With the advanced keyless function on page 7 35 Key Left in vehicle Warning Beep Refer to Key Left in vehicle Warning Beep With the advanced keyless function on page 7 36 Before Driving Advanced Keyless Entry System NOTE The advanced keyless entry system functions can be deactivated to prevent any possible adverse effect on a user wearing a pacemaker or other medical device If the system is deactivated you will be unable to start the engine by carrying the key Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details If the advanced keyless entry system has been deactivated you can start the engine by following the procedure indicated when the key battery goes dead Refer to Engine Start Function When Key Battery is Dead on page 4 6 Some models 3 9 Before Driving Ad
278. ftgate lock automatically when the lock side is pressed They all unlock when the unlock side is pressed Driver s door Lock E a B Unlock To lock all the doors liftgate from an open front door press the lock side of the door lock switch and then close the door NOTE When locking the doors this way be careful not to leave the key inside the vehicle 3 16 Auto Lock Unlock Function WARNING Do not pull the inner handle on a front door Pulling an inner handle on a front door while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Passengers can fall out of the vehicle if a front door accidentally opens which could result in death or serious injury When the vehicle speed exceeds 20 km h 12 mph all doors and the liftgate lock automatically When the ignition is switched off all doors and the liftgate unlock automatically These functions can also be disabled so that they do not operate Auto lock unlock function setting change using door lock switch The doors and the liftgate can set to lock or unlock automatically by selecting any one of the functions from the following table and using the driver s door lock switch on the interior door panel NOTE Function number 3 is the factory setting for your vehicle There are only a total of five auto lock unlock settings available for automatic transaxle vehicles and three for manual transaxle vehicles Be sure to press the unlock side of t
279. g properly clean the window and blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent then rinse thoroughly with clean water Repeat if necessary Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance VY Replacing Windshield Wiper Blades When the wipers no longer clean well the blades are probably worn or cracked Replace them A CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components do not try to sweep the wiper arm by hand NOTE To prevent damage to the wiper arm blades when raising both the driver and passenger side wiper arms raise the driver side wiper arm first Conversely when setting down the wiper arms set the passenger side wiper arm down first 1 Raise the wiper arm 2 Open the clip and slide the blade assembly in the direction of the arrow amp w 6 33 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 3 Tilt the blade assembly and remove it from the arm i AN A CAUTION To prevent damage to the windshield let the wiper arm down easily do not let it slap down on the windshield Pull down the blade rubber and slide it out of blade holder A 5 Remove the metal stiffeners from each blade rubber and install them in the new blade SW A CAUTION gt Do not bend or discard the stiffeners You need to use them again If the metal stiffeners are switched the blade s wiping efficiency could be reduced So do not use the driver s side metal stiffeners on the
280. g to the Rear View Monitor Display G Shift the shift lever to R with the ignition switched ON to switch the display to the rear view monitor display NOTE When the shift lever is shifted from R to another shift lever position the screen returns to the previous display 4 74 When Driving Rear View Monitor VY Displayable Range on the Screen The images on the screen may be different from the actual conditions Screen dipl ay M Trunk lid 4 door garnish 5 door kik ___ Bumper Actual view NOTE The displayable range varies depending on the vehicle and road conditions The displayable range is limited Objects under the bumper or around the bumper ends cannot be displayed The distance appearing in the displayed image is different from the actual distance because the rear view parking camera is equipped with a specific lens Some optionally installed vehicle accessories may be picked up by the camera Do not install any optional parts that can interfere with the camera view such as illuminating parts or parts made of reflective material It may be difficult to see the display under the following conditions however it does not indicate a malfunction In darkened areas When the temperature around the lens is high low When the camera is wet such as on a rainy day or during periods of high humidity When foreign material such as mud is stuck around the camera
281. ght on the front passenger seat 2 With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System In an angled collision the side air bag and curtain air bag may deploy 3 With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System In a roll over accident the seat belt pretensioners and the curtain air bags deploy 2 53 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Limitations to SRS Air Bag In severe collisions such as those described previously in SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria the applicable SRS air bag equipment will deploy However in some accidents the equipment may not deploy depending on the type of collision and its severity Limitations to front near front collision detection The following illustrations are examples of front near front collisions that may not be detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment Impacts involving trees or poles Frontal offset impact to the vehicle Rear ending or running under a truck s tail gate 2 54 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Limitations to side collision detection The following illustrations are examples of side collisions that may not be detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment Side impacts involving trees or poles Side impacts with two wheeled vehicles With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System Limitations to roll over detection The following illustration is an example of an accide
282. ght stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the TCS or DSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS DSC or the brake assist system may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Y DSC OFF Indicator Light ee OFF This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON It also illuminates when the DSC OFF switch is pressed and TCS DSC is switched off Refer to DSC OFF Switch on page 4 53 If the light remains illuminated and the TCS DSC is not switched off take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer The DSC may have a malfunction When Driving ABS TCS DSC Y DSC OFF Switch Press the DSC OFF switch to turn off the TCS DSC The DSC OFF indicator light in the instrument cluster will illuminate es Oe fs uN E al XQ Hs gt Press the switch again to turn the TCS DSC back on The DSC OFF indicator light will turn off NOTE When DSC is on and you attempt to free the vehicle when it is stuck or drive it out of freshly fallen snow the TCS part of the DSC system will activate Depressing the accelerator will not increase engine power and freeing the vehicle may be difficult When this happens turn off the TCS DSC gt If the TCS DSC is off when the engine is turned off it automatically activates when the ignition is switched ON Leaving
283. grammed Theft Deterrent System If the theft deterrent system detects an inappropriate entry into the vehicle which could result in the vehicle or its contents being stolen the alarm alerts the surrounding area of an abnormality by sounding the horn and flashing the hazard warning lights The system will not function unless it s properly armed So when you leave the vehicle follow the arming procedure correctly Y Operation System triggering conditions The horn sounds intermittently and the hazard warning lights flash for about 30 seconds when the system is triggered by any one of the following Unlocking a door with the key door lock switch or an inside door lock knob Forcing open a door the hood or the liftgate trunk lid Opening the hood by operating the hood release handle Switching the ignition ON without using the push button start If the system is triggered again the lights and horn will activate until the driver s door or the liftgate trunk lid is unlocked with the transmitter With advanced key The lights and horn can also be deactivated by pressing the request switch on a door Before Driving Security System NOTE If the battery goes dead while the theft deterrent system is armed the horn will activate and the hazard warning lights will flash when the battery is charged or replaced Y How to Arm the System 1 Close the windows and the moonroof securely 2 Pre
284. he driver s door lock switch the correct number of times according to the selected function number If the switch is mistakenly pressed six times on an automatic transaxle vehicle or four times on a manual transaxle the procedure will be cancelled If this occurs start the procedure from the beginning Before Driving Doors and Locks Function Function number 1 The auto door lock function is disabled All the doors and the liftgate lock automatically when the vehicle speed is about 20 km h 12 mph or more All the doors and the liftgate lock automatically when the vehicle speed is about 20 km h 12 mph or more All the doors and the liftgate unlock when the ignition is switched from ON to Off Automatic transaxle vehicles only When the ignition is switched ON and the shift lever is shifted from park P to any other gear position all the doors and the liftgate lock automatically Automatic transaxle vehicles only When the ignition is switched ON and the shift lever is shifted from park P to any other gear position all the doors and the liftgate lock automatically When the shift lever is shifted to park P while the ignition is switched ON all the doors and the liftgate unlock automatically 1 Other settings for the auto door lock function are available at an Authorized Mazda Dealer For details consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Refer to Personalization Features on p
285. he key briefly to the unlock position and then immediately return it to the center position VY Locking Unlocking with Request Switch With the advanced keyless function All doors and the liftgate can be locked unlocked by pressing the request switch on the front doors while the key is being carried 5 door The request switch on the liftgate can only be used to lock all doors and the liftgate Front doors Liftgate 5 door Lock only To lock To lock the doors and the liftgate press the request switch and the hazard warning lights will flash once A beep sound will be heard once To unlock Driver s door request switch To unlock the driver s door press the request switch A beep sound will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash twice To unlock all doors and the liftgate press the request switch again within 3 seconds and two more beep sounds will be heard Front passenger door request switch To unlock all doors and the liftgate press the request switch A beep sound will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash twice Before Driving Doors and Locks NOTE The system can be set to unlock all doors by performing a single operation Refer to Personalization Features on page 9 10 Use the following procedure to change the setting 1 Switch the ignition off and close all of the doors and the liftgate trunk lid 2 Open the driver s door 3 Within
286. he pairing information may be invalidated Therefore the device may need to be re paired to the hands free unit Before you pair your device make sure that Bluetooth is ON both on your phone and on the vehicle Device selection If several devices have been paired the Bluetooth unit links the device last paired If you would like to link a different paired device it is necessary to change the link The order of device priority after the link has been changed is maintained even when the ignition is switched off Connecting other devices 1 Select the icon on the home screen and display the Settings screen Select the Devices tab Select the Bluetooth icon Turn the Bluetooth setting on Select the name of the device you would like to connect Phone and Audio icon selection Connects both devices as hands free and Bluetooth audio Phone only icon selection Connects as a hands free device Audio only icon selection Connects as Bluetooth audio yeu SA When the connection is completed the profile list for the device is displayed Select the lt icon to display the device list screen and display the or icon in the newly connected device Disconnecting a device 1 Select the icon on the home screen and display the Settings screen Select the Devices tab Select the Bluetooth icon Turn the Bluetooth setting on Select the device name which is current
287. he prompts to receive the appropriate voice guidance instructions 5 85 Interior Features Bluetooth Commands useable anytime during voice recognition Help or Go Back are commands which can be used at anytime during voice recognition Help function use The help function informs the user of all the available voice commands under the current conditions 1 Say Beep Help 2 Follow the prompts to receive the appropriate voice guidance instructions Returning to previous operation This command is for returning to the previous operation while in the voice recognition mode Say Beep Go Back To prevent a deterioration in the voice recognition rate and voice quality the following points should be observed The hands free system cannot perform voice recognition while voice guidance or a beep sound is operating Wait until the voice guidance or the beep sound is finished before saying your commands Dialects or different wording other than hands free prompts cannot be recognized by voice recognition Speak in the wording specified by the voice commands It is not necessary to face the microphone or approach it Speak the voice commands while maintaining a safe driving position Do not speak too slow or too loud Speak clearly without pausing between words or numbers 5 86 Close the windows and or the moonroof to reduce loud noises from outside the vehicle or tur
288. hen replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 6 15 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Y Schedule 2 Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 x1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 ENGINE Drive belts Engine oil R RJR R R R R R R R Engine oil filter R RIR R R R R R wl R R R R COOLING SYSTEM FL22 type Engine coolant IP Cooling system I Replace at first 200 000 km or 10 years after that every 100 000 km or 5 years Others Replace every 2 years Engine coolant level I I FUEL SYSTEM Air filter Fuel lines and hoses Hoses and tubes for emission Fuel filter Replace every 60 000 km IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 120 000 km ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections Brake and clutch fluid level Brake f
289. hen the system has a malfunction Refer to Warning Lights on page 4 17 WARNING Do not rely on the Traction Control System TCS as a substitute for safe driving The Traction Control System TCS cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident Use snow tires or tire chains and drive at reduced speeds when roads are covered with ice and or snow Driving without proper traction devices on snow and or ice covered roads is dangerous The Traction Control System TCS alone cannot provide adequate traction and you could still have an accident When Driving ABS TCS DSC NOTE To turn off the TCS press the DSC OFF switch page 4 53 VTCS DSC Indicator Light ee This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the TCS or DSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS DSC or the brake assist system may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE In addition to the indicator light flashing a slight lugging sound will come from the engine This indicates that the TCS DSC is operating properly On slippery surfaces such as fresh snow it will be impossible to achieve h
290. hicles may vary with respect to grade ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS V UNIFORM TIRE QUALITY GRADING Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A UTQGS MARK ea mple TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A 8 22 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Tire Labeling Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall V Information on Passenger Vehicle Tires Please refer to the sample below TIN U S DOT tire identification number Passenger car tire Nominal width of tire in millimeters Ratio of height to width aspect ratio Radial Run fiat tire Rim diameter code Load index amp speed symbol AN DYN FW YN Severe snow conditions 10 Tire ply composition and materials used 11 Max load rating 12 Tread wear traction and temperature grades 8 23 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A 13 Max permissible inflation pressure 14 SAFETY WARNING P215
291. higan United States of America MAZ C 0682 FCC ID CB2MBLUEC09 IC 279B MBLUEC09 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation WARNING Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter End users and installers must be provided with installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service U S A Phone 800 430 0153 Toll free Web www MazdaUSA com bluetooth Canada Phone 800 430 0153 Toll free Web www mazdahandsfree ca 8 45 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Declaration of Conformity Mexico Para cumplimiento de la Cofetel La operaci n de este equipo esta sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones 1 es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y 2 este eq
292. ial to maintain maximum comfort The air to the floor is warmer than air to the face except when the temperature control dial is set at the extreme hot or cold position In the or W position the air conditioner is automatically turned on and the outside air mode is automatically selected to defrost the windshield In the or W position the outside air mode cannot be changed to the recirculated air mode V Cooling With air conditioner 1 2 Set the mode selector dial to the position Set the temperature control dial to the cold position Set the fan control dial to the desired speed Turn on the air conditioner by pressing the A C switch After cooling begins adjust the fan control dial and temperature control dial as needed to maintain maximum comfort A CAUTION If the air conditioner is used while driving up long hills or in heavy traffic monitor the engine coolant temperature warning light to see if it is illuminated or flashing page 4 16 The air conditioner may cause engine overheating If the warning light is illuminated or flashing turn the air conditioning off page 7 19 NOTE When maximum cooling is desired set the temperature control dial to the extreme cold position and set the air intake selector to the recirculated air mode then turn the fan control dial fully clockwise If warmer air is desired at floor level set the mode selector dial at the 74 position
293. ible slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Y Driver and Front Passenger Buckle Switches The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts are securely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags 2 60 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Constant Monitoring The following components of the air bag systems are monitored by a diagnostic system Crash sensors and diagnostic module SAS unit Front air bag sensors Air bag modules Side crash sensors Air bag Front seat belt pretensioner system warning light Front seat belt pretensioners Related wiring With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light Front passenger seat weight sensors Front passenger seat weight sensor control module Front passenger seat belt buckle switches The diagnostic module continuously monitors the system s readiness This begins when the ignition is switched ON and continues while the vehicle is being driven 2 61 MEMO Before Driving Use of various features including keys doors mirrors and windows KEYS essccscccsccescsrescccesccscscoseesosseosceoees 3 2 KEYS sivceceesissssspestevecdvescatsbasestecnesesees 3 2 Keyless Entry System 3 3 Advanced Keyless Entry System 3 9 Advanced Keyless Entry System isn y
294. ice may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation FCC Warning Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Canada Applicable law Canada 310 This device complies with the radio standards specification RSS 310 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation Frequency bands 24 05 24 25GHz Output power less than 20 milliwatts Droit applicable Canada 310 Le present appareil est conforme aux CNR d industrie RSS 310 applicables aux appareils radio exempts de licence L exploitation est autoris e aux deux conditions suivantes 1 l appareil ne doit pas produire de brouillage et 2 l utilisateur de l appareil doit accepter tout brouillage radio lectrique subi m me si le brouillage est susceptible d en compromettre le fonctionnement Bandes de fr ochquences 24 05 24 25GHz Puissance ochmise Moins de 20 milliwatts 8 43 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Declaration of Conformity Mexico Certificado de homologacion RCPCOSR11 1177 Continental SRR2 A Este equipo opera a titulo secundari
295. ice recognition which includes numerous convenient commands In this section the basic operation of the voice recognition is explained Activating Voice Recognition Press the talk button Ending Voice Recognition Use one of the following methods Press the hang up button Say Beep Cancel Perform the touch panel operation or commander switch operation while the vehicle is stopped 5 91 Interior Features Bluetooth Skipping Voice Guidance for faster operation Press and release the talk button NOTE Switch the ignition to ACC or ON and the Bluetooth Hands free system becomes operational within 30 seconds When operating the audio unit or the A C while using Bluetooth Hands Free the beep sounds or voice guidance audio unit cannot be heard Troubleshooting for Voice Recognition If you do not understand an operation method while in the voice recognition mode say Tutorial or Help Commands useable anytime during voice recognition Go Back and Cancel are commands which can be used at anytime during voice recognition Returning to previous operation This command is for returning to the previous operation while in the voice recognition mode Say Beep Go Back Cancel The Bluetooth Hands Free system transitions to standby status if the following operation is performed while the system is activated Say Beep Cancel 5 92 To pr
296. ield Wipers on page 4 39 Refer to Auto Lock Unlock Function on page 3 16 Refer to Transmitter on page 3 4 Refer to Locking Unlocking with Request Switch With the advanced keyless function Rain Sensing Wiper on page 3 12 Vehicle Door Lock Refer to Turn and Lane Change Signals on Other page 4 38 Refer to Illuminated Entry System on page 5 131 Refer to Lights On Reminder on page 7 34 Refer to Headlights on page 4 33 Refer to Daytime Running Lights on page 4 37 Refer to Bluetooth Preparation Type B on Bluetooth page 5 89 Devices Wi Fi is used to obtain Navi POI Real Time Network Management Traffic function Such as gas prices weather nearest restaurant 5 53 Interior Features Audio System Tab Item Function Displays the currently set time is displayed Press to advance the hour minute and select Adjust Time to move the hour minute back AM PM can only be selected with the 12 hour clock display Clock GPS Sync When ON is selected Adjust Time and y Time Zone Select are disabled Changes the display between 12 and 24 hour Tie ormar clock time Time Zone Select Selects the time zone Language Changes the language Changes the setting between Fahrenheit and Temp Celsius Changes the setting between miles and Distance kilometers System Used to update Gracenote Gracenote is used with USB Audio and provides 1 Su
297. igh rpm when the TCS is on 4 51 When Driving ABS TCS DSC Dynamic Stability Control DSC The Dynamic Stability Control DSC automatically controls braking and engine torque in conjunction with systems such as ABS and TCS to help control side slip when driving on slippery surfaces or during sudden or evasive maneuvering enhancing vehicle safety Refer to ABS page 4 50 and TCS page 4 51 DSC operation is possible at speeds greater than 20 km h 12 mph The warning light turns on when the system has a malfunction Refer to Warning Lights on page 4 17 WARNING Do not rely on the Dynamic Stability Control as a substitute for safe driving The Dynamic Stability Control DSC cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident 4 52 CAUTION gt The DSC may not operate correctly unless the following are observed gt Use tires of the correct size specified for your Mazda on all four wheels gt Use tires of the same manufacturer brand and tread pattern on all four wheels gt Do not mix worn tires gt The DSC may not operate correctly when tire chains are used or a temporary spare tire is installed because the tire diameter changes VTCS DSC Indicator Light cc This indicator li
298. ind Spot Monitoring BSM OFF switch V Blind Spot Monitoring BSM The Blind Spot Monitoring BSM system monitors the detection areas on both sides of the vehicle to the rear and when there are vehicles in the detection area it notifies the driver by illuminating the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM warning light while the vehicle speed is about 10 km h 6 2 mph or faster and driving forward If the turn signal lever is operated to the side the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM warning light is illuminated the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM warning light flashes and the system warns the driver of the vehicle in the detection area using a BSM warning beep sound I J besser i l I Detection areas 4 66 When Driving Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System NOTE The Blind Spot Monitoring BSM does not operate when the vehicle speed is lower than about 10 km h 6 2 mph The detection area of the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM has been determined based on the lane width of general freeways Therefore on a road with a narrower lane width the system may detect vehicles on a lane next to the adjacent lane and operate the warning light beep On a road with wider lane width the system may not detect vehicles on the adjacent lane and may not operate the warning light beep Under the following conditions the system may be unable to detect vehicles or detection may be delayed The vehicle accelerates from a standing start
299. ing Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds Signal Warning Action to be taken PN Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light This warning light indicates that little washer fluid remains Add washer fluid page 6 31 1 Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light When the warning light illuminates and the warning beep sound is heard about 3 seconds tire pressure is too low in one or more tires WARNING If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard decrease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden maneuvering and braking If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds or perform sudden maneuvering or braking Vehicle drivability could worsen and result in an accident To determine if you have a slow leak ora flat pull over to a safe position where you can check the visual condition of the tire and determine if you have enough air to proceed to a place where air may be added and the system monitored again by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire repair station Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light Ignoring the TPMS warning light is dangerous even if you know why it is illuminated Have the problem taken care of as soon as possible before it develops into amore serious situatio
300. ing Tips for WMA WMA is short for Windows Media Audio and is the audio compression format used by Microsoft Audio data can be created and stored at a higher compression ratio than MP3 Microsoft and Windows Media are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation U S in the United States and other countries A CAUTION This unit plays files with the wma file extension as a WMA file Do not use the WMA file extension for files other than WMA files Otherwise it could result in noise ora malfunction e WMA files written under specifications other than the indicated specification may not play normally or files or folder names may not display correctly The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system version software or settings In this case add the file extension wma to the end of the file name and then write it to the disc YV Operating Tips for AAC AAC stands for Advanced Audio Coding which is standardized voice compression established by the ISO working group MPEG Audio data can be created and stored at a higher compression ratio than MP3 International Organization for Standardization A CAUTION This unit plays files with the file extension aac m4a mp4 wav as an AAC file Do not use the AAC file extension for files other than AAC files Otherwise it could result in noise ora malfunction 2 Type B e AAC files written under specifi
301. ing precautions gt Do not exceed 80 km h 50 mph gt Avoid driving over obstacles Also do not drive through an automatic car wash This tire s diameter is smaller than a conventional tire so the ground clearance is reduced about 10 mm 0 4 in gt Do not use a tire chain on this tire because it will not fit properly gt Do not use your temporary spare tire on any other vehicle it has been designed only for your Mazda gt Use only one temporary spare tire on your vehicle at the same time To remove the spare tire 1 Lift the trunk luggage compartment mat Trunk Luggage compartment mat _ 7 5 If Trouble Arises Flat Tire 2 Turn the spare tire hold down bolt counterclockwise Spare tire hold down bolt To secure the spare tire Store the spare tire in the reverse order of removal After storing verify that the spare tire is stored securely Changing a Flat Tire NOTE If the following occurs while driving it could indicate a flat tire Steering becomes difficult The vehicle begins to vibrate excessively The vehicle pulls in one direction If you have a flat tire drive slowly to a level spot that is well off the road and out of the way of traffic to change the tire Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of a busy road is dangerous WARNING Be sure to follow the directions for changing a tire Changing a tire is dangerous if not done properly The vehicle can sl
302. ing resistance resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire It results in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by looking at them V Checking Tire Pressure 1 AY ID 6 7 When you check the air pressure make sure the tires are cold meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile Remove the cap from the valve on one tire Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve Add air to achieve recommended air pressure If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge Replace the valve cap Repeat with each tire including the spare NOTE Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure 8 9 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts bulges cracks or other irregularities 8 30 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A VY Glossary of Terms Tire Placard A label indicating the OE tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall o
303. ing the INFO button km h mph will be displayed for about 1 minute before the vehicle speed is recalculated and displayed When Driving Instrument Cluster and Display 4 15 When Driving Instrument Cluster and Display Warning Indicator Lights Instrument Cluster varies depending on model and specifications Instrum ent Clust er Te A With Tachometer O_O O00000 Te B Without Tachometer Center of Dashkbar d r Warning Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas 4 16 When Driving Instrument Cluster and Display V Warning Lights These lights turn on or flash to notify the user of the system operation status or a system malfunction Signal Warning Lights Page AN Master Warning Light 7 24 O Brake System Warning Light 7 24 BRAKE is ABS Warning Light 7 24 E Charging System Warning Light 7 24 ae fl Engine Oil Warning Light 7 24 C4 Check Engine Light 7 24 High Engine Coolant Temperature Warning Light 7 24 Red AT Automatic Transaxle Warning Light 7 24 amp Power Steering Malfunction Indicator Light 7 24 ec a rw Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light 7 24 wg Low Fuel Warning Light 7 24 A Check Fuel Cap Warning Light 7 24 A Seat Belt Warning Light 7 24 Door Ajar Warning Light 7 24 S amp S Some models 4 17
304. ion If a sensor does not detect a side impact correctly the side and curtain air bags and the front seat belt pretensioner may not operate normally which could result in serious injury to occupants Do not modify the supplemental restraint system Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is dangerous You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable Do not make any modifications to the supplemental restraint system This includes installing trim badges or anything else over the air bag modules It also includes installing extra electrical equipment on or near system components or wiring An Authorized Mazda Dealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of front seats It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that the bags do not accidentally deploy and that the seats retain an undamaged air bag connection 2 44 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous The components essential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged and in the event of aside collision the appropriate air bags may not deploy which could result in death or serious injury To prevent damage to the components essential to the supplemental restraint system do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats Do not operate a v
305. ion shown in the figure 3 Turn the wing bolt completely to secure the jack NOTE If the jack is not completely secured it could rattle while driving Make sure the jack screw is sufficiently tightened 4 Insert the cover tabs and install the cover NOTE Verify that the cover is securely installed Maintenance Always keep the jack clean Make sure the moving parts are kept free from dirt or rust Make sure the screw thread is adequately lubricated WV Spare Tire Your Mazda has a temporary spare tire The temporary spare tire is lighter and smaller than a conventional tire and is designed only for emergency use and should be used only for VERY short periods Temporary spare tires should NEVER be used for long drives or extended periods WARNING Do not install the temporary spare tire on the front wheels driving wheels Driving with the temporary spare tire on one of the front driving wheels is dangerous Handling will be affected You could lose control of the vehicle especially on ice or snow bound roads and have an accident Move a regular tire to the front wheel and install the temporary spare tire to the rear If Trouble Arises Flat Tire A CAUTION gt When using the temporary spare tire driving stability may decrease compared to when using only the conventional tire Drive carefully gt To avoid damage to the temporary spare tire or to the vehicle observe the follow
306. ior Features Audio System The CD player ejects the CD if the CD is inserted upside down Also dirty and or defective CDs may be ejected Do not insert cleaning discs in the CD player Do not insert any disc with a peel off seal affixed to it This unit may not be able to play certain CD R CD RWs made using a computer or music CD recorder due to disc characteristics scratches smudges dirt etc or due to dust or condensation on the lens inside the unit Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed to direct sunlight or high temperature may damage the CD R CD RWs and make them unplayable CD R CD RW exceeding 700 MB cannot be played This unit may not be able to play certain discs made using a computer due to the application writing software setting used For details consult the store where the application was purchased It is possible that certain text data such as titles recorded on a CD R CD RW may not be displayed when musical data CD DA is playing The period from when a CD RW is inserted to when it begins playing is longer than a normal CD or CD R Completely read the instruction manual and cautions for CD R CD RWs Do not use discs with cellophane tape adhering partially peeled off labels or adhesive material exuding from the edges of the CD label Also do not use discs with a commercially available CD R label affixed The disc may not eject resulting in
307. ip meter B and then back to odometer by pressing the selector while one of them is displayed The selected mode will be displayed Type A Odom ter F ess the selector l Trip meter A ua IP me F ess the selector l TRIP a Trip meter B F ess the selector 4 10 Type B Odometer Press the selector l Trip meter A L B mi a Press the selector Trip meter B L ae Press the selector NOTE When the ignition is switched to ACC or off the odometer or trip meters cannot be displayed however pressing the selector can inadvertently switch the trip meters or reset them during an approximate ten minute period in the following cases After the ignition is switched to off from ON After the driver s door is opened Odometer The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven Trip meter The trip meter can record the total distance of two trips One is recorded in trip meter A and the other is recorded in trip meter B For instance trip meter A can record the distance from the point of origin and trip meter B can record the distance from where the fuel tank is filled When trip meter A is selected pressing the selector again within one second will change to trip meter B mode When trip meter A is selected TRIP A will be displayed When trip meter B is selected TRIP B will be displayed The trip meter records the total distance th
308. ip off the jack and seriously injure someone No person should place any portion of their body under a vehicle that is supported by a jack Never allow anyone inside a vehicle supported by a jack Allowing someone to remain in a vehicle supported by a jack is dangerous The occupant could cause the vehicle to fall resulting in serious injury NOTE Make sure the jack is well lubricated before using it 1 Park on a level surface off the right of way and firmly set the parking brake 2 Put a vehicle with an automatic transaxle in Park P a manual transaxle in Reverse R or 1 and turn off the engine 3 Turn on the hazard warning flasher 4 Have everyone get out of the vehicle and away from the vehicle and traffic 5 Remove the jack tool and spare tire page 7 3 6 Block the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire When blocking a wheel place a tire block both in front and behind the tire NOTE When blocking a tire use rocks or wood blocks of sufficient size if possible to hold the tire in place If Trouble Arises Flat Tire V Removing a Flat Tire 1 If your vehicle is equipped with a wheel cover pry off the wheel cover with the beveled end of the jack lever NOTE Force the end of the jack lever firmly between wheel and cover or removal will be difficult 2 Loosen the lug nuts by turning them counterclockwise one turn each but do not remove any lug nuts until the tire has be
309. ir Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep cece 7 34 Air Bag Systems 0 cceeeeeeeceeeeeeeenees 2 40 Ambient Temperature Display 4 13 Antilock Brake System ABS 4 50 Audio Control Switch Adjusting the Volume 5 56 Mute Switch ee eeeeeeeeeeeeenees 5 56 Seek Switi hnos mrna 5 56 Audio SystemM e esesesseeeesessseseeseseee 5 16 AUX USB iPod mode 5 57 AMUCNNA ireen ENERE 5 16 Audio Control Switch oe 5 55 Audio Set Type A nesese 5 25 Audio Set Type B cece 5 36 Operating Tips for Audio System 5 17 Satellite Radio eeeeeeeeteeees 5 45 Automatic Transaxle cece 4 24 Active Adaptive Shift AAS 4 26 Driving tips ceeeeceeeceeeteeees 4 32 Manual shift mode eee 4 27 Shift lock system eects 4 26 Shift position indication 4 25 Warning light eee 4 25 B Battery ninina aeon 6 36 Maintenance 00 ceceeceeceeeeeeeeeees 6 38 Specifications cceeeeeeeeeereeteteees 9 4 Battery runs OUt cc eeceeeecereeneeeeeeneees 7 15 Jump Starting ee eeeeeeeereenees 7 15 10 2 Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System 4 65 BSM OFF switch eee 4 7 BSM warning light 4 70 Blind Spot Monitoring BSM 4 66 Care of radar sensors 4 7 Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System warning DEEP eee eceeeeteeeeeteeteeees 7 36 Blind Spot Monitoring BSM system Rear Cross Traffic Alert RCTA 4 68 Bluetooth 0
310. ir bag have a warning label attached as shown below The warning label reminds you not to put a rear facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat at any time Do not install a front facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat unless it is unavoidable In a collision the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to the child If installing a front facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat is unavoidable move the front passenger seat as far back as possible 2 24 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Seating a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous under certain conditions With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System Your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors Even with the front passenger seat weight sensors if you must use the front passenger seat to seat a child using a child restraint system on the front passenger seat under the following conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag deploying and could result in serious injury or death to the child gt The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when seating a child in the child restraint system gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child restraint system gt A rear passenger or luggage pushing or pulling down on the front passenger seatback g
311. ire pressure of all four 4 tires to the specified pressure indicated on the tire pressure label located on the door jamb of the driver s door door open Refer to Tires on page 9 9 Switch the ignition ON While the vehicle is parked press and hold the tire pressure monitoring system set switch and verify that the tire pressure monitoring system warning light in the instrument cluster flashes twice and a beep sound is heard once se 4 64 A CAUTION If the system initialization is performed without adjusting the tire pressure the system cannot detect the normal tire pressure and it may not illuminate the tire pressure monitoring system warning light even if a tire pressure is low or it may illuminate the light even ifthe pressures are normal The system initialization will not be performed if the switch is pressed while the vehicle is being driven When Driving Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System The Blind Spot Monitoring BSM system is designed to assist the driver by monitoring blind spots on both sides of the vehicle to the rear in certain situations such as when changing lanes on roads and freeways or reversing the vehicle from a parking garage The Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System consists of the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM and Rear Cross Traffic Alert RCTA WARNING Do not rely completely on the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM system Always l
312. ire Inflation Pressure WARNING Always inflate the tires to the correct pressure Overinflation or underinflation of tires is dangerous Adverse handling or unexpected tire failure could result in a serious accident Refer to Tires on page 9 9 Use only a Mazda genuine tire valve cap Use of a non genuine part is dangerous as the correct tire air pressure cannot be maintained if the tire valve becomes damaged If the vehicle is driven under this condition the tire air pressure will decrease which could result in a serious accident Do not use any part for the tire valve cap that is not a Mazda genuine part Inspect all tire pressures monthly including the spare when the tires are cold Maintain recommended pressures for the best ride handling and minimum tire wear Refer to the specification charts page 9 9 After adjusting the tire pressure initialization of the tire pressure monitoring system is necessary to make the system operates normally Refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System Initialization on page 4 64 6 41 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance NOTE Always check tire pressure when tires are cold Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures Do not release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure Underinflation can cause reduced fuel economy uneven and accelerated tire wear and poor sealing of the tire bead which will deform the wheel and cause separation of tire from
313. is being carried Each time the push button start is pressed the ignition switches in the order of off ACC and ON Pressing the push button start again from ON switches the ignition off ENGINE NOTE The engine starts by pressing the push button start while depressing the clutch pedal manual transaxle or the brake pedal automatic transaxle To switch the ignition position press the push button start without depressing the pedal Do not leave the ignition switched ON while the engine is not running Doing so could result in the battery going dead If the ignition is left in ACC For automatic transaxle the selector lever is in the P position and the ignition is in ACC the ignition switches off automatically after about 25 minutes 4 2 Off The power supply to electrical devices turns off and the push button start indicator light amber also turns off In this position the steering wheel is locked WARNING Before leaving the driver s seat always switch the ignition off set the parking brake and make sure the selector lever is in P automatic transaxle or in 1st gear or R manual transaxle Leaving the driver s seat without switching the ignition off setting the parking brake and shifting the selector lever to P automatic transaxle or to 1st gear or R manual transaxle is dangerous Unexpected vehicle movement could occur which could result in an accident In addition if your int
314. is dead The key is out of operational range The key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal page 3 7 A key from another manufacturer similar to the key is in the operational range Forced engine starting method If the KEY warning light red illuminates or the push button start indicator light amber flashes this could indicate that the engine may not start using the usual starting method Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible If this occurs the engine can be force started Press and hold the push button start until the engine starts Other procedures necessary for starting the engine such as having the key in the cabin and depressing the clutch pedal manual transaxle or the brake pedal automatic transaxle are required When Driving Start Stop Engine When the engine is force started the KEY warning light red remains illuminated and the push button start indicator light amber remains flashing Automatic transaxle When the selector lever is in the neutral N position the KEY indicator light green and the push button start indicator light green do not illuminate 7 Press the push button start after both the KEY indicator light green in the instrument cluster and the push button start indicator light green illuminate NOTE After starting the engine the push button start indicator light amber
315. is moving Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving for any reason other than in an emergency is dangerous Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving will result in reduced braking ability due to the loss of power braking which could cause an accident and serious injury p Stop the vehicle completely Manual transaxle Shift into neutral and set the parking brake Automatic transaxle Shift the selector lever to the P position and set the parking brake Press the push button start to turn off the engine The ignition position is off A CAUTION When leaving the vehicle make sure the push button start is off N ies 4 8 The cooling fan in the engine compartment could turn on for a few minutes after the ignition is switched from ON to OFF whether or not the A C is on or off to cool the engine compartment quickly When the push button start is pressed from ON to ACC or OFF the KEY indicator light green may flash for approximately 30 seconds indicating that the remaining battery power of the key is low Replace with a new battery before the key becomes unusable Refer to Battery Replacement on page 6 38 Automatic transaxle If the engine is turned off while the selector lever is in a position other than P the ignition switches to ACC V Emergency Engine Stop Continuously pressing the push button start or quickly pressing it any number of times while the engine is running o
316. ive Shift AAS Active Adaptive Shift AAS automatically controls the transaxle shift points to best suit the road conditions and driver input This improves driving feel The transaxle may switch to AAS mode when driving up and down slopes comering or depressing the accelerator pedal quickly while the selector lever is in the D position Depending on the driving conditions and vehicle operations the transaxle may not shift gears however this does not indicate a problem because the AAS mode will maintain the optimum gear position 4 26 Y Shift Lock System The shift lock system prevents shifting out of P unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift from P 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine 3 Press and hold the lock release button 4 Move the selector lever NOTE When the ignition is switched to ACC or the ignition is switched off the selector lever cannot be shifted from P The ignition cannot be switched to OFF if the selector lever is not in P W Shift Lock Override If the selector lever will not move from P using the proper shift procedure continue to hold down the brake pedal 1 Remove the shift lock override cover using a cloth wrapped flat head screwdriver 2 Insert a screwdriver and push it down 3 Press and hold the lock release button 4 Move the selector lever 5 Take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the system checked V Manu
317. ived at the great distances possible with AM reception Ionosphere FM wave AM wave FM wave lo aaa gt 100 200km 60 120 miles Atmospheric conditions can also affect FM reception High humidity will cause poor reception However cloudy days may provide better reception than clear days Multipath noise Since FM signals can be reflected by obstructions it is possible to receive both the direct signal and the reflected signal at the same time This causes a slight delay in reception and may be heard as a broken sound or a distortion This problem may also be encountered when in close proximity to the transmitter Reflected wave Flutter Skip noise Signals from an FM transmitter move in straight lines and become weak in valleys between tall buildings mountains and other obstacles When a vehicle passes through such an area the reception conditions may change suddenly resulting in annoying noise Interior Features Audio System Weak signal noise In suburban areas broadcast signals become weak because of distance from the transmitter Reception in such fringe areas is characterized by sound breakup Strong signal noise This occurs very close to a transmitter tower The broadcast signals are extremely strong so the result is noise and sound breakup at the radio receiver Station drift noise When a vehicle reaches the area of two strong stations broadcasting at similar frequencies
318. k button with a short press during the read out at the desired name and then say one of the following voice commands to execute it e Continue Continues the list readout e Call Calls the registered phonebook data when the talk button is short pressed e Edit Edits the registered phonebook data when the talk button is short pressed e Delete Deletes the registered phonebook data when the talk button is short pressed e Previous Returns to the previous phonebook data in read out when the talk button is short pressed 6 Prompt End of list would you like to start from the beginning 7 Say Beep No 8 The procedure returns to Step 3 Redial Function Redialing the number of the person previously dialed using the phone is possible 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Redial 3 Prompt Dialing Telephone Number Input NOTE Practice this while parked until you are confident you can do it while driving in a non taxing road situation If you are not completely comfortable make all calls from a safe parking position and only start driving when you can devote your full attention to driving 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Dial 3 Prompt Number please 4 Say Beep XXXXXXKXXKXX Telephone number 5 Prompt XXXXXXXKXKXXX Telephone numbe
319. key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Children may find these keys to be an interesting toy to play with and could cause the power windows or other controls to operate or even make the vehicle move 3 2 A CAUTION gt Because the key transmitter uses low intensity radio waves it may not function correctly under the following conditions gt The key is carried with communication devices such as cellular phones gt The key contacts or is covered bya metal object gt The key is near electronic devices such as personal computers gt Non Mazda genuine electronic equipment is installed in the vehicle gt There is equipment which discharges radio waves near the vehicle gt The key transmitter may consume battery power excessively if it receives high intensity radio waves Do not place the key near electronic devices such as televisions or personal computers gt To avoid damage to the key transmitter DO NOT gt Drop the key gt Get the key wet gt Disassemble the key gt Expose the key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight gt Expose the key to any kind of magnetic field gt Place heavy objects on the key gt Put the key in an ultrasonic cle
320. l Low haso WARNING Be careful when using the seat warmer The heat from the seat warmer may be too hot for some people as indicated below and could cause a low temperature burn gt Infants small babies elderly people and physically challenged people gt People with delicate skin gt People who are excessively fatigued gt People who are intoxicated gt People who have taken sleep inducing medicine such as sleeping pills or cold medicine Do not use the seat warmer with anything having high moisture retention ability such as a blanket or cushion on the seat The seat may be heated excessively and cause a low temperature burn Essential Safety Equipment Seats Do not use the seat warmer even when taking a short nap in the vehicle The seat may be heated excessively and cause a low temperature burn Do not place heavy objects with sharp projections on the seat or insert needles or pins into it This could cause the seat to become excessively heated and result in injury from a minor burn A CAUTION Do not use organic solvents to clean the seat It may damage the seat surface and the heater NOTE Ifthe ignition is switched off while the seat warmer is operating High Mid or Low and then switched ON again the seat warmer will automatically operate at the temperature set before switching off the ignition Use the seat warmer when the engine is running Leaving the seat warmer
321. lashes 2 Press the up A or down Y part of the INFO switch to change the outside temperature unit 3 Press and hold the INFO button for 3 seconds or longer while the outside temperature display is flashing The outside temperature display illuminates Some models 4 13 When Driving Instrument Cluster and Display V Cruise Control Set Vehicle Speed Display The vehicle speed preset using the cruise control is displayed VY Trip Computer and INFO Switch The following information can be selected by pressing the up A or down part of the INFO switch with the ignition switched ON Approximate distance you can travel on the available fuel Average fuel economy Current fuel economy e Average vehicle speed If you have any problems with your trip computer consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Distance to empty mode This mode displays the approximate distance you can travel on the remaining fuel based on the fuel economy The distance to empty will be calculated and displayed every second RANGE mere miles 4 14 Some models NOTE Even though the distance to empty display may indicate a sufficient amount of remaining driving distance before refueling is required refuel as soon as possible if the fuel level is very low or the low fuel warning light illuminates The display may not change unless you add more than approximately 9 L 2 3 US gal 1 9 Imp gal of fuel The
322. layed on the display Temperature setting display drive r Driver temperature control dial position Air intake selector outside air position PUSH AUTO ON AUTO switch Fan control switch Airflow display V Control Switches AUTO switch By pressing the AUTO switch the following functions will be automatically controlled in accordance with the selected set temperature Airflow temperature Amount of airflow Selection of airflow mode Outside Recirculated air selection Air conditioner operation 5 12 Air intake selector recirculated air A C mode display SSi OFF switch Windshield defroster switch Rear window defogger switch Passenger temperature control dial DUAL switch Mode selector switch Mode selector display Temperature setting display passenger NOTE AUTO switch indicator light When on it indicates auto operation and the system will function automatically If any of the following switches are operated while in auto control the AUTO switch indicator turns off Mode selector switch Fan control switch Windshield defroster switch The functions for switches other than those operated in the above continue to operate in auto control OFF switch Pressing the OFF switch shuts off the climate control system Temperature control dial This dial controls temperature Turn it clockwise for hot and countercl
323. ld restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and the child restraint system is installed improperly the child restraint system could move in a sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants When installing the child restraint system make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions 2 36 Installation on rear outboard seats 1 First adjust the front seat to allow clearance between the child restraint system and the front seat page 2 5 2 Make sure the seatback is securely latched by pushing it back until it is fully locked 3 Expand the area between the seat bottom and the seatback slightly to verify the locations of the LATCH lower anchors NOTE The markings above the LATCH lower anchors indicate the locations of the LATCH lower anchors for the attachment of a child restraint system 4 Raise the head restraint to the top locked position Refer to Head Restraints on page 2 10 5 Secure the child restraint system using BOTH LATCH lower anchors following the child restraint system manufacturer s instruction Pull on the child restraint to be sure both anchors are engaged Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint 6 If your child restraint system came equipped with a tether that means it is very important to properly secur
324. lectrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply two 12 V batteries in series ora 24 V motor generator set Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in reve rse order Jumper cables 7 16 If Trouble Arises Battery Runs Out 1 Remove the battery cover 7 Ifthe battery cover has been removed install it in the reverse order of removal NOTE Verify that the covers are securely installed 2 Make sure the booster battery is 12 V and that its negative terminal is grounded 3 Ifthe booster battery is in another vehicle do not allow both vehicles to touch Turn off the engine of the vehicle with the booster battery and all unnecessary electrical loads in both vehicles 4 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence as in the illustration Connect one end of a cable to the positive terminal on the discharged battery 1 Attach the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Connect one end of the other cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery 3 Connect the other end to the ground point indicated in the illustration away from the discharged battery 4 5 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run it a few minutes Then start the engine of the other vehicle 6 When finished carefully disconnect the cables in the reverse order described in the illustration 7 17 If Trouble Arises Emergency Starting Starti
325. lectrical system and the liftgate trunk lid can not be opened perform the following procedure as an emergency measure to Open it 5 door 1 Remove the cap on the interior surface of the liftgate with a flathead screwdriver 2 Turn the lever to the right to unlock the liftgate 4 door 1 Open the cover 2 Open the cap 3 Turn the screw counterclockwise and remove it and then remove the inner cover 7 37 If Trouble Arises When Liftgate Trunk Lid Cannot be Opened 4 Move the lever to the left to fold the seatback 5 Move the lever to the left to open the trunk lid Type A NG 0 5 7 38 Type B Y 0 5 Ry After performing this emergency measure have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Important consumer information including warranties and add on equipment Customer Assistance sccssscseseeees 8 2 Customer Assistance U S A 8 2 Customer Assistance Canada 8 6 Customer Assistance Puierto R1C0 scsssisvec ecsestscedeeieesteeeacs 8 9 Customer Assistance Mexico 8 10 Mazda Importer Distributors 8 12 Importer Distributor ee 8 12 Reporting Safety Defects 8 13 Reporting Safety Defects USAa a E aT Rie 8 13 Reporting Safety Defects Can
326. light Rear Brake lights Taillights Rear side marker lights Rear turn signal lights Reverse lights Trunk light Luggage compartment light Brake lights Taillights Rear side marker lights High mount brake light _ Rear turn signal lights License plate lights Reverse lights High mount brake light License plate lights Some models 6 45 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A WARNING Never touch the glass portion of a halogen bulb with your bare hands and always wear eye protection when handling or working around the bulbs When a halogen bulb breaks it is dangerous These bulbs contain pressurized gas If one is broken it will explode and serious injuries could be caused by the flying glass If the glass portion is touched with bare hands body oil could cause the bulb to overheat and explode when lit Always keep halogen bulbs out of the reach of children Playing with a halogen bulb is dangerous Serious injuries could be caused by dropping a halogen bulb or breaking it some other way NOTE To replace the bulb contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used Use the protective cover and carton for the replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb promptly and out of the reach of children 6
327. lisions or roll over accidents that are not severe enough to activate the air bags Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle 2 40 Some models Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags If your vehicle is also equipped with a front passenger occupant classification system refer to the Front Passenger Occupant Classification System page 2 56 for details If your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger occupant classification system the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates for a specified time after the ignition is switched ON PASS Bs AIRBAG OFF AV 2 Small children must be protected by a child restraint system as stipulated by law in every state and province In certain states and provinces larger children must use a child restraint system page 2 22 Carefully consider which child restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the installation directions in this Owner s Manual as well as the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions WARNING Seat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous Alone air bags may not prevent serious i
328. ll parts both repaired and new This will prevent them from rusting YV Bright Metal Maintenance Use tar remover to remove road tar and insects Never do this with a knife or similar tool To prevent corrosion on bright metal surfaces apply wax or chrome preservative and rub it to a high luster During cold weather or in coastal areas cover bright metal parts with a coating of wax or preservative heavier than usual It would also help to coat them with noncorrosive petroleum jelly or some other protective compound A CAUTION Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration Maintenance and Care Appearance Care V Underbody Maintenance Road chemicals and salt used for ice and snow removal and solvents used for dust control may collect on the underbody If not removed they will speed up rusting and deterioration of such underbody parts as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though these parts may be coated with anti corrosive material Thoroughly flush the underbody and wheel housings with lukewarm or cold water at the end of each winter Try also to do this every month Pay special attention to these areas because they easily hide mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet
329. ller cap may not be ee the bt E Sia the Deag cap Fuel Cap installed properly efer to Fuel Filler Cap on page 3 31 Warning Light 7 29 If Trouble Arises Warning Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds Signal Warning Action to be taken A Seat Belt Warning Light With warning light for front passenger s seat The seat belt warning light illuminates if the driver or front passenger s seat is occupied and the seat belt is not fastened with the ignition switched ON Without warning light for front passenger s seat The seat belt warning light illuminates if the driver s seat belt is not fastened with the ignition switched ON Seat belt reminder NOTE Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate or restore the belt reminder Though the belt reminder can be deactivated doing so will defeat the purpose of the system to warn the driver and the front passenger in the event that their seat belts are not fastened For the safety of the driver and front passenger Mazda recommends not deactivating the belt reminder Front seat If the vehicle is driven with the driver or front passenger s seat belt unfastened the seat belt warning light illuminates and a warning beep sounds NOTE Some models do not have the seat belt reminder function for the front passenger s seat If the driver or front passenger s seat belt is unfastened only when the front passenger seat is occupied and the vehicle is dri
330. low amount will be increased WARNING Set the temperature control to the hot or warm position when defogging Vv position Using the W position with the temperature control set to the cold position is dangerous as it will cause the outside of the windshield to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident NOTE Use the temperature control dial to increase the air flow temperature and defog the windshield more quickly Interior Features Climate Control System VY Sunlight Temperature Sensor The climate control system measures inside and outside temperatures and sunlight It then sets temperatures inside the passenger compartment accordingly A CAUTION Do not obstruct either sensor otherwise the climate control system will not operate properly Sunlight sensor AN 7 a hE 3 Co eee N M 5 15 Interior Features Audio System Antenna 4 Door AM FM Radio Antenna The AM FM radio antenna receives both AM and FM signals The antenna is embedded into the window glass A CAUTION When washing the inside of the window which has an antenna use a soft cloth dampened in lukewarm water gently wiping the antenna lines Use of glass cleaning products could damage the antenna Satellite Radio Antenna The satellite radio antenna receives SiriusXM signals Antenna 5 16 Some models V Antenna 5 Door AM FM Radio Anten
331. lowing conditions Ascending or descending a slope with a sharp transition angle Ascending or descending a driveway or trailer ramp with a sharp transition angle This vehicle is equipped with low profile tires allowing class leading performance and handling As a result the sidewall of the tires are very thin and the tires and wheels can be damaged if driven through potholes or on rough uneven roads at excessive speeds Use care and reduce speed when traveling on rough uneven roads or through potholes 3 51 Before Driving Towing Trailer Towing Recreational Towing YourMazda is not designed for towing An example of recreational towing is Never tow a trailer with your Mazda towing your vehicle behind a motorhome The transaxle is not designed for towing this vehicle on all 4 wheels When doing recreational towing refer to Towing Description page 7 21 and Tiedown Hooks page 7 22 and carefully follow the instructions 3 52 When Driving Information concerning safe driving and stopping Start Stop Engine csssseseees 4 2 Ignition Switch eee 4 2 Starting the Engine 4 3 Turning the Engine Off 4 8 Instrument Cluster and Display 4 9 Meters and Gauges 4 9 Warning Indicator Lights 4 16 TYransaxle cccccccsssssrscssssssesssssseceees 4 21 Manual Transaxle Operation 4 21 Automatic Transaxle Controls 4 24 Switches and Controls
332. lt in loss of vehicle control gt Hilly terrain gt Steep inclines gt Heavy or unsteady traffic gt Slippery or winding roads gt Similar restrictions that require inconsistent speed V Cruise Control Switch CANCEL switch DZ RESUME switch ON switch ON Cruise control SET SET switch iy OFF switch Kor Some models 4 57 When Driving Cruise Control VY Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green The indicator light has two colors Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber The indicator light illuminates amber when the cruise control system is activated Cruise Set Indicator Light Green The indicator light illuminates green when a cruising speed has been set YV Activation Deactivation To activate the system press the ON switch The cruise main indicator light Amber illuminates To deactivate the system press the OFF switch The cruise main indicator light Amber turns off WARNING Always turn off the cruise control system when itis not in use Leaving the cruise control system in an activation ready state while the cruise control is not in use is dangerous as the cruise control could unexpectedly activate if the activation button is accidentally pressed and result in loss of vehicle control and an accident 4 58 YW To Set Speed 1 Activate the cruise control system by pressing the ON switch The cruise main indicator
333. luid R Disc brakes I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear Steering operation and linkages Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel bearing axial play Driveshaft dust boots Bolts and nuts on chassis and body Exhaust system and heat shields All locks and hinges Washer fluid level 6 16 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 x1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter R R R Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace L Lubricate C Clean T Tighten Remarks Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 6 17 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance
334. lume press down the volume switch Y Seek Switch AM FM radio Press the seek switch Pl 144 The radio switches to the next previous stored station in the order that it was stored Press and hold the seek switch DPI 144 to seek all usable stations at a higher or lower frequency whether programmed or not Radio stations which have been previously stored in the auto memory tuning Type A favorite radio Type B can be called up by pressing the seek switch gt M4 while any radio station stored in the auto memory tuning Type A favorite radio Type B is being received Radio stations can be called up in the order they were stored with each press of the switch P gt 44 5 56 Some models USB Audio Bluetooth Audio CD Press the seek switch gt gt I to skip forward to the beginning of the next track Press the seek switch M4 within a few seconds after playback begins to track down to the beginning of the previous track Press the seek switch M4 after a few seconds have elapsed to start playback from the beginning of the current track Press and hold the seek switch DPI 144 to continuously switch the tracks up or down Pandora Stitcher Radio Type B Press the seek switch gt gt I to skip forward to the beginning of the next track Pandora only Long press the seek switch Dl M4 to evaluate the playback of the current song as Like or Dislike V Mute Switch
335. ly If the light remains flashing after cleaning the bumper surface near the radar sensor area consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer For repairs or paintwork around the radar sensors or replacement of the bumper consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 4 72 When Driving Rear View Monitor Rear View Monitor The rear view monitor provides visual images of the rear of the vehicle when reversing WARNING Always drive carefully confirming the safety of the rear and the surrounding conditions by looking directly with your eyes Reversing the vehicle by only looking at the screen is dangerous as it may cause an accident or a collision with an object The rear view monitor is only a visual assist device when reversing the vehicle The images on the screen may be different from the actual conditions A CAUTION gt Do not use the rear view monitor under the following conditions Using the rear view monitor under the following conditions is dangerous and could result in injury or vehicle damage or both gt Icy or snow covered roads gt Tire chains or a temporary spare tire is installed gt The trunk lid liftgate is not fully closed gt The vehicle is on a road incline gt When the display is cold images may course across the monitor or the screen and may be dimmer than usual which could cause difficulty in confirming the surrounding conditions of the vehicle Always drive carefully confirming the safety of the rea
336. ly injure someone Never place objects under the jack Jacking the vehicle with an object under the jack is dangerous The jack could slip and someone could be seriously injured by the jack or the falling vehicle If Trouble Arises Flat Tire 7 Insert the jack lever and attach the lug wrench to tire jack 8 Turn the jack handle clockwise and raise the vehicle high enough so that the spare tire can be installed Before removing the lug nuts make sure your Mazda is firmly in position and that it cannot slip or move If Trouble Arises Flat Tire A WARNING Do not jack up the vehicle higher than is necessary Jacking up the vehicle higher than is necessary is dangerous as it could destabilize the vehicle resulting in an accident Do not start the engine or shake the vehicle while it is jacked up Starting the engine or shaking the vehicle while it is jacked up is dangerous as it could cause the vehicle to fall off the jack resulting in an accident Never go under the vehicle while it is jacked up Going under the vehicle while it is jacked up is dangerous as it could result in death or serious injury if the vehicle were to fall off the jack 9 Remove the lug nuts by turning them counterclockwise then remove the wheel and center cap 7 10 Some models VY Locking Lug Nuts If your vehicle has Mazda optional antitheft wheel lug nuts one on each wheel will lock the tires and you must use a
337. ly connected 6 Select the icon Ae mates Deleting a device Selecting and deleting devices 1 Select the icon on the home screen and display the Settings screen Select the Devices tab Select the Bluetooth icon Turn the Bluetooth setting on Select the device name which you would like to delete Select the Remove Paired Device icon Select the Yes icon A D Deleting all devices 1 Select the icon on the home screen and display the Settings screen Select the Devices tab Select the Bluetooth icon Select the Bluetooth Setting icon Select the Remove All Paired Device icon Select the Yes icon eA sale ane a Interior Features Bluetooth Changing PIN code PIN code 4 digits can be changed 1 Select the icon on the home screen and display the Settings screen Select the Devices tab Select the Bluetooth icon Select the Bluetooth Setting icon Select the LChange Paircode icon Input the new PIN code to be set Select the 0K button SES a eat V Available Language Type B The Bluetooth Hands Free System applies to the following languages English Spanish French Refer to Settings on page 5 53 V Voice Recognition Type B The Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free system can be used to make calls or operate the audio unit using vo
338. mander switch volume dial The volume switch on the steering switch can also be pressed Display setting Select the icon on the home screen and display the settings screen Select the Wisplay tab to select the item you would like to change Display OFF Clock The center display can be turned off Select the Tum Display OFF icon to turn the display off When the Turn Display OFF and Show Clock icon is selected the center display turns off and the clock is displayed The center display can be turned back on as follows Touch the center display Operate the commander switch 5 40 Audio control switch Volume switch Daytime nighttime screen setting The daytime or nighttime screen can be selected Auto Switches screen automatically according to headlight illumination condition Day Daytime screen setting Night Nighttime screen setting Brightness adjustment Adjust the center display brightness using the slider Contrast adjustment Adjust the center display contrast using the slider Display setting reset All of the screen setting values can be reset to their initial settings 1 Select the Reset icon 2 Select the Yes icon Audio sound adjustment Select the icon on the home screen and display the settings screen Select the Sound tab to select the item you would like to change
339. mation 3 Press the audio control dial to determine the mode Bluetooth audio device pairing Any Bluetooth audio device must be paired to the vehicle s Bluetooth unit before it can be listened to over the vehicle s speakers A maximum of seven devices including Bluetooth audio devices and hands free mobile phones can be paired to one vehicle NOTE Ifa Bluetooth device has already been paired to the vehicle as a hands free mobile phone it does not need to be paired again when using the device as a Bluetooth audio device Conversely it does not need to be paired again as a hands free mobile phone if it has already been paired as a Bluetooth audio device Device registration can also be done using voice recognition Concerning the operation of a Bluetooth audio device itself refer to its instruction manual Some Bluetooth audio devices have PIN codes four digits Refer to the audio device s instruction manual because the pairing procedure differs depending on whether it has a PIN code or not Pairing a Bluetooth audio device which has a four digit PIN code 1 Using the audio control dial select the pairing mode PAIR DEVICE in the BT SETUP mode Refer to Bluetooth audio device set up for details 2 Press the audio control dial to determine the mode After ENTER PIN is displayed on the audio display for three seconds PIN 0000 is displayed and the P
340. mber 1 4 Press 2t imes Press lock side of lock switch ly Cancel setting Function Number 2 4 Press 3t imes Wait for 3s econd y Function set The number of beeps heard is the same as the selected function ee eee number y Press 6t imes y Press 4t imes Function Number 4 y Press 5t imes Function Number 5 Function Number 3 Cancel setting NOTE The doors cannot be locked or unlocked while the setting function is being performed The procedure can be cancelled by pressing the lock side of the driver s door lock switch Locking Unlocking with Door Lock Knob Operation from inside To lock any door from the inside press the door lock knob To unlock pull it outward This does not operate the other door locks Lock a Unlock NOTE The red indication can be seen when the door lock knob is unlocked Red indication a i Before Driving Doors and Locks Operation from outside To lock the rear and front passenger doors with the door lock knob from the outside press the door lock knob to the lock position and close the door holding the door handle pulled is not required This does not operate the other door locks Door lock knob NOTE When locking the door this way Be careful not to leave the key inside the vehicle The driver s door lock knob cannot be used whil
341. moisture with a dry soft cloth and allow the leather to further dry in a well ventilated shaded area If the leather gets wet such as from rain also remove moisture and dry it as soon as possible Some models 6 69 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care NOTE Because genuine leather is a natural material its surface is not uniform and it may have natural scars scratches and wrinkles To maintain the quality for as long as possible periodical maintenance about twice a year is recommended Sand and dust on the seat surface may damage the overcoat of the genuine leather surfaces and accelerate wear Greasy soiling on genuine leather may cause molding and stains Rubbing hard with a stiff brush or cloth may cause damage Do not wipe the leather using alcohol chlorine bleach or organic solvents such as thinner benzene or gasoline Otherwise it may cause discoloration or stains If the seats get wet promptly remove moisture with a dry cloth Remaining moisture on the surface may cause deterioration such as hardening and shrinkage Exposure to direct sunlight for long periods may cause deterioration and shrinkage When parking the car under direct sunlight for long periods shade the interior using sunshades Do not leave vinyl products on the seats for long periods as they may affect the leather quality and coloring If the cabin temperature becomes hot the vinyl may deteriorate and adhe
342. moonroof is in the slide position partially open it will close before the rear tilt opens 3 40 YV Sunshade The sunshade can be opened and closed by hand The sunshade opens automatically when the moonroof is opened but must be closed by hand Sunshade i K CAUTION gt The sunshade does not tilt To avoid damaging the sunshade do not push up on it gt Do not close the sunshade while the moonroof is opening Trying to force the sunshade closed could damage it Modification and Add On Equipment Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer and the theft deterrent systems operation if the system has been modified or if any add on equipment has been installed A CAUTION To avoid damage to the vehicle do not modify the system or install any add on equipment to the immobilizer and the theft deterrent systems or the vehicle Before Driving Security System Immobilizer System The immobilizer system allows the engine to start only with a key the system recognizes If someone attempts to start the engine with an unrecognized key the engine will not start thereby helping to prevent the theft of the vehicle If you have a problem with the immobilizer system or the key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION gt Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the
343. moved or replace them with metric nuts of the same configuration Because the wheel studs and lug nuts on your Mazda have metric threads using a non metric nut is dangerous On a metric stud it would not secure the wheel and would damage the stud which could cause the wheel to slip off and cause an accident 5 Open the trunk luggage compartment mat Trunk Luggage compartment mat _ 6 Remove the belt for securing the flat tire 7 Put the flat tire into the trunk luggage compartment on the left and toward the back 8 Split folding type seat Fold the rear seatback forward on the right side of the rear seat 9 Split folding type seat Unlock the rear seatback on the left side and assure a clearance to pass the belt One piece folding type seat Unlock the rear seatback and assure a clearance to pass the belt 10 Pass the belt through the rear seatback as shown in the figure After passing the belt through return the rear seatback to the original position Split folding type seat If Trouble Arises Flat Tire One piece folding type seat Pass the belt underneath the seatbelts Seat belt Belt 7 13 If Trouble Arises Flat Tire 11 Pass the buckle through the wheel as shown in the figure and secure it so that the buckle does not contact the wheel Aluminum wheel Steel wheel 12 Pass the belt through the buckle then pull the belt end to secure the flat tire
344. mponents If there was a subsequent collision an air bag may not deploy which could lead to injuries Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats front seat belt pretensioners and air bags after a collision Do not drive with either front seats reclined Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because you do not get the full protection from seat belts During sudden braking or a collision you can slide under the lap belt and suffer serious internal injuries For maximum protection sit well back and upright 2 2 Essential Safety Equipment Seats Do not place an object such as a cushion between the seatback and your back Putting an object such as a cushion between the seatback and your back is dangerous because you will be unable to maintain a safe driving posture and the seat belt cannot function at its full capacity in a collision which could result in a serious accident injury or death Do not place objects under the seat The object could get stuck and cause the seat to not be fixed securely and result in an accident Do not stack cargo higher than the seatbacks Stacking luggage or other cargo higher than the seatbacks is dangerous During sudden braking ora collision objects can fly around and become projectiles that may hit and injure passengers Make sure luggage and cargo is secured before driving Not securing cargo while driving is dangerous as it could move or be crush
345. n FM AM for about 2 seconds until a beep is heard 2 The clock s current time will flash Time adjustment To adjust the time press the hour minute set button gt gt I 44 while the clock s current time is flashing The hours advance while the hour set button I4 is pressed The minutes advance while the minute set button gt gt I is pressed 3 Press the clock button FM AM again to start the clock Time resetting 1 Press the clock button FM AM for about 2 seconds until a beep is heard 2 Press the 00 button 1 3 When the button is pressed the time will be reset as follows Example 12 01 12 29 12 00 12 30 12 59 1 00 5 28 ERT AUTOM yr FOLDERS PUSH POWER Menu button NOTE When the 00 button 1 is pressed the seconds will start at 00 Switching between 12 and 24 hour clock time Press the menu button MENU several times until 12 and 24 hour clock time are displayed Turn the audio control dial in either direction select the desired clock setting while the preferred clock time is flashing MEMO Interior Features Audio System YV Operating the Radio Audio display IEE A MEDIA CT Tuning button Scan button Band selector button Radio ON Press a band selector button FM AM to turn the radio on Band selection Successively pressing the band selector button FM AM switches the bands as follows FM1
346. n equipment in vehicles in your country Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones computers portable radios vehicle navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Dialing anumber ona cell phone while driving also ties up the driver s hands Use of these devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious accident Ifa passenger is unable to use the device pull off the right of way to a safe area before use If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning use a hands free system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle Never use a cell phone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and instead concentrate on the full time job of driving 8 19 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Event Data Recorder Event Data Recorder U S A and Canada This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as How various systems in your vehicle were operating Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts
347. n while the vehicle is moving and block the driver s vision which could result in a serious accident V Opening the Hood 1 With the vehicle parked pull the release handle to unlock the hood B 2 Insert your hand into the hood opening slide the latch lever to the right and lift up the hood 6 24 NOTE The lever is located a little to the left of center when facing the vehicle 3 Grasp the support rod in the padded area and secure it in the support rod hole indicated by the arrow to hold the hood open VY Closing the Hood 1 Check under the hood area to make certain all filler caps are in place and all loose items e g tools oil containers etc have been removed 2 Lift the hood grasp the padded area on the support rod and secure the support rod in the clip Verify that the support rod is secured in the clip before closing the hood 3 Lower the hood slowly to a height of about 20 cm 7 9 in above its closed position and then let it drop A CAUTION When closing the hood do not push it excessively such as by applying your weight Otherwise the hood could be deformed Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 6 25 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Engine Compartment Overview Windshield washer fluid reserwi r Brake Clutch fluid reserwi r Battery Fuse block lagi ne oil dipstick
348. n your manual You ll find several WARNINGs CAUTIONSs and NOTEs in the manual A WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation in which serious injury or death could result if the warning is ignored A CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which bodily injury or damage to your vehicle or both could result if the caution is ignored NOTE A NOTE provides information and sometimes suggests how to make better use of your vehicle The symbol below located on some parts of the vehicle indicates that this manual contains information related to the part Please refer to the manual for a detailed explanation Table of Contents Pictorial Index Interior exterior views and part identification of your Mazda Essential Safety Equipment Important information about safety equipment including seats seat belt system child restraint systems and SRS air bags Before Driving a Use of various features including keys doors mirrors and windows When Driving Information concerning safe driving and stopping ae Interior Features Use of various features for ride comfort including air conditioning and audio system Maintenance and Care How to keep your Mazda in top condition If Trouble Arises mae Helpful information on what to do if a problem arises with the vehicle Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Important consumer information including warranties and add on equipment
349. n 60 seconds off automatically after all doors are closed can 30 seconds 15 seconds be changed 15 seconds Refer to Settings on page 5 53 7 5 seconds Three flash turn The three time flash function can be changed On On Off signal Refer to Settings on page 5 53 The auto wiper control function can be Auto wiper control changed On On Off Refer to Settings on page 5 53 120 seconds The time required for headlights to turn off 90 seconds Auto headlight off after ignition is switched off can be changed 30 seconds 60 seconds Refer to Settings on page 5 53 30 seconds Off The headlight illumination on off timing based Light on surrounding lightness darkness can be F Medium Light Auto light control Medium Medium changed Refer to Settings on page 5 53 Medium Dark 5 Dark The turn indicator beep volume level can be Turn indicator changed High High Low Refer to Settings on page 5 53 The volume of the lights on reminder warning Lights on reminder alarm can be changed Off High Low Off Refer to Settings on page 5 53 9 11 Specifications Personalization Features Item Feature Factory Setting Available Settings Blind Spot The volume of the BSM warning beep can be High Monitoring BSM changed High Low system Refer to Settings on page 5 53 Off The distance unit can be changed Refer to Settings on page 5 53 paves or on Mesto English Display The display language can b
350. n Authorized Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts Selecting Maintenance Monitor enables the system to notify you of your vehicle s approaching inspection servicing period page 6 20 6 3 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Scheduled Maintenance U S A Canada and Puerto Rico Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions severe driving conditions apply Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions Driving with extended use of brakes Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used Driving on rough or muddy roads Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates Driving in extremely hot conditions Driving in mountainous conditions continually If any do apply follow Schedule 2 Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2 Vehicles using Engine Oil Flexible Maintenance Engine Oil Flexible Maintenance is available for U S A and Puerto Rico residents whose vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions apply Extended periods of idling or low speed operation such as police car taxi or driving school car Driving in dusty conditions If any do apply follow Schedule 2 with engine oil fixed maintenance Once engine oil flexible maintenance is selected the vehicle calculates the remaining oil life based on e
351. n and display the Audio screen 2 Select AUX icon to switch to the AUX mode The following icons are displayed in the lower part of the center display Icon Function Displays the Audio menu Use to switch to a different audio source Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level Refer to Volume Display Sound Controls on page 5 40 NOTE gt Ifa device mode is not connected to the auxiliary jack the mode does not switch to the AUX Set the volume of the portable audio unit to the maximum within the range that the sound does not become distorted then adjust the volume using the volume dial of the commander switch or the up down switch of the audio control switch Audio adjustments can also be made using the portable audio device s volume setting If the connection plug is pulled out from the auxiliary jack while in AUX mode noise may occur Y How to use USB mode Type B Type Playable data USB mode MP3 WMA AAC file This unit does not support a USB 3 0 device In addition other devices may not be supported depending on the model or OS version Playback 1 Select the 2 Select the icon on the home screen and display the Audio screen UsB 4 icon or USB2 icon to switch the USB mode The following icons are displayed in the lower part of the center display Icon Function J Displays the Audio menu Use t
352. n control dial is in any position except OFF Press the switch once again to turn the air conditioner off NOTE The air conditioner may not function when the outside temperature approaches 0 C 32 F 5 5 Interior Features Climate Control System Air intake selector This switch controls the source of air entering the vehicle Press the air intake selector switch to alternate between the outside air and recirculated air modes Recirculated air mode S Outside air is shut off Air within the vehicle is recirculated Outside air mode gt Outside air is allowed to enter the cabin Use this mode for ventilation or windshield defrosting WARNING Do not use the recirculated air mode in cold or rainy weather Using the recirculated air mode in cold or rainy weather is dangerous as it will cause the windows to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident V Heating 1 Set the mode selector dial to the w position 2 Set the air intake selector to the outside air mode 3 Set the temperature control dial to the hot position 4 Set the fan control dial to the desired speed 5 If dehumidified heating is desired turn on the air conditioner 5 6 NOTE If the windshield fogs up easily set the mode selector dial to the position If cooler air is desired at face level set the mode selector dial at the 74 position and adjust the temperature control d
353. n down the airflow of the air conditioning system while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used Make sure the vents are not directing air up towards the microphone NOTE If the voice recognition performance is not Satisfactory Refer to Voice Recognition Learning Function Speaker Enrollment Type A on page 5 88 Refer to Troubleshooting on page 5 126 V Security Setting Type A If a passcode is set the system cannot be activated unless the passcode is input NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective Passcode setting 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Passcode 5 Prompt Passcode is disabled Would you like to enable it 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Please say a 4 digit passcode Remember this passcode It will be required to use this system 8 Say Beep XXXX Say a desired 4 digit passcode PCode 9 Prompt Passcode XXXX Passcode PCode Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt Passcode is enabled Using Bluetooth Hands Free with a passcode 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Prompt Hands F
354. n or leaving children in the vehicle with the keys is dangerous Children could open the trunk lid and climb inside resulting in possible injury or death from heat exposure Always keep the car from being a tempting place to play by latching the rear seats doors and the trunk and keeping the keys where children can not play with them Leaving children or animals unattended in a parked vehicle is dangerous Babies left sleeping and children who lock themselves in cars or trunks can die very quickly from heat prostration Do not leave your children or pets alone in a car at any time Do not leave the car the rear folding seats or the trunk unlocked Some models 3 25 Before Driving Doors and Locks YV Opening the Trunk Lid from the Inside Slide the inside trunk release lever in the direction of the arrow The lever is made of material that will glow for hours in the darkness of the trunk following a brief exposure to ambient light The inside trunk release lever is located on the inside of the trunk lid NG 0 5 3 26 Before Driving Fuel and Emission Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions V Fuel Requirements Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum This vehicle will perform best with fuel listed in the table Fuel Octane Rating Anti knock index Regula
355. n that could lead to tire failure and a dangerous accident Inspect the tires and adjust to the specified inflation pressure page 6 41 NOTE Perform tire pressure adjustment when the tires are cold Tire pressure will vary according to the tire temperature therefore let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive it 1 6 km 1 mile or less before adjusting the tire pressures When pressure is adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation pressure the TPMS warning light beep may turn on after the tires cool and pressure drops below specification Also an illuminated TPMS warning light resulting from the tire air pressure dropping due to cold ambient temperature will remain illuminated even if the ambient temperature rises In this case it will also be necessary to adjust the tire air pressures If the TPMS warning light illuminates due to a drop in tire air pressure make sure to check and adjust the tire air pressures Tires lose air naturally over time and the TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too soft over time or you have a flat However when you find one low tire in a set of four that is an indication of trouble you should have someone drive the vehicle slowly forward so you can inspect any low tire for cuts and any metal objects sticking through tread or sidewall Put a few drops of water in the valve stem to see if it bubbles indicating a bad valve Leaks need to be addressed by more than simply reinflating
356. n the model or OS version Playback 1 Switch the ignition to ACC or ON 2 Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on 3 Press the media button MEDIA to switch to the USB mode and start playback NOTE Some devices such as smart phones may require a setting change to allow USB operation When the USB device is not connected the mode does not switch to USB mode When there is no playable data in the USB device NO CONTENTS is flashed 5 62 PUSH POWER Folder up button Folder down button Playback of the USB device is in the order of the folder numbers Folders which have no MP3 WMA AAC files are skipped Do not remove the USB device while in the USB mode The data may be damaged Pause To stop playback press the play pause button 4 Press the button again to resume playback Fast forward Reverse Press and hold the fast forward button gt gt I to advance through a track at high speed Press and hold the reverse button M4 to reverse through a track at high speed Track search Press the track up button gt gt I once to skip forward to the beginning of the next track Press the track down button M4 within a few seconds after playback begins to track down to the beginning of the previous track Press the track down button M4 after a few seconds have elapsed to start playback from the beginning of the current track Folder search To change t
357. n the reverse order of the removal procedure 6 47 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Front turn signal lights Parking lights Front side marker lights 1 If you are changing the right bulb start the engine turn the steering wheel all the way to the left and turn off engine If you are changing the left bulb turn the steering wheel to the right and turn off engine 2 Make sure the headlight switch is off 3 Pull the center of each plastic retainer and remove the retainers 4 Turn the screw counterclockwise and remove it and then partially peel back the mudguard 5 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 6 48 Some models 6 Disconnect the bulb from the socket Front turn signal lights Parking lights Front side marker lights 7 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of the removal procedure Fog lights 1 If you are changing the right bulb start the engine turn the steering wheel all the way to the left and turn off engine If you are changing the left bulb turn the steering wheel to the right and turn off engine 2 Make sure the fog light switch is off 3 Pull the center of each plastic retainer and remove the retainers Installation YD ae 4 Turn the screw counterclockwise and remove it and then partially peel back the mudguard Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 5 Disconnect the connector from th
358. n the system when accelerating from a stop is dangerous because the vehicle may move roll unexpectedly and cause an accident The vehicle could roll depending on the vehicle s load or if it is towing something In addition for vehicles with a manual transaxle the vehicle could still roll depending on how the clutch pedal or the accelerator pedal is operated Always confirm the safety around the vehicle before starting to drive the vehicle system will operate changes depending on the vehicle s load Hill Launch Assist HLA does not operate if the parking brake is applied the vehicle has not stopped completely or the clutch pedal is released While Hill Launch Assist HLA is operating the brake pedal may feel stiff and vibrate however this does not indicate a malfunction Hill Launch Assist HLA does not operate while the TCS DSC indicator light is illuminated Refer to Warning Indicator Lights on page 4 16 Hill Launch Assist HLA does not turn off even if the DSC OFF switch is pressed to turn off the TCS DSC 4 49 When Driving ABS TCS DSC Antilock Brake System ABS The ABS control unit continuously monitors the speed of each wheel If one wheel is about to lock up the ABS responds by automatically releasing and reapplying that wheel s brake The driver will feel a slight vibration in the brake pedal and may hear a chattering noise from the brake system This is normal ABS system
359. n the talk button is short pressed e Edit Edits device when the talk button is short pressed e Continue Continues the list readout Delete Deletes the registered device when the talk button is short pressed e Previous Returns to the previous device in read out when the talk button is short pressed 8 Prompt End of list would you like to start from the beginning 9 Say Beep No 10 Prompt Returning to main menu Device selection If several devices have been paired the Bluetooth unit links the device last paired If you would like to link a different paired device it is necessary to change the link The order of device priority after the link has been changed is maintained even when the ignition is switched off Hands free phone 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 5 78 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Select phone 5 Prompt Please say the name of the device you would like to select Available devices are XXXXX Ex device A XXXXX Ex device B XXXXX Ex device C Which device please 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Device B 7 Prompt XXXXxX Ex Device B Is this correct Say Beep Yes or No 9 If Yes go to
360. n the windshield and block your vision which could cause an accident In addition make sure the windshield is sufficiently warmed using the defroster before spraying the washer fluid When Driving Switches and Controls NOTE Because heavy ice and snow can jam the wiper blades the wiper motor is protected from motor breakdown overheating and possible fire by a circuit breaker This mechanism will automatically stop operation of the blades but only for about 5 minutes If this happens turn off the wiper switch and park off the right of way and remove the snow and ice After 5 minutes turn on the switch and the blades should operate normally If they do not resume functioning consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way Wait until the weather clears before trying to drive with the wipers inoperative Y Windshield Wipers Turn the wipers on by pressing the lever up or down With intermittent wiper MIST t OFF t INT t LO t HI SA Wiper operation MIST Single wipe cycle mist INT Intermittent LO Low speed HI High speed 4 39 When Driving Switches and Controls Variable speed intermittent wipers Set the lever to the intermittent position and choose the interval timing by rotating the ring INT ring With auto wiper control Switch Position Wiper operation MIST Single wipe cycl
361. na The AM FM radio antenna receives both AM and FM signals To remove the antenna turn it counterclockwise To install the antenna turn it clockwise Make sure the antenna is securely installed Install Remove G A CAUTION gt To prevent damage to the antenna remove it before entering a car wash facility or passing beneath a low overhead clearance gt Be careful around the antenna when removing snow from the roof Otherwise the antenna could be damaged NOTE When leaving your vehicle unattended we recommend that you remove the antenna and store it inside the vehicle Interior Features Audio System Antenna for AM FM and Satellite Radio Operating Tips for Audio Antenna The antenna for AM FM and satellite radio System antenna receives both AM and FM signals and SiriusXM signals A WARNING Always adjust the audio while the Antenna vehicle is stopped Do not adjust the audio control switches while driving the vehicle Adjusting the audio while driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your attention from the vehicle operation which could lead to a serious accident SSeS Even if the audio control switches are equipped on the steering wheel learn to use the switches without looking down at them so that you can keep your maximum attention on the road while driving the vehicle A CAUTION For the purposes of safe driving adjust the audio volume to a level that allows you to hea
362. nce Precautions 6 22 Index P Parking Brak snsseeseeiseiisse 4 47 Personalization Features cce8 9 10 Power Steering eseeceecceeeeeeseeeeens 4 56 Power Windows cceeeesseeeeeseee ener 3 36 Power steering warning buzzer 7 36 R Rear Coat Hooks cceceeceereeeeee 5 137 Rear Cross Traffic Alert RCTA 4 68 Rear Door Child Safety Locks 3 20 Reat S at j ca cincinnati 2 8 Rear View Momnitot cceceeseeceeerees 4 73 Displayable range on the screen 4 75 Picture quality adjustment 4 80 Rear view monitor operation 4 76 Rear view parking camera VOGA ON sic aiee ae aere 4 74 Switching to the rear view monitor display 2s sanasen te Methane 4 74 Variance between actual aoad conditions and displayed Image 4 78 Viewing the display 4 76 Rear Window Defogger cceee 4 43 Rear Window Washet ecceeesee 4 42 Rear Window Wipet c cecceeesee 4 42 Rearview Mirror ccc eeeeeeeeeeees 3 34 Recommended Oil eee 6 27 Recreational Towing cceeceeeeseees 3 52 Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign COUNTY aE E annals 8 17 Replacement Electrical battery eee 6 38 Fuses sic E eae eatin os 6 57 Light Bulbs cece eeeeceeeeneeenees 6 45 MNCS Aiea esse She SA Rls aes Aeon d 6 43 Wheelers ieina 6 44 WIPED rti eena leas Beste eds Beas 6 33 Rocking the Vehicle eee 3 47 Index S SRS Air Bags Front passenger o
363. nd the additional side air bag that comes out of the front seat the rear seat is always a better location for children Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the side window even if the child is seated in a child restraint system 2 33 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Front Passenger s Seat Child Restraint System Installation With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System 1 Switch the ignition ON 2 Slide the seat as far back as possible 3 Place the child restraint system on the seat without putting your weight on the seat and fasten the seat belt See the manufacturer s instructions on the child restraint system for belt routing instructions 4 To get the retractor into the automatic locking mode pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt until the entire length of the belt is out of the retractor 5 Push the child restraint system firmly into the vehicle seat Be sure the belt retracts as snugly as possible A clicking noise from the retractor will be heard during retraction if the system is in automatic locking mode If the belt does not lock the seat down tight repeat the previous step and also this one 2 34 NOTE Inspect this function before each use of the child restraint system You should not be able to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor while the system is in the automatic locking mode When you remove the child restraint s
364. nd injured or objects could be thrown around the vehicle causing interference with the driver and the possibility of an accident Only use a cup holder for cups or drink cans San NS NU 5 134 Some models V Rear The rear cup holder is on the rear center armrest i Z Bottle Holder Bottle holders are on the inside of the doors A CAUTION Do not use the bottle holders for containers without caps The contents may spill when the door is opened or closed Interior Features Interior Equipment Storage Compartments A WARNING Keep storage boxes closed when driving Driving with the storage boxes open is dangerous To reduce the possibility of injury in an accident or a sudden stop keep the storage boxes closed when driving Do not put articles in storage spaces with no lid Putting articles in storage spaces with no lid is dangerous as they could be thrown around the cabin if the vehicle is suddenly accelerated and cause injury depending on how the article is stored A CAUTION Do not leave lighters or eyeglasses in the storage boxes while parked under the sun A lighter could explode or the plastic material in eyeglasses could deform and crack from high temperature 5 135 Interior Features Interior Equipment V Overhead Console This console box is designed to store eyeglasses or other accessories Push and release to open V Glove Compartment To open the glov
365. nd the volume of the voice guidance and ringtone can each be set in advance 1 Select the icon on the home screen and display the Communication screen 2 Select the Settings icon 3 Adjust the Phone Volume and the VR and Ringtone using the slider NOTE The volume of the audio unit cannot be adjusted while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used 5 75 Interior Features Bluetooth V Bluetooth Preparation Type A Bluetooth Hands Free Preparation Pairing code setting The 4 digit pairing code setting for registration of your cell phone pairing can be set beforehand NOTE The initial setting value is 0000 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Select one of the following Pair Edit Delete List or Set Pairing Code 6 Say Beep Set pairing code 7 Prompt Your current pairing code is XXXX Do you want to change it to a different pairing code 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt Please say a 4 digit pairing code 10 Say Beep YYYY 11 Prompt YYYY is this correct 12 Say Beep Yes or No 13 If Yes go to Step 14 If No the procedure returns to Step 9 14
366. ner the liftgate raises slightly to allow it to be opened If the liftgate is not operated for a certain period of time after the electric liftgate opener has been pressed the liftgate cannot be raised any more from its slightly raised position Press the electric liftgate opener again to fully open the liftgate To close the liftgate from its slightly raised position open it first by pressing the electric liftgate opener then close it after waiting at least I second If the liftgate is not fully closed the driver is notified by a warning indicated in the instrument cluster The sound of the latch may be heard for a few seconds after the electric liftgate opener has been pressed however this does not indicate a malfunction Opening the trunk lid 4 door Using the remote release button Push the release button 3 22 Using the electric trunk lid opener With the advanced keyless function A trunk lid can also be opened while the key is being carried Press the electric trunk lid opener on the trunk lid then raise the trunk lid when the latch releases c5 Electric trunk lid NOTE When opening the trunk lid with the doors locked it may require a few seconds for the trunk lid latch to release after the electric trunk lid opener is pressed The trunk lid can be closed when the doors are locked with the key left in the vehicle However to prevent locking the key in the vehicle the
367. ng Steering Wheel Steering Wheel A WARNING Never adjust the steering wheel while the vehicle is moving Adjusting the steering wheel while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Moving it can very easily cause the driver to abruptly turn to the left or right This can lead to loss of control or an accident V Steering Wheel Adjustment To change the angle or length of the steering wheel 1 Stop the vehicle and then pull down the lock release lever under the steering column Lock release lever 2 Tilt the steering wheel and or adjust the steering column length to the desired positions then push the lever up to lock the column 3 Attempt to push the steering wheel up and down to make sure it s locked before driving 3 32 Mirrors Before driving adjust the inside and outside mirrors V Outside Mirrors WARNING Be sure to look over your shoulder before changing lanes Changing lanes without taking into account the actual distance of the vehicle in the convex mirror is dangerous You could have a serious accident What you see in the convex mirror is closer than it appears Mirror type Flat type driver s side Flat surface mirror Convex type front passenger side The mirror has single curvature on its surface Power mirror adjustment The ignition must be switched to ACC or ON position To adjust 1 Rotate the mirror switch to the left L or right R to choose the left or right
368. ng functions and make it difficult to control the vehicle which could result in an accident Passing For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing steep grades depress the accelerator fully The transaxle will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed NOTE Some models The accelerator pedal may initially feel heavy as it is being depressed then feel lighter as it is depressed further This change in pedal force aids the engine control system in determining how much the accelerator pedal has been depressed for performing kickdown and functions to control whether or not kickdown should be performed 4 32 Climbing steep grades from a stop To climb a steep grade from a stopped position 1 Depress the brake pedal 2 Shift to D or M1 depending on the load weight and grade steepness 3 Release the brake pedal while gradually accelerating Descending steep grades When descending a steep grade shift to lower gears depending on load weight and grade steepness Descend slowly using the brakes only occasionally to prevent them from overheating When Driving Switches and Controls Lighting Control V Headlights Turn the headlight switch to turn the headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination on or off When the lights are turned on the lights on indicator light in the instrument cluster turns on z002 NOTE Ifthe light switch is left on the lights will autom
369. ng problems irregular tire wear tire failure or other damage Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control It also increases the distance required for stopping In cases of serious overloading brakes can fail completely particularly on steep grades The load a tire will carry safely is a combination of the size of the tire its load range and corresponding inflation pressure Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels 8 35 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment PAYLOAD Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed to carry The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load Information label on the driver s door frame or door pillar Look for THE COMBINATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg or XXX lbs for your maximum payload The payload listed on the tire label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If any aftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installe
370. ng a Flooded Engine If the engine fails to start it may be flooded excessive fuel in the engine Follow this procedure 1 If the engine does not start within five seconds on the first try wait ten seconds and try again 2 Make sure the parking brake is on 3 Depress the accelerator all the way and hold it there 4 Depress the clutch pedal Manual transaxle or the brake pedal Automatic transaxle then press the push button start If the engine starts release the accelerator immediately because the engine will suddenly rev up 5 If the engine fails to start crank it without depressing the accelerator If the engine still does not start using the above procedure have your vehicle inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer 7 18 Push Starting Do not push start your Mazda WARNING Never tow a vehicle to start it Towing a vehicle to start it is dangerous The vehicle being towed could surge forward when its engine starts causing the two vehicles to collide The occupants could be injured A CAUTION Do not push start a vehicle that has a manual transaxle It can damage the emission control system NOTE You cannot start a vehicle with an automatic transaxle by pushing it Overheating If the High engine coolant temperature warning light illuminates the vehicle loses power or you hear a loud knocking or pinging noise the engine is probably too hot WARNING a S switch the igniti
371. ng or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tire for damage If the tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove the tire and rim and replace it with your spare tire If you cannot detect a cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest vehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected 8 34 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Vehicle Loading A WARNING Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to towa trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle damage This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s Safety Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label WARNING Overloaded Vehicle Overloading a vehicle is dangerous The results of overloading can have serious consequences in terms of passenger safety Too much weight on a vehicle s suspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure brake failure handling or steeri
372. ng to the operation of the turn signal lever to show which signal is working 4 38 NOTE Ifan indicator light stays on without flashing or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out A personalized function is available to change the turn indicator sound volume page 9 10 VY Lane Change Signals Move the lever halfway toward the direction of the lane change auntil the indicator flashes and hold it there It will return to the off position when released VY Three Flash Turn Signal To signal a lane change operate the turn signal lever up or down slightly and release After releasing the lever the turn signal indicator flashes three times NOTE The three flash turn signal function can be switched to operable inoperable using the personalization function Refer to Personalization Features on page 9 10 Windshield Wipers and AWE toe The ignition must be switched ON to use the wipers WARNING Use only windshield washer fluid or plain water in the reservoir Using radiator antifreeze as washer fluid is dangerous If sprayed on the windshield it will dirty the windshield affect your visibility and could result in an accident Only use windshield washer fluid mixed with anti freeze protection in freezing weather conditions Using windshield washer fluid without anti freeze protection in freezing weather conditions is dangerous as it could freeze o
373. ngine Compartment Overview 0 cesses cseeecesensceeeseeneeees Engine Oil Engine Coolants 3 2 irene er T e E feces tastedeeaetaeteete Brake Clutch Plus css cs kex gustessteesse eint itene Washer Fluid Appearance Care Exterior Care Interior Care 6 1 Maintenance and Care Essential Information Introduction Be extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehicle when using this manual for inspection and maintenance If you are unsure about any procedure it describes we strongly urge you to have a reliable and qualified service shop perform the work preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer Factory trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your Mazda inadequate incomplete and insufficient servicing may result in problems This could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries For expert advice and quality service consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer To continue warranty eligibility and to protect your investment it is your responsibility to properly maintain your vehicle according to factory recommended schedules outlined in this manual As part of this you must keep your maintenance records receipts repair orders and any other documents as evidence this maintenance was performed You must present these documents should any warranty coverage disagre
374. ngine operating conditions The vehicle lets you know when an oil change is due by illuminating the wrench indicator light in the instrument cluster Change the oil as soon as possible within the next 500 km 250 miles or 15 days Refer page 6 20 for the details Mazda Genuine 0W 20 Oil and Castrol OW 20 Oil are required to achieve optimum performance NOTE Please ensure that the Flexible Oil Maintenance Setting is reset after each Oil and Filter replacement For maintenance guidelines beyond the miles months listed follow the maintenance intervals provided in the Scheduled Maintenance Tables 6 4 Y Schedule 1 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance U S A residents Engine oil flexible maintenance interval Use when the maintenance monitor for Oil Change is set to Flexible For details see maintenance monitor page 6 20 Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 Maintenance Interval x1000 km 16 32 48 64 80 96 112 128 x1000 miles 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 ENGINE Drive belts Engine oil amp filter I I Replace when wrench indicator light is ON Max interval 12 months 16 000km 10 000 miles COOLING SYSTEM FL22 type Replace at first 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 10 years after yP that every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 5 years Engine coolant Replace at first 96 000 km
375. ngle SET switch operation Meter display for vehicle speed indicated in km h 1 km h 0 6 mph Meter display for vehicle speed indicated in mph 1 mph 1 6 km h To increase speed using accelerator pedal Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate to the desired speed Press the SET or SET switch and release it immediately NOTE Accelerate if you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on Greater speed will not interfere with or change the set speed Take your foot off the accelerator to return to the set speed When Driving Cruise Control YW To Decrease Cruising Speed Press the SET switch and hold it The vehicle will gradually slow Release the switch at the speed you want Press the SET switch and release it immediately to adjust the preset speed Multiple operations will decrease the preset speed according to the number of times it is operated Decreasing speed with a single SET switch operation Meter display for vehicle speed indicated in km h 1 km h 0 6 mph Meter display for vehicle speed indicated in mph mph 1 6 km h V To Resume Cruising Speed at More Than 25 km h 16 mph If some other method besides the OFF switch was used to cancel cruising speed such as applying the brake pedal and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when the RESUME switch is pressed If vehicle speed is below 25 km h 16 mph increa
376. nit and switches is dangerous as it could cause a malfunction or a fire YW Dashboard Precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oils from contacting the dashboard They will damage and discolor the dashboard If these solutions get on the dashboard wipe them off immediately A CAUTION Do not use glazing agents Glazing agents contain ingredients which may cause discoloration wrinkling cracks and peeling Instrument panel top soft pad Extremely soft material is used for the soft pad surface When cleaning it is recommended that you use a clean towel dampened in a mild detergent to remove soiling If the soft pad surface is rubbed harshly it could result in the surface being damaged leaving white scratch marks Maintenance and Care Appearance Care YV Cleaning the Upholstery and Interior Trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl with a leather and vinyl cleaner Synthetic leather Remove dust and loose dirt from synthetic leather with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean synthetic leather with a leather and synthetic leather cleaner Leather Remove dust and sand first using a vacuum cleaner or other means then wipe dirt off using a soft cloth with a leather cleaner or a soft cloth soaked in mild soap Wipe off the remaining cleaner or soap using a cloth soaked in clean water and wrung out well Remove
377. njuries The appropriate air bags can be expected to inflate only in the first accident such as frontal near frontal or side collisions or roll over accidents that are at least moderate Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts Children should not ride in the front passenger seat Placing a child 12 years or under in the front seat is dangerous The child could be hit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed A sleeping child is more likely to lean against the door and be hit by the side air bag in moderate collision to the front passenger side of the vehicle Whenever possible always secure a child 12 years and under on the rear seats with an appropriate child restraint system for the child s age and size 2 41 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Never use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy Rear facing child restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates The child restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing hands or feet on them is ex
378. not call 911 doing so will defeat the purpose of the system to immediately contact rescue personnel to assist you after an accident For the safety of the driver and all passengers Mazda recommends that the Mobile 911 system remain activated so that a call will be made to 911 when needed v 1 Ifthe vehicle is involved in a moderate to severe collision notification of the call to 911 is made via audio and screen display To cancel the call press the Cancel call to 911 operator icon or hang up button within 10 seconds 2 If the Cancel call to 911 operator icon or hang up button is not pressed within 10 seconds the call is made to 911 automatically 5 102 Interior Features Bluetooth VY Receiving an Incoming Call When an incoming call is received the incoming call notification screen is displayed The Incoming Call Notification setting must be on Refer to Communication Settings on page 5 107 To accept the call press the pick up button or select the Answer icon To reject the call press the hang up button or select the Lgnore icon The following icons are displayed on the screen during a call Icons which can be used differ depending on use conditions Icon Function Displays the Communication menu Ends the call Transferring a call from hands free to a mobile phone Communication between the hands free unit and a device Mobile phone is c
379. not fired the load limiting function must be checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer WARNING Wear seat belts only as recommended in this owner s manual Incorrect positioning of the driver and front passenger seat belts is dangerous Without proper positioning the pretensioner and load limiting systems cannot provide adequate protection in an accident and this could result in serious injury For more details about wearing seat belts refer to Fastening the seat belts page 2 15 Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has been expended Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately inspect the front seat belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision Like the air bags the front seat belt pretensioners and load limiters will only function once and must be replaced after any collision that caused them to deploy A seat belt with an expended pretensioner or load limiter is still better than wearing no seat belt at all however if the front seat belt pretensioners and load limiters are not replaced the risk of injury in a collision will increase Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Do not modify the components or wiring or use electronic testing devices on the pretensioner system Modifying the components or wiring of the pretensioner system including the use of electronic testing devices is dangerous You could accidentally activate it or make it inoper
380. ns warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or mileage kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 6 12 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Scheduled Maintenance Mexico Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions severe driving conditions apply Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions Driving with extended use of brakes Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used Driving on rough or muddy roads Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates Driving in extremely hot conditions Driving in mountainous conditions continually If any do apply follow Schedule 2 NOTE For maintenance guidelines beyond the kilometers months listed follow the maintenance intervals provided in the Scheduled Maintenance Tables 6 13 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Y Schedule 1 Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 x1000km_ 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100
381. nstall it We recommend an Authorized Mazda Dealer If you have no spare fuses borrow one of the same rating from a circuit not essential to vehicle operation such as the AUDIO or OUTLET circuit A CAUTION Always replace a fuse with a genuine Mazda fuse or equivalent of the same rating Otherwise you may damage the electric system 6 58 6 Reinstall the cover and make sure that it is securely installed Replacing the fuses under the hood If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses in the cabin are normal inspect the fuse block under the hood If a fuse is blown it must be replaced Follow these steps 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and other switches are off 2 Remove the fuse block cover 3 If any fuse but the MAIN fuse is blown replace it with a new one of the same amperage rating Normal Blown WARNING Do not replace the main fuse and multiplex slow blow fuse by yourself Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform the replacement Replacing these fuses by yourself is dangerous because they are high current fuses Incorrect replacement could cause an electrical shock or a short circuit resulting in a fire 4 Reinstall the cover and make sure that it is securely installed Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 6 59 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance YV Fuse Panel Description Fuse block Engine compartment Multiplexs low blo
382. nt system is armed or turned off Refer to Theft Deterrent System on page 3 43 With the advanced keyless function A beep sound can be heard for confirmation when the doors and liftgate are locked unlocked using the key If you prefer the beep sound can be turned off The volume of the beep sound can also be changed Refer to Personalization Features on page 9 10 Use the following procedure to change the setting 1 Switch the ignition off and close all of the doors and the liftgate trunk lid 2 Open the driver s door 3 Within 30 seconds of opening the driver s door press and hold the LOCK button on the key for 5 seconds or longer All of the doors and the liftgate lock and the beep sound activates at the currently set volume If the beep sound is currently set to not activate it will not activate The setting changes each time the LOCK button on the key is pressed and the beep sound activates at the set volume If the beep sound has been set to not activate it will not activate 4 The setting change is completed by doing any one of the following Switching the ignition to ACC or ON Closing the driver s door Opening the liftgate trunk lid Not operating the key for 10 seconds Pressing any button except the LOCK button on the key Pressing a request switch The operation indicator light flashes when the buttons are pressed Lock button To lock the doors and the liftgate pr
383. nt that may not be detected as a roll over accident Therefore the front seat belt pretensioners and curtain air bags may not deploy Pitch end over end 2 55 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Front Passenger Occupant Classification System First please read Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions page 2 40 carefully YV Front Passenger Seat Weight Sensor Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger seat weight sensors as a part of the supplemental restraint system These sensors are located under both of the front passenger seat rails These sensors determine the total seated weight on the front passenger seat and monitor the seat belt buckle for the front passenger seat The SAS unit is designed to prevent the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system from deploying if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag the system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt pretensioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates Refer to the following table for the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illumination conditions This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation in
384. ntrolled in accordance with the set temperature Except AUTO position The airflow amount can be adjusted to the desired level by turning the dial 0 position To turn off the system set the dial to 0 position Mode selector dial Turn the mode selector dial to select airflow mode page 5 4 Air intake selector switch Rear window defogger switch AUTO position The airflow mode automatically adjusts to the selected temperature Except AUTO position The desired airflow position can be selected by turning the dial NOTE With the airflow mode set to the 4 position and the temperature control dial set at a medium temperature heated air is directed to the feet and air at a comparably lower temperature will flow through the central left and right vents When the fan control dial is ON and the mode selector dial is in the or W position the air conditioner is automatically turned on and the outside air mode is automatically selected to defrost the windshield In the or W position the outside air mode cannot be changed to the recirculated air mode 5 9 Interior Features Climate Control System A C switch Pressing the A C switch while the AUTO switch is turned on will turn off the air conditioning cooling dehumidifying functions The air conditioning can be turned on and off by pressing the A C switch while the fan control dial is on NOTE The air conditioner may not function when the
385. o consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Cofetel notice La operacion de este equipo esta sujeta a las siguientes dos condiciones 1 es posible que este equipo o dispositivo no cause interferencia perjudicial y 2 este equipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia incluyendo la que pueda causar su operacion no deseada ATTENTION Cofetel requires that their notice is printed on the user manual in Spanish with the exact words above If the User manual in Spanish does not contain the notice it will not be accepted by Cofetel and they will not grant NOM 121 certificate Moreover it is important to tell your customer that Cofetel inspectors are checking the user manual in Spanish that ts included with the product If the manual does not contain Cofetel notice as above they will put a penalty to the importer and distributor NOTE During printing time of this user manual the approvals listed above are granted WARNING Change or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the use s authority to operate the equipment 8 44 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Declaration of Conformity V Bluetooth Hands Free Type A U S A and Canada Model MAZ Brand Johnson Controls Inc 915 E 32 St Holland MI 49423 Mic
386. o be effective l 2 3 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press Say Beep Phonebook Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact Say Beep Edit Prompt Please say the name of the entry you would like to edit or say 9999 List names 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Say the voice tag for the registered name to be edited in the phonebook 7 Prompt Home Work Mobile or Other 8 Say Beep Home Say the registered location to be edited Home Work Mobile or Other 9 Prompt XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Registered voice tag XXXX Ex Home Registered location Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt The current number is XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Currently registered number New number please NOTE If there was no previous phone number registered to a location Ex Work the prompt will only read out Number please 12 Say Beep KXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 5678 Say the new phone number to be registered 13 Prompt XXXXXXXX Telephone number After the beep continue to add numbers or say Go Back to re enter the last entered numbers or press the Pick Up button to save the number Interior Features Bluetooth 14 Number Change Press
387. o not shade the light sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield Otherwise the light sensor will not operate correctly gt The light sensor also works as a rain sensor for the auto wiper control Keep hands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON as fingers could be pinched or the wipers and wiper blades could be damaged when the wipers activate automatically If you are going to clean the windshield be sure the wipers are turned off completely when it is particularly tempting to leave the engine running This is particularly important when clearing ice and snow NOTE The headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination may not turn off immediately even if the surrounding area becomes well lit because the light sensor determines that it is night time if the surrounding area is continuously dark for several minutes such as inside long tunnels traffic jams inside tunnels or in indoor parking lots In this case the lights turn off if the light switch is turned to the OFF position Without auto headlight off function When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched to ACC or the ignition is switched off the headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination will turn off The dashboard illumination can be adjusted by rotating the knob in the instrument cluster Also the day night mode can be
388. o switch to a different audio source m Current track list is displayed E Select a desired track to play it E 5 69 Interior Features Audio System Icon Function Category list is displayed Tracks in the current track list are played repeatedly Select it again to play the current track repeatedly Select it again to cancel Tracks in the current track list are played randomly Select it again to cancel Tracks similar to the current track are searched in the device and a playlist can be created using Gracenote s More Like This A playlist is created based on track information such as artist genre and age If selected within a few seconds from the beginning of a song which has started to play the previous song is selected If more than a few seconds have elapsed the song currently being played is replayed from the beginning Long press to fast reverse It stops when you remove your hand from the icon or the commander knob Track is played When selected again playback is temporarily stopped VL FH AOI Advances to the beginning of the next song Long press to fast forward Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level Refer to Volume Display Sound Controls on page 5 40 NOTE Drag the slider indicating the playback time to move to the desired location on the track The appearance of the repeat and shuffle icons changes depending on the typ
389. o the previous folder press the folder down button V or press the folder up button A to advance to the next folder Music Scan This function scans the titles in a folder currently being played and plays ten seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to Press and hold the scan button MEDIA during playback to start the scan play operation the track number will flash Press and hold the scan button MEDIA again to cancel scan playback NOTE If the unit is left in scan normal playback will resume where scan was selected Repeat playback Track repeat 1 Press the repeat button 1 during playback to play the current track repeatedly TRACK RPT is displayed 2 To cancel the repeat playback press the button again after 3 seconds Folder repeat 1 Press the repeat button 1 during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks in the current folder repeatedly FOLDER RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback Interior Features Audio System Random playback Tracks are randomly selected and played Folder random 1 Press the random button 2 during playback to play the tracks in the folder randomly FOLDER RDM is displayed 2 To cancel the random playback press the button again after 3 seconds All random 1 Press the random button 2 during playback and then press the button
390. o your Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook using Bluetooth 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep Import contact 5 Prompt The hands free System is ready to receive a contact from a phone Only a home a work and a mobile number can be imported This process requires operation of a mobile phone refer to the phone s manual for more information 5 94 6 Device Mobile phone operation Select one entry from the phonebook and send it using Bluetooth Prompt X Number of locations which include data numbers have been imported What name would you like to use for these numbers Say Beep XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Say a voice tag for the name registered Prompt Adding XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Voice tag Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt Number saved Would you like to import another contact 12 Say Beep Yes or No 13 If Yes the procedure proceeds to Step 5 If No the procedure proceeds to Step 14 Editing phonebook The data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook can be edited NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors t
391. ockwise for cold When the DUAL switch is off Turn the driver temperature control dial to control the temperature throughout the entire cabin When the DUAL switch is on Turn the driver or front passenger temperature control dial to independently control the temperature on each side of the cabin NOTE The climate control system changes to the individual operation mode DUAL switch indicator light illuminated by turning the front passenger temperature control dial even when the DUAL switch is off which allows individual control of the set temperature for the driver and front passenger The temperature units for the temperature setting display can be changed in conjunction with the temperature units for the outside temperature display Refer to Outside Temperature Display on page 4 13 Fan control switch The fan has seven speeds The selected speed will be displayed Interior Features Climate Control System Mode selector switch The desired airflow mode can be selected page 5 4 NOTE With the airflow mode set to the 4 position and the temperature control dial set at a medium temperature heated air is directed to the feet and air at a comparably lower temperature will flow through the central left and right vents To set the air vent to WY press the windshield defroster switch In the or W position the air conditioner is automatically turned on and the outside air mode is automatically
392. of view A CAUTION gt When loading or unloading luggage in the luggage compartment trunk turn off the engine Otherwise you could get burned by the heat of the exhaust gas gt Fully open the trunk lid when opening it If the trunk lid is only opened partially it could slam shut by vibration or wind gusts resulting in injury gt Be careful not to apply excessive force to the damper stay on the liftgate such as by putting your hand on the stay Otherwise the damper stay may bend and affect the liftgate operation Before Driving Doors and Locks YV Opening and Closing the Liftgate Trunk Lid Opening the liftgate 5 door Using the electric liftgate opener Unlock the doors and liftgate then press the electric liftgate opener on the liftgate and raise it when the latch releases gt NOTE With the advanced keyless function A locked liftgate can also be opened while the key is being carried When opening the liftgate with the doors and the liftgate locked it may require a few seconds for the liftgate latch to release after the electric liftgate opener is pressed The liftgate can be closed when the doors are locked with the key left in the vehicle However to prevent locking the key in the vehicle the liftgate can be opened by pressing the electric liftgate opener 3 21 Before Driving Doors and Locks When the liftgate latch is released by pressing the electric liftgate ope
393. old the TRIP button with the ignition switched off then switch it on Keep pressing the TRIP button for more than 5 seconds The master warning light will flash for a few seconds when the reset is completed 1 The flexible setting is available in the United States and Puerto Rico Based on the engine operating conditions the onboard computer in your vehicle calculates the remaining oil life Mazda Genuine 0W 20 oil and Castrol OW 20 oil are required to achieve optimum calculation performance 2 Once the Flexible Oil Maintenance Setting is selected the system must be reset whenever replacing the engine oil VY Maintenance Monitor Type B audio 1 Select the icon on the home screen to display the Applications screen 2 Select the Maintenance to display the maintenance list screen 3 Switch the tab and select the setting item you want to change You can customize settings in the setup display as follows Tab Item Explanation Setting interval Notification can be switched on off Time months Displays the time or distance until maintenance is due Select this item to set the maintenance period Scheduled Maintenance Due is displayed in red and the wrench indicator light in the instrument cluster will be illuminated when the remaining distance is less than 500 km 250 miles or the remaining number of days is less than 15 whichever comes first Scheduled Distance mile or km Maintenance R
394. ome wet by driving slowly releasing the accelerator pedal and lightly applying the brakes several times until the brake performance returns to normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected A CAUTION Do not drive the vehicle on flooded roads as it could cause short circuiting of electrical electronic parts or engine damage or stalling from water absorption If the vehicle has been immersed in water consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 3 49 Before Driving Driving Tips Overloading A WARNING Be careful not to overload your vehicle The gross axle weight rating GAWR and the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR of the vehicle are on the Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label on the driver s door frame Exceeding these ratings can cause an accident or vehicle damage You can estimate the weight of the load by weighing the items or people before putting them in the vehicle 3 50 Before Driving Driving Tips Driving on Uneven Road Your vehicle s suspension and underbody can be damaged if driven on rough uneven roads or over speed bumps at excessive speeds Use care and reduce speed when traveling on rough uneven roads or over speed bumps Use care not to damage the vehicle s underbody bumpers or muffler s when driving under the fol
395. ometer a wii chiiiniaewedats 4 11 Theft Deterrent System eee 3 43 Tiedown TOOK A AA 7 22 Tire Information ssseseeeeseesee seses 8 23 Tire Pressure Monitoring System 4 61 Tire inflation pressure warning beep 7 36 TICES eieiei resies oripetis vit nesika 6 41 Flat Tite reenter a n RA EAE 7 3 Replacing a Tire ssissesseeseseeeeeees 6 43 Replacing a Wheel eee 6 44 SNOW TIFE S vnc 3 48 Specifications cceeeeceeeeereeteteees 9 9 Temporary Spare Tire 6 43 Tire Inflation Pressure 00 6 41 Tire Rotation ceeeeeseeereeteenees 6 42 Wire Chas iss c aves asneawwake 3 48 Uniform tire quality grading system OT QGS vig cis ea t tem i 21 Towing Recreational towing eee 3 52 Trailer TOWING eee 3 52 Towing Description cceeeeeereeeees 7 21 Traction Control System TCS 4 51 TCS DSC Indicator Light 4 5 Transmiittet oiii iecerei tarere ieia 3 4 Trip Computer ssseseeseeeeseesee sereset 4 14 Trip Meter einiino iisti 4 10 Trouble Battery runs out 7 15 Emergency Starting cee 7 18 Emergency Towing ceeeeeees 7 21 Flat Tirei nenii nE 7 3 Overheating seeeseeeeeseeseeseseeeeeses 7 19 Parking in an Emergency 7 2 When liftgate trunk lid cannot be OPNE Seeerei ia 7 37 Trink Lids seakietaatiakanhiies 3 20 Inside trunk release lever 3 25 Vv Vanity Mirrors eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 5 129 Vehicl
396. on Driving with worn tires is dangerous Reduced braking steering and traction could result in an accident Ifa tire wears evenly a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread Replace the tire when this happens 7 New tread Worn tread Tread wear indicator Mies D i i L T You should replace the tire before the band crosses the entire tread NOTE Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used on the road It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire The period in which the tire was manufactured both week and year is indicated by a 4 digit number Refer to Tire Labeling on page 8 23 8 33 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A VW Safety Practices The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage and safety So cultivate good driving habits for your own benefit Observe posted speed limits and drive at speeds that are safe for the existing weather conditions e Avoid fast starts stops and turns Avoid potholes and objects on the road Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking A CAUTION If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while drivi
397. on Based Services For details on Aha refer to http www aharadio com Aha the Aha logo and the Aha trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of Harman International Industries Inc used with permission NOTE The service content provided by Aha varies depending on the country in which the user resides In addition the service is not available in some countries To operate Aha from your Bluetooth device perform the following in advance Install the Aha application to your device Create an Aha account for your device Log onto Aha using your device Select the preset station on your device Playback Select the icon on the home screen and display the Audio screen When the Aha icon is selected the following icons are displayed at the bottom of the center display The displayed icon differs depending on the selected station In addition icons other than these icons may be displayed Icon Function JI Displays the Audio menu Use to switch to a different audio source Displays the main menu Use to switch to other stations Displays the content list Use to switch to other desired content on the station Reverses for 15 seconds amp Fast forwards for 30 seconds 5 120 Interior Features Bluetooth Function Like Evaluates the current content as Like Dislike Evaluates the current content as Dislike
398. on is selected the following icons are indicated in the bottom part of the center display Icon Function Displays the Audio menu Use to switch to a different audio source Displays the channel list of the current category Displays the favorites list Long press to store the channel currently being aired Refer to Operating the Radio on page 5 42 s A Indicates that the parental lock function is in use Switching of Lock Unlock and PIN code setting changes can be performed vy E v Plays each channel in the current channel list for 5 seconds Select again to continue receiving the channel Plays the previous channel Plays the next channel aa gt gt I Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level Refer to Volume Display Sound Controls on page 5 40 5 47 Interior Features Audio System Selection from channel list Receivable channels can be displayed on the channel list screen You can easily select the channel you want to listen from the list Each category can be also displayed 1 Select the icon to display the channel list 2 Select a desired channel Select from category list 1 Select the icon to display the channel list 2 Select the Category icon to display the category list 3 Select a desired category Parental lock If a channel is locked the channel is muted To use the parental lock function
399. on the device may turn off automatically after a period of time has elapsed depending on the device Check whether the Bluetooth function and the Find Mode Visible setting on the device are turned on and pairing or reconnect Disconnects intermittently Does not connect automatically when starting the engine The device is in a location in which radio wave interference can occur easily such as inside a bag in a rear seat in a rear pocket of a pair of pants The pairing information is updated when the device OS is updated Move the device to a location in which radio wave interference is less likely to occur Perform pairing again 1 Setting which detects the existence of a device external to the Bluetooth unit 5 126 Some models NOTE Interior Features Bluetooth When you update the operating system of your mobile device the pairing information may be invalidated Therefore the device may need to be re paired to the hands free unit Ifyou pair your phone which has already been paired to your vehicle more than once in the past you need to delete Mazda on your mobile device Then execute the Bluetooth search on your mobile device once again and pair to a newly detected Mazda Before you pair your device make sure that Bluetooth is ON both on your phone and on the vehicle Voice recognition related problems Symptom Cause Solution method
400. on to off and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling fan Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured i min Do not remove either cooling system cap when the engine and radiator are hot When the engine and radiator are hot scalding coolant and steam may shoot out under pressure and cause serious injury Open the hood ONLY after steam is no longer escaping from the engine Steam from an overheated engine is dangerous The escaping steam could seriously burn you If Trouble Arises Overheating If the High engine coolant temperature warning light illuminates 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and park off the right of way 2 Put a vehicle with an automatic transaxle in park P a manual transaxle in neutral Apply the parking brake Turn off the air conditioner 5 Check whether coolant or steam is escaping from the engine compartment RW If steam is coming from the engine compartment Do not go near the front of the vehicle Stop the engine Wait until the steam dissipates then open the hood and start the engine If neither coolant nor steam is escaping Open the hood and idle the engine until it cools A CAUTION If the cooling fan does not operate
401. onebook records are not cleared but each language has a separate phonebook Therefore entries created in one language will need to be re entered in the phonebook of the new language Do these steps before you start driving These less used functions are too distracting to undertake while driving until you are fully familiar with the system Method 1 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Language 5 Prompt Select a language English French or Spanish 6 Say Beep French Speak the desired language English French or Spanish NOTE Other language settings can also be made while in the current setting by saying the name of the language in the native pronunciation 7 Prompt French Desired language selected Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt French Desired language selected Spoken in the newly selected language Method 2 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep French Say the desired language English French or Spanish Change the desired language by saying the language name NOTE Other language settings can also be made while in the current setting
402. onfirmation prompt function is turned off Ex Calling John s device NOTE If the confirmation prompt function is turned off when making an emergency call the system reads out and confirms the command before executing it 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player Say Beep Confirmation prompts Prompt Confirmation prompts are on off Would you like to turn confirmation prompts off on Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Confirmation prompts are off on on aa 5 87 Interior Features Bluetooth V Voice Recognition Learning Function Speaker Enrollment Type A The voice recognition learning function enables voice recognition appropriate to the characteristics of the user s voice If the recognition of the voice input commands to the system is not adequate this function can largely improve the system s voice recognition of the user If your voice can be recognized sufficiently without using this function you may not realize the added benefit of the function To register your voice the voice input command list must be read out Read out the list when the vehicle is parked Perform the registration in as quiet a place as possible 5 85 The registration must be performed completely The
403. only soft demineralized water in the coolant mixture Water that contains minerals will cut down on the coolant s effectiveness gt Do not add only water Always add a proper coolant mixture gt The engine has aluminum parts and must be protected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing gt DO NOT USE coolants Containing Alcohol methanol Borate or Silicate These coolants could damage the cooling system gt DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanol with the coolant This could damage the cooling system gt Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze This would reduce effectiveness NOTE If the FL22 mark is shown on or near the cooling system cap it is recommended to use Mazda Genuine FL22 engine coolant FL22 0 ans If the coolant reservoir is empty or new coolant is required frequently consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Brake Clutch Fluid V Inspecting Brake Clutch Fluid Level WARNING If the brake clutch fluid level is low have the brakes inspected A low brake clutch fluid level is dangerous A low level could indicate brake lining wear or a brake system leak which could cause the brakes to fail and lead to an accident The brakes and clutch draw fluid from the same reservoir Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir regularly It should be kept between the MAX and MIN lines The level normally drops with accumulated distance a condition as
404. ook over your shoulder before changing lanes or reversing the vehicle from a parking garage The Blind Spot Monitoring BSM system can assist the driver in confirming the safety of the surroundings but is not a complete substitute The driver is responsible for assuring lane changes and other maneuvers Always pay attention to the direction in which the vehicle is traveling and the vehicle s surroundings NOTE The detectability of the radar sensors has its limitations The Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System may not operate properly under the following conditions Ice snow or soil adheres to the rear bumper surface around the radar sensors During adverse weather conditions such as rain or snow or under conditions where water is sprayed The rear bumper area around the radar sensors is blocked by foreign material such as stickers or a bicycle carrier The radar sensors do not detect human animal shopping cart bicycle or static objects such as fences The radar sensors may not detect all types of vehicles around your vehicle especially the following types of vehicles Motorcycles Vehicles with body shapes that radar may not reflect such as a flatbed trailer with no cargo Vehicles with lower body height such as sports cars Although the system may detect objects on the road side such as parked vehicles or guardrails and operate the warning light beep it does not indicate a malfunction If the vehicle is
405. operation Continue to depress the brake pedal without pumping the brakes The warning light turns on when the system has a malfunction Refer to Warning Lights on page 4 17 WARNING Do not rely on ABS as a substitute for safe driving The ABS cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely driving on ice and snow and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident 4 50 NOTE Braking distances may be longer on loose surfaces snow or gravel for example which usually have a hard foundation A vehicle with a normal braking system may require less distance to stop under these conditions because the tires will build up a wedge of surface layer when the wheels skid The sound of the ABS operating may be heard when starting the engine or immediately after starting the vehicle however it does not indicate a malfunction Traction Control System TCS The Traction Control System TCS enhances traction and safety by controlling engine torque and braking When the TCS detects driving wheel slippage it lowers engine torque and operates the brakes to prevent loss of traction This means that on a slick surface the engine adjusts automatically to provide optimum power to the drive wheels limiting wheel spin and loss of traction The warning light turns on w
406. or Light bulb a Wattage ECER Trunk light 4 Door 3 Luggage compartment light 5 Door 5 Overhead lights Front Map lights 8 Overhead light Front 10 Overhead light Rear 10 Vanity mirror lights 2 9 8 Some models Specifications Specifications YW Tires NOTE The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle When replacing tires Mazda recommends that you replace tires of the same type originally fitted to your vehicle For details contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 6 41 After adjusting the tire pressure initialization of the tire pressure monitoring system is necessary to make the system operates normally Refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System Initialization on page 4 64 Standard tire Inflation pressure Tire size Front Rear P205 60R16 91H 250 kPa 2 5 bar 36 psi 250 kPa 2 5 bar 36 psi Temporary spare tire Tire size Inflation pressure T125 70D16 96M 420 kPa 60 psi Lug nut tightening torque When installing a tire tighten the lug nut to the following torque 108 147 N m 12 14 kgf m 80 108 ft Ibf V Fuses Refer to Fuses on page 6 57 9 9 Specifications Personalization Features Personalization Features The following personalization feature is available This setting can only be
407. or mat s will interfere with the foot pedal and could result in an accident When setting a floor mat position the floor mat so that its grommets are inserted over the pointed end of the retention posts Rocking the Vehicle A WARNING Do not spin the wheels at more than 56 km h 35 mph and do not allow anyone to stand behind a wheel when pushing the vehicle When the vehicle is stuck spinning the wheels at high speed is dangerous The spinning tire could overheat and explode This could cause serious injuries A CAUTION Too much rocking may cause engine overheating transaxle failure and tire damage If you must rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud depress the accelerator slightly and slowly move the shift lever from 1 D to R Before Driving Driving Tips Winter Driving Carry emergency gear including tire chains window scraper flares a small shovel jumper cables and a small bag of sand or salt Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to check the following Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in the radiator Refer to Engine Coolant on page 6 29 Inspect the battery and its cables Cold reduces battery capacity Use an engine oil appropriate for the lowest ambient temperatures that the vehicle will be driven in page 6 27 Inspect the ignition system for damage and loose connections Use washer fluid made with antifreeze but do not use engine coolant antifreeze for
408. or updating Gracenote 2 Select the icon on the home screen and display the Settings screen 3 Select the System tab and select the Music Database Update icon 4 Select the Search icon The list of the update package stored in the USB device and the version are displayed Select the package to use the update 6 Select the instal icon n NOTE Gracenote can be downloaded from the Mazda Hands free Website 5 110 Bluetooth Audio Type A Applicable Bluetooth specification Ver 2 0 or higher Response profile A2DP Advanced Audio Distribution Profile Ver 1 0 1 2 AVRCP Audio Video Remote Control Profile Ver 1 0 1 3 A2DP is a profile which transmits only audio to the Bluetooth unit If your Bluetooth audio device corresponds only to A2DP but not AVRCP you cannot operate it using the control panel of the vehicle s audio system In this case the Bluetooth audio device can be operated by controlling the device itself the same as when a portable audio system without the Bluetooth communication function is connected to the AUX terminal Function A2DP ae Ver 1 0 Ver 1 3 Playback X X Pause X X File Track up down X X Reverse X Fast forward X Text display X X Available Not available Interior Features Bluetooth NOTE The battery consumption of Bluetooth audio devic
409. orce to any single area of the vehicle roof or the antenna Otherwise you could dent the vehicle or damage the antenna Maintenance and Care Appearance Care To help protect the finish from rust and deterioration wash your Mazda thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If the vehicle is washed improperly the paint surface could be scratched Here are some examples of how scratching could occur Scratches occur on the paint surface when The vehicle is washed without first rinsing off dirt and other foreign matter The vehicle is washed with a rough dry or dirty cloth The vehicle is washed at a car wash that uses brushes that are dirty or too stiff Cleansers or wax containing abrasives are used NOTE Mazda is not responsible for scratches caused by automatic car washes or improper washing Scratches are more noticeable on vehicles with darker paint finishes To minimize scratches on the vehicle s paint finish Rinse off any dirt or other foreign matter using lukewarm or cold water before washing Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water and a soft cloth when washing the vehicle Do not use a nylon cloth Rub gently when washing or drying the vehicle Take your vehicle only to a car wash that keeps its brushes well maintained Do not use abrasive cleansers or wax that contain abrasives 6 65 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care A CA
410. ore the functions of the key page 3 8 Y Tire Inflation Pressure Warning Beep The warning beep sound will be heard for about 3 seconds when there is any abnormality in tire inflation pressures page 4 61 VY Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System Warning Beep Driving forward The warning beep operates when the turn signal lever is operated to the side where the BSM warning light is illuminated NOTE A personalized function is available to change the BSM warning beep sound volume Refer to Personalization Features on page 9 10 Reversing If vehicles approach from the rear on the left and right the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM warning beep operates 7 36 Some models V Power Steering Warning Buzzer If the power steering system has a malfunction the power steering malfunction light turns on or flashes and the buzzer operates at the same time Refer to Warning Indicator Lights on page 4 16 V Over Rev Buzzer The buzzer sounds to notify the driver if the engine speed is about to exceed the permissible engine speed A CAUTION Operate the accelerator and shift gears according to the driving conditions so that the buzzer does not sound If the engine speed exceeds the permissible engine speed the engine could be damaged If Trouble Arises When Liftgate Trunk Lid Cannot be Opened When Liftgate Trunk Lid Cannot be Opened If the vehicle battery is dead or there is a malfunction in the e
411. ore washing your Mazda make sure the moonroof is completely closed so that water does not get inside the cabin area After washing your Mazda or after it rains wipe the water off the moonroof before operating it to avoid water penetration which could cause rust and water damage to your headliner W Tilt Operation The rear of the moonroof can be tilted open to provide more ventilation To fully tilt automatically momentarily press the tilt slide switch To stop tilting partway press the tilt slide switch To close to the desired position press the tilt slide switch in the forward direction Z Close Tilt down Some models 3 39 Before Driving Windows Y Slide Operation To fully open automatically momentarily press the tilt slide switch in the backward direction To stop sliding partway press the tilt slide switch To close to the desired position press the tilt slide switch in the forward direction V Power Moonroof Reset Procedure If the battery is disconnected the moonroof will not operate The moonroof will not operate correctly until it is reset Carry out the following procedure to reset the moonroof and resume operation 1 Switch the ignition ON 2 Press the tilt switch to partially tilt open the rear of the moonroof 3 Repeat Step 2 The rear of the moonroof tilts open to the fully open position then closes a little NOTE If the reset procedure is performed while the
412. ormation about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov NOTE If you live in the U S A all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine California 92618 2922 or P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 Customer Experience Center or toll free at 1 800 222 5500 If you live outside of the U S A please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown page 8 12 in this booklet 8 13 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Canada Canadian customers who wish to report a safety related defect to Transport Canada Defect Investigations and Recalls may telephone the toll free hotline 1 800 333 0510 or contact Transport Canada by mail at Transport Canada ASFAD Place de Ville Tower C 330 Sparks Street Ottawa ON KIA ONS For additional road safety information please visit the Road Safety website at http www tc gc ca roadsafety menu htm 8 14 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Warranties for Your Mazda New Vehicle Limited Warranty Powertrain Limited Warranty Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty Anti perforation Limited Warranty Federal Emission Control Warranty California Emission Control Warranty Emission Defect Warranty Emission Performance Warranty Emission Control Warranty Replacement Parts and Accesso
413. ot from side to side Tire performance will be reduced if rotated from side to side Replacing a Tire WARNING Always use tires that are in good condition Driving with worn tires is dangerous Reduced braking steering and traction could result in an accident Replace all four tires at the same time Replacing just one tire is dangerous It could cause poor handling and poor braking resulting in loss of vehicle control Mazda strongly recommends that you replace all four tires at the same time Ifa tire wears evenly a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread Replace the tire when this happens Tread wear indicator LN xi k 1 New tread Worn tread You should replace the tire before the band crosses the entire tread After adjusting the tire pressure initialization of the tire pressure monitoring system is necessary to make the system operates normally Refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System Initialization on page 4 64 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance NOTE Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used on the road It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire The period in which the tire was manufac
414. ould cause a fire and explosion resulting in serious injury or death 3 30 A CAUTION Always use only a genuine Mazda fuel filler cap or an approved equivalent available at an Authorized Mazda Dealer The wrong cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel and emission control systems It may also cause the check engine light in the instrument cluster to illuminate V Fuel Filler Lid To open pull the remote fuel filler lid release Lf Remote fuel filler lid release V Fuel Filler Cap To remove the fuel filler cap turn it counterclockwise Attach the removed cap to the inner side of the fuel lid To close the fuel filler cap turn it clockwise until a click is heard A CAUTION If the check fuel cap warning light illuminates the fuel filler cap may not be properly installed If the warning light illuminates park your vehicle safely off the right of way remove the fuel filler cap and reinstall it correctly After the cap has been correctly installed the fuel cap warning light may continue to illuminate until a number of driving cycles have been completed A drive cycle consists of starting the engine after four or more hours with the engine off and driving the vehicle on city and highway roads Continuing to drive with the check fuel cap warning light illuminated could cause the check engine light to illuminate as well Before Driving Fuel and Emission 3 31 Before Drivi
415. ound quickly To select from the genre list select the Genre Seek icon while in the FM mode and the desired Genre Seek To scan for Genre Seek 1 Select the genre type you want to select 2 Select the M4 gt gt I icon NOTE To change the desired genre select the icon Some models 5 43 Interior Features Audio System Ex 89 3 is currently being received With Rock selected as the Genre the radio stations broadcasting Rock are at the following frequencies 98 3 98 7 104 31 107 1 Radio stations with good reception The frequency changes as follows each time the Genre Seek icon is pressed 89 3 98 3 104 3 98 3 NOTE Only one Genre can be selected It may not be possible to receive any station even if the Genre Seek function is used Ifa program in the selected genre is not broadcast to a region reception is not possible even if the Genre Seek function is used The Genre Seek function searches for genre code program type which FM analog broadcasts transmit HD Radio specialty programs HD2 HD8 cannot be searched because they are not FM analog broadcasts If radio stations which are selected by scanning using the Genre Seek function are HD Radio broadcasting stations they are changed from analog broadcasts to HD Radio broadcasts after a few seconds if the reception conditions are good The genre is displayed after the switch however the genre for
416. outside temperature approaches 0 C 32 F Air intake selector Outside or recirculated air positions can be selected Press the switch to select outside recirculated air positions Recirculated air position indicator light illuminated Outside air is shut off Use this position when going through tunnels driving in congested traffic high engine exhaust areas or when quick cooling is desired Outside air position indicator light turned off Outside air is allowed to enter the cabin Use this mode for ventilation or windshield defrosting WARNING Do not use the lt amp position in cold or rainy weather Using the lt amp position in cold or rainy weather is dangerous as it will cause the windows to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident 5 10 YV Operation of Automatic Air 4 gt Conditioning Set the mode selector dial to the AUTO position Set the air intake selector to the outside air position indicator light turned off Set the temperature control dial to the desired position Set the fan control dial to the AUTO position Turn on the air conditioner To turn off the system set the fan control dial to OFF NOTE Setting the temperature to maximum high or low will not provide the desired temperature at a faster rate When selecting heat the system will restrict airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold air
417. pedal and lightly applying the brakes several times until the brake performance returns to normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected A CAUTION gt Do not drive with your foot held on the clutch pedal or brake pedal or hold the clutch pedal depressed halfway unnecessarily Doing so could result in the following gt The clutch and brake parts will wear out more quickly gt The brakes can overheat and adversely affect brake performance gt Always depress the brake pedal with the right foot Applying the brakes with the unaccustomed left foot could slow your reaction time to an emergency situation resulting in insufficient braking operation gt Wear shoes appropriate for driving in order to avoid your shoe contacting the brake pedal when depressing the accelerator pedal VY Parking Brake A CAUTION Driving with the parking brake on will cause excessive wear of the brake parts NOTE For parking in snow refer to Winter Driving page 3 47 regarding parking brake use Setting the parking brake Depress the brake pedal and then firmly pull the parking brake lever fully upwards with sufficient force to hold the vehicle in a stationary position FN Xe When Driving Brake Releasing the parking brake Depres
418. planing or peak traction characteristics V Temperature A B C The temperature grades A the highest B and C represent the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 8 21 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS WARNING Keep your vehicle s tires properly inflated and not overloaded Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded These grades will be added to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda ve
419. pletely when it is most likely that the engine is left running this is particularly important when clearing ice and snow When Driving Switches and Controls NOTE Switching the auto wiper lever from the OFF to the AUTO position while driving activates the windshield wipers once after which they operate according to the rainfall amount The auto wiper control may not operate when the rain sensor temperature is about 10 C 14 F or lower or about 85 C 185 F or higher If the windshield is coated with water repellent the rain sensor may not be able to sense the amount of rainfall correctly and the auto wiper control may not operate properly If dirt or foreign matter such as ice or matter containing salt water adheres to the windshield above the rain sensor or if the windshield is iced it could cause the wipers to move automatically However if the wipers cannot remove this ice dirt or foreign matter the auto wiper control will stop operation In this case set the wiper lever to the low speed position or high speed position for manual operation or remove the ice dirt or foreign matter by hand to restore the auto wiper operation Df the auto wiper lever is left in the AUTO position the wipers could operate automatically from the effect of strong light sources electromagnetic waves or infrared light because the rain sensor uses an optical sensor It is recommended that the auto wiper l
420. pointed backward with driving wheels on the ground This may cause internal damage to the transaxle gt Do not tow with sling type equipment This could damage your vehicle Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment 7 21 If Trouble Arises Emergency Towing Tiedown Hooks Rear A CAUTION Do not use the front and rear tiedown eyelets for towing the vehicle They have been designed only for securing the vehicle to a transport vessel during shipping Using the eyelets for any other purpose could result in the vehicle being damaged VY Tiedown Hooks A CAUTION 1 Remove the tiedown eyelet and the lug Do not use excessive force as it may e Pi the luggage compartment damage the cap or scratch the painted page 7 3 ee bumper surface 2 Wrap a flathead screwdriver or similar tool with a soft cloth to prevent damage NOTE to a painted bumper and open the cap located on the front or rear bumper Front Remove the cap completely and store it so as not to lose it 3 Securely install the tiedown eyelet using the lug wrench Front Tiedown eyelet 7 22 Rear Tiedown eyelet A Hook the tying rope to the tiedown eyelet A CAUTION If the tiedown eyelet is not securely tightened it may loosen or disengage from the bumper when tying the vehicle Make sure that the tiedown eyelet is securely tightened to the bumper If Trouble Arises Emergency Towing 7 23
421. pollutants and vehicle emissions drift into the air and mix with rain or dew to form acids These acids can settle on a vehicle s finish As the water evaporates the acid becomes concentrated and can damage the finish And the longer the acid remains on the surface the greater the chance is for damage Prevention It is necessary to wash and wax your vehicle to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section These steps should be taken immediately after you suspect that acid rain has settled on your vehicle s finish Maintenance and Care Appearance Care Damage Caused by Bird Dropping Insects or Tree Sap Occurrence Bird droppings contain acids If these are not removed they can eat away the clear and color base coat of the vehicle s paintwork When insects stick to the paint surface and decompose corrosive compounds form These can erode the clear and color base coat of the vehicle s paintwork if they are not removed Tree sap will harden and adhere permanently to the paint finish If you scratch the sap off while it is hard some vehicle paint could come off with it Prevention It is necessary to have your Mazda washed and waxed to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section This should be done as soon as possible Bird droppings can be removed with a soft sponge and water If you are traveling and these are not available a moistened tissue may also take care o
422. pplemental music information Such as Music Database Update song name artist name 2 Voice recognition assistance for Play Artist and Play Album Gracenote can be downloaded from the Mazda Handsfree Website Memory and settings are initialized to the factory settings Factory Reset The initialization launches by selecting the button Agreements and Disclaimers Verify the disclaimer and agree Can verify the current audio unit OS version i and Gracenote Database version 5 54 Y Applications NOTE Depending on the grade and specification the screen display may differ Select the icon on the home screen to display the Applications screen The following information can be verified Top screen Item Function Fuel Fuel Consumption Refer to Fuel Economy Settings P Economy Monitor Monitor on page 4 54 Scheduled Re fer He f Maintenance amtenance Maintenance Tire Rotation Monitor Type B audio on page Oil Change 6 20 HD Traffic e 23 Image Refer to Ifa 3 Warnings Warning Light ae currently active Turns On or can be verified Flashes on page 7 24 Interior Features Audio System Audio Control Switch Operation Without Bluetooth Hands Free With Bluetooth Hands Free 5 55 Some models Interior Features Audio System YV Adjusting the Volume To increase the volume press up the volume switch To decrease the vo
423. proper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Here are some important maintenance points YW Tire Inflation Pressure Inspect all tire pressure monthly including the spare when the tires are cold Maintain recommended pressures for the best ride top handling and minimum tire wear Use the pressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service YW Tire Rotation To equalize tread wear rotate the tires every 12 000 km 7 500 miles at the latest or sooner if irregular wear develops Mazda recommends to rotate every 8 000 km 5 000 miles to help increase tire life and distribute wear more evenly Forward Do not include TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire in rotation Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a combination of the following Incorrect tire pressure Improper wheel alignment Out of balance wheel Severe braking After rotation inflate all tire pressures to specification page 9 9 and inspect the lug nuts for tightness A CAUTION Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or studs only from front to rear not from side to side Tire performance will be weakened if rotated from side to side 8 32 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Replacing a Tire WARNING Always use tires that are in good conditi
424. r After the beep continue to add numbers or say Go Back to re enter the last entered numbers or press the Pick Up button to execute dialing 6 Dialing Press the pick up button or say Dial then go to Step 7 Adding inputting telephone number Say XX XX desired telephone number then go to Step 5 Telephone number correction Say Go Back The prompt replies Go Back The last entered numbers have been removed Then go back to Step 3 7 Prompt Dialing NOTE The Dial command and a telephone number can be combined Ex In Step 2 say Dial 123 4567 then Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped Interior Features Bluetooth Emergency calls A call can be made to the emergency phone number 911 U S A Canada 066 Mexico using the voice input command It may not function properly in some areas in Mexico 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Emergency 3 U S A Canada vehicles Prompt Dialing 911 is this correct Mexico vehicles Prompt Dialing 066 is this correct 4 Say Beep Yes 5 Prompt Dialing V Receiving an Incoming Call 1 Prompt Incoming call press the pick up button to answer 2 To accept the call press the pick up button To reject the call press the hang up button Y Hanging Up a Call Press the hang up button during the call A beep soun
425. r and the surrounding conditions by looking directly with your eyes gt Do not apply excessive force to the camera The camera position and angle may deviate gt Do not disassemble modify or remove it as it may no longer be waterproof gt The camera cover is made of plastic Do not apply degreasing agents organic solvents wax or glass coating agents to the camera cover If any are spilled on the cover wipe off with a soft cloth immediately gt Do not rub the cover excessively or polish it using an abrasive compound or a hard brush The cover may be damaged affecting the image Some models 4 73 When Driving Rear View Monitor NOTE If water snow or mud is stuck on the camera lens wipe it off using a soft cloth If it cannot be wiped off use a mild detergent If the camera temperature changes rapidly Hot to cold cold to hot the rear view monitor may not operate correctly When replacing the tires consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Replacing the tires could result in deviation of the guide lines which appear on the display If the vehicle s front side or rear has been involved in a collision the alignment of the rear view parking camera location installation angle may have deviated Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected VY Rear View Parking Camera Location 4 Door f f 5 Door Rear View Parking Camera i gt eee ke Ae Sige oe Ma Y Switchin
426. r sounds outside of the vehicle including car horns and particularly emergency vehicle sirens NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the audio system on for a long period of time when the engine is not running Ifa cellular phone or CB radio is used in or near the vehicle it could cause noise to occur from the audio system however this does not indicate that the system has been damaged Some models 5 17 Interior Features Audio System Do not spill any liquid on the audio system Do not insert any objects other than CDs into the slot Radio Reception AM characteristics AM signals bend around such things as buildings or mountains and bounce off the ionosphere Therefore they can reach longer distances than FM signals Because of this two stations may sometimes be picked up on the same frequency at the same time Ionosphere Station 1 Station 2 5 18 FM characteristics An FM broadcast range is usually about 40 50 km 25 30 miles from the source Because of extra coding needed to break the sound into two channels stereo FM has even less range than monaural non stereo FM amp FM Station 40 50km 25 30 miles N Signals from an FM transmitter are similar to beams of light because they do not bend around corners but they do reflect Unlike AM signals FM signals cannot travel beyond the horizon Therefore FM stations cannot be rece
427. r the vehicle is being driven will turn the engine off immediately The ignition switches to ACC When Driving Instrument Cluster and Display Meters and Gauges Instrum ent Clust er Te A With Tachometer O Te B Without Tachometer O Steering Switch Some models ORNE O CS ccnsita iecicaaganad aa aan page 4 10 Odometer Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector c cccccccssscsssessesseesssesseeseesseessen page 4 10 Tachometer i sanssivauciserdackcasicosancceensn tbsvictaniais wicsnsstnacieadicaassaetbianlentntusiendieds page 4 11 BAS os cassaits cscs caatttaspictanastese sagnaseacniotestanednentcal stuasiaineaesiaaatenammatranctaane page 4 12 Dashboard Tliumninati ons ciccisccssniscessstssaievessscsvedecevavcncstapuabisvidenvadantcnadiateiie page 4 12 Outside Temperature Display c ccccsscssssssssssssssssssssssessesssessssssssssesssssssessessseess page 4 13 Cruise Control Set Vehicle Speed Display cc cccsscesssesseessesssseseessessessessessseessees page 4 14 Trip Computer and INFO Switch ce cceseesesseeneeeeceeeeseeneceesseenesaeseeeesaee page 4 14 4 9 When Driving Instrument Cluster and Display Y Speedometer The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle V Odometer Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector The display mode can be changed from odometer to trip meter A to tr
428. r unleaded fuel 87 R M 2 method or above 91 RON or above U S federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane 91 RON could cause the emission control system to lose effectiveness It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage A CAUTION gt USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will lead to deterioration of the emission control system and or failures gt This vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10 ethanol by volume Damage to the vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this recommendation or if the gasoline contains any methanol Stop using gasohol of any kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly gt Never add fuel system additives otherwise the emission control system could be damaged Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally referred to as oxygenated fuels The common gasoline blend that can be used with your vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10 Gasoline containing alcohol such as ethanol or methanol may be marketed under the name Gasohol Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not be covered by the warranty Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol
429. raint system Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous No matter how strong the person may be he or she cannot hold onto a child in a sudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Even in a moderate accident the child may be exposed to air bag forces that could result in serious injury or death to the child or the child may be slammed into an adult causing injury to both child and adult Never use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy Rear facing child restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates The child restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child 2 23 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint U S A and Canada Vehicles with a front passenger air bag have a warning label attached as shown below The warning label reminds you not to put a rear facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat at any time wk Mexico NEVER use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an ACTIVE AIRBAG in front of it DEATH or SERIOUS INJURY to the CHILD can occur Vehicles with a front passenger a
430. re to the genuine leather 6 70 Some models Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean it with a mild soap solution good for upholstery and carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner To keep the fabric looking clean and fresh take care of it Otherwise its color will be affected it can be stained easily and its fire resistance may be reduced A CAUTION Use only recommended cleaners and procedures Others may affect appearance and fire resistance Panel When the panel needs to be cleaned use a soft cloth to wipe off dirt from the surface NOTE Scratches or nicks on the panels resulting from the use of a hard brush or cloth may not be repairable Be particularly careful when cleaning the following areas which are installed with specially coated panels Piano black panel Decoration panel V Cleaning the Lap Shoulder Belt Webbing Clean the webbing with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets Follow instructions Do not bleach or dye the webbing this may weaken it After cleaning the belts thoroughly dry the belt webbing and make sure there is no remaining moisture before retracting them A WARNING Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer replace damaged seat belts immediately Using damaged seat belts is dangerous In a collision damaged belts cannot provide adequate protection VY Cleaning the Win
431. red in the phonebook 5 Prompt Calling XXXXX Ex John s phone XXXX Ex at home Is this correct Voice tag and phone number location registered in phonebook 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Dialing Redialing function 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Redial 3 Prompt Dialing Ending the current call Press the hang up button during the call Y DTMF Dual Tone Multi Frequency Signal Transmission This function is used when transmitting DTMF via the user s voice The receiver ofa DTMF transmission is generally a home telephone answering machine or a company s automated guidance call center When you send tone signals back according to the voice guidance recording 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep XXXX send Say DTMF code 3 Prompt Sending XXXX DTMF code Interior Features Bluetooth Bluetooth Hands Free Type B V Making a Call Phonebook Usage Telephone calls can be made by saying the contact name in the downloaded phonebook or the name of a person whose phone number has been registered in the Bluetooth Hands Free Refer to Import contact Download Phonebook 1 Press the talk button 2 Wait for the beep sound 3 Say Call XXXXX Ex John Mobile 4 Follow the voice guidance to place the call Screen operation 1 Select the icon on
432. ree system is locked State the passcode to continue 3 Say Beep XXXX Say the set passcode PCode 4 Ifthe correct passcode is input voice guidance XXXXXX Ex Mary s device Device tag is connected is announced If the passcode is incorrect voice guidance XXXX 4 digit passcode Pcode incorrect passcode please try again is announced Canceling the passcode NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Passcode 5 Prompt Passcode is enabled Would you like to disable it Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Passcode is disabled oS Interior Features Bluetooth Confirmation Prompts The confirmation prompt confirms the command content to the user before advancing to the operation requested by the user When this function is turned on the system reads out the voice input command previously received and confirms whether the command is correct before advancing to the command execution When the confirmation prompt function is turned on Ex Calling John s device Is this correct When the c
433. refine your station discover new music and help Pandora play only music you like Pandora the Pandora logo and the Pandora trade dress are trademarks or registered trademarks of Pandora Media Inc used with permission NOTE To operate Pandora from your Bluetooth device perform the following in advance Create Pandora account on the Web Create Pandora station using Pandora application Install Pandora application on your device Playback Select the icon on the home screen and display the Audio screen When icon is selected the following icons are indicated in the bottom part of the center display Icon Function JI Displays the Audio menu Use to switch to a different audio source m sess Displays the station list E Use to switch to other stations Thumbs Down Press the icon to tell Pandora not to play this track Thumbs Up amp Press the amp icon to tell Pandora you like this track and it helps to bring in more tracks like it to your station Bookmarking A Bookmarks the song or artist currently being played al Plays the track When selected again playback is temporarily stopped bl Goes to the next song 5 118 Interior Features Bluetooth Icon Function _ Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level Refer to Volume Display Sound Controls on page 5 40 NOTE Bookmarking The skip function may not be a
434. ries Limited Warranty Tire Warranty NOTE Warranty information varies depending on the country Refer to the Warranty Booklet for detailed warranty information 8 15 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Outside the United States Canada Government regulations in the United States Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety standards Therefore vehicles built for use in the United States Canada may differ from those sold in other countries The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries We strongly recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside the United States Canada United States However in the event that you are moving to Canada permanently Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible for exportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards CMVSS Canada However in the event that you are moving to the United States permanently Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the United States with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FMVSS NOTE The above is applicable for a permanent import export situation and not related to travelers on vacation You may have the following problems if you do take
435. rim Overinflation can produce a harsh ride uneven and accelerated tire wear and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards Keep your tire pressure at the correct levels If one frequently needs inflating have it inspected YW Tire Rotation WARNING Rotate tires periodically Irregular tire wear is dangerous To equalize tread wear for maintaining good performance in handling and braking rotate the tires every 12 000 km 7 500 miles However Mazda recommends to rotate every 8 000 km 5 000 miles to help increase tire life and distribute wear more evenly Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on page 6 4 6 42 During rotation inspect them for correct balance Z C 5 OF Do not include TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire in rotation Also inspect them for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a combination of the following Incorrect tire pressure Improper wheel alignment Out of balance wheel Severe braking After rotation inflate all tire pressures to specification page 9 9 and inspect the lug nuts for tightness After adjusting the tire pressure initialization of the tire pressure monitoring system is necessary to make the system operates normally Refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System Initialization on page 4 64 A CAUTION Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or studs only from front to rear n
436. riple J Motors 157 South Marine Drive Tamuning GUAM 96911 USA P O Box 6066 Tamuning Guam 96931 TEL 671 649 6555 8 12 V SAIPAN Pacific International Marianas Inc d b a Midway Motors P O Box 887 Saipan MP 96950 TEL 670 234 7524 Triple J Saipan Inc d b a Triple J Motors P O Box 500487 Saipan MP 96950 0487 TEL 670 234 7133 3051 YV AMERICAN SAMOA Polynesia Motors Inc P O Box 1120 Pago Pago American Samoa 96799 TEL 684 699 9347 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects U S A If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mazda Motor Corporation Your Mazda Importer Distributor If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mazda Motor Corporation Your Mazda Importer Distributor To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other inf
437. rnnsan page 5 35 5 25 Interior Features Audio System V Power Volume Sound Controls Audio display 00 PNA R MEDIA H M CLOCK SCAN Eno arom yero PUSH POWER Menu button Pw er Volume Audio control dial Power ON OFF Switch the ignition to ACC or ON Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on Press the power volume dial again to turn the audio system off Volume adjustment To adjust the volume turn the power volume dial Turn the power volume dial to the right to increase volume to the left to decrease it 5 26 Audio sound adjustment 1 Press the menu button MENU to select the function The selected function will be indicated 2 Turn the audio control dial to adjust the selected functions as follows Setting value Indication Turn Turn Left Right ALC Automatic volume Poa 5 Level p ecrease increase adjustment BASS Decrease Increase Low pitch sound bass bass TREB Decrease Increase Treble sound treble treble FADE Shift the Shift the Front back volume sound to sound to balance the front the rear BAL Shift the Shift the Left right volume sound to sound to balance the left the right BEEP Audio operation sound Of On BT SETUP Select mode 12Hr 24Hr 12Hr lt gt 24Hr Flashing Flashing Depending on the model this function may not be available Interior Features Audio System
438. rol and an accident NOTE When driving at high speeds the gear may not shift down During deceleration the gear may automatically shift down depending on vehicle speed When depressing the accelerator fully the transaxle will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed Second gear fixed mode When the selector lever is moved back while the vehicle speed is about 10 km h 6 2 mph or less the transaxle is set in the second gear fixed mode The gear is fixed in second while in this mode for easier acceleration from a stop and driving on slippery roads such as snow covered roads If the selector lever is moved back or forward while in the second gear fixed mode the mode will be canceled When Driving Transaxle 4 29 When Driving Transaxle Shift gear shifting speed limit For each gear position while in the manual mode the speed limit is set as follows When the selector lever is operated within the range of the speed limit the gear is shifted 0 km h 0 mph 100 km h 60 mph La gt Shift up The gear does not shift up while the vehicle speed is lower than the speed limit Shift down The gear does not shift down while the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit If the vehicle speed exceeds the speed limit and the gear does not shift down the gear position indication flashes 2 times to notify the driver that the gear cannot be shifted Kickdown When the accelera
439. rt Refer to AUX USB iPod mode on page 5 57 Interior Features Audio System YW Error Indications If you see an error indication on the audio display find the cause in the chart If you cannot clear the error indication take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Indication Cause Solution CDis Insert the CD properly If the error indication inserted wneide continues to display Pani consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer CHECK CD Insert another CD properly If the error CD is indication continues defective to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 35 Interior Features Audio System Audio Set Type B NOTE The explanation of functions described in this manual may differ from the actual operation and the shapes of screens and buttons and the letters and characters displayed may also differ from the actual appearance Additionally depending on future software updates the content may successively change without notice Audio Set Type B has three different human interfaces Commander with switches Touch panel Voice recognition with steering switch and microphone Commander and switch operation Volume dial NOTE For safety reasons some operations are disabled while the vehicle is being driven Volume dial operation Press the volume dial to switch the audio MUTE on and off Turn the volume dial to adjust the volume The volume increases by turning
440. ry 120 000 km 75 000 miles ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Tire Rotation Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I Brake and clutch fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I Disc brakes I I I I Rotate every 8 000 km 5 000 miles perforation Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I Steering operation and linkages I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel I I bearing axial play Driveshaft dust boots I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T Body condition for rust corrosion and I I I I Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72 000 km 45 000 miles or 5 years All locks and hinges L L LI LyI LY _LY _Ly LY YLy _LyY LyI Le Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter Replace every 40 000 km 25 000 miles or 2 years 6 11 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace L Lubricate T Tighten Remarks 1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissio
441. ry s phone Registered voice tag Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt Home Work Mobile or Other 10 Say Beep Mobile Say Home Work Mobile or Other for the desired location to be registered 11 Prompt Mobile Location to be registered Is this correct 12 Say Beep Yes 13 Prompt Number please 14 Say Beep KXXXXXXKXKXX Say the phone number to be registered 15 Prompt XXXXXXXXXXX Phone number registration After the beep continue to add numbers or say Go Back to re enter the last entered numbers or press the Pick Up button to save the number Some models 5 93 Interior Features Bluetooth 16 Registration Press the pick up button or say Enter then go to Step 17 Adding inputting telephone number Say XX XX desired telephone number then go to Step 15 Telephone number correction Say Go Back The prompt replies Go Back The last entered numbers have been removed Then go back to Step 13 17 Prompt Number saved Would you like to add another number for this entry 18 Say Beep Yes or No 19 If Yes an additional phone number registration can be made for the same entry If No the system returns to standby status Import contact 5 Phonebook data from your device Mobile phone can be sent and registered t
442. s can be found in stores These may fit your vehicle but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda vehicles When you install non genuine parts or accessories they could affect your vehicle s performance or safety systems the Mazda warranty doesn t cover this Before you install any non genuine parts or accessories consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer WARNING Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non genuine parts or accessories Installation of non genuine parts or accessories is dangerous Improperly designed parts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle s performance or safety systems This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of injuries in an accident Be very careful in choosing and installing add on electrical equipment such as mobile telephones two way radios stereo systems and car alarm systems Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add on equipment or choosing an improper installer is dangerous Essential systems could be damaged causing engine stalling air bag SRS activation ABS TCS DSC inactivation or a fire in the vehicle Mazda assumes no responsibility for death injury or expenses that may result from the installation of add on non genuine parts or accessories 8 18 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Cell Phones Cell Phones Warning A WARNING Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communicatio
443. s depend on the content provided by Aha Example of use Location Based 3 When the amp icon is selected the Services location of the currently displayed 1 Select the desired station from the destination is displayed on the Nearby tab on the main menu navigation only with navigation The destination name or address system playback starts in the order of the 4 When the icon is selected a phone destination name list call is placed to the currently displayed destination XXXXX Shout XXXX took Some social stations such as Facebook or 321 E 8th Street 4 Holland XXXXX Caraoke support the ability to record and StANE amp sooodoooan share voice messages using the Shout function migivi ak 1 Select the icon and start the countdown 3 2 1 0 Recording starts 2 Select the C icon and display the when the countdown reaches zero content list Other cafes can be 2 Records voice selected 3 Select the SAVE icon and store post the Selection of other destinations from the recording list can be made g NOTE m m 10 20 e A maximum of 30 seconds can be a recorded 123 Street O gt Recording is stopped automatically E BP Sier O gt after 30 seconds have elapsed from p when the recording started You can then post or delete the recording 5 122 Interior Features Bluetooth V How to Use
444. s from delivery to the buyer or 18 000 miles on the vehicle s odometer whichever occurs first one or more of the following occurs The same nonconformity a failure to conform to the written warranty that substantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven AND the nonconformity has been subject to repair two or more times by Mazda or its agents AND the buyer or lessee has directly notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the nonconformity OR The same nonconformity has been subject to repair 4 or more times by Mazda or its agents AND the buyer has notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the nonconformity OR The vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of nonconformities by Mazda or its agents for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days after delivery of the vehicle to the buyer NOTICE TO Mazda AS REQUIRED ABOVE SHALL BE SENT TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 ATTN Customer Mediation 8 The following remedies may be sought in BBB AUTO LINE repairs reimbursement for money paid to repair a vehicle or other expenses incurred as result of a vehicle nonconformity repurchase or replacement of your vehicle and compensation for damages and remedies available under Mazda s written warranty or applicable law 9 The following remedies m
445. s if not done properly You can be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures If you must run the engine while working under the hood make certain that you remove all jewelry especially rings bracelets watches and necklaces and all neckties scarves and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling fan which may turn on unexpectedly Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous It becomes even more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury ey S switch the ignition to off and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling fan Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured Do not leave items in the engine compartment After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment do not forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage ora fire leading to an unexpected accident 6 23 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance WARNING Always check that the hood is closed and securely locked A hood that is not closed and securely locked is dangerous as it could fly ope
446. s the brake pedal and pull the parking brake lever upwards then press the release button While holding the button lower the parking brake lever all the way down to the released position V Warning Light The warning light turns on when the system has a malfunction Refer to Warning Lights on page 4 17 V Brake Pad Wear Indicator When the disc brake pads become worn the built in wear indicators contact the disc plates This causes a screeching noise to warn that the pads should be replaced When you hear this noise consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible 4 47 When Driving Brake WARNING Do not drive with worn disc pads Driving with worn disc pads is dangerous The brakes could fail and cause a serious accident As soon as you hear a screeching noise consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer W Brake Assist During emergency braking situations when it is necessary to depress the brake pedal with greater force the brake assist system provides braking assistance thus enhancing braking performance When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly the brakes apply more firmly NOTE When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly the pedal will feel softer but the brakes will apply more firmly This is a normal effect of the brake assist operation and does not indicate a malfunction When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly
447. sage Deletes a message The messages stored in a device is also deleted Select the sentence on the displayed reply screen and select the sentence for sending from li NOTE Up to three preset messages can be selected Editing preset messages 1 Select the icon on the home screen and display the Communication screen 2 Select the Settings icon 3 Select the icon 4 Select the preset message which you would like to edit The keyboard screen is displayed 5 When the message is input and is selected the message is stored as a preset message NOTE Select the icon to change the language Select the icon to switch between capitalized and lower case characters Select the icon to return to the previous screen without storing the edit 5 106 V Communication Settings Interior Features Bluetooth Select the icon on the home screen and display the Communication screen Select the Settings icon to change the setting Item Setting Function SMS Notifications On Off Notifies when a new messages is received Incoming Call On Off Notifies when an incoming call is received Notification Auto Download Call Downloads Call History automatically when the hands free unit is On Off history connected to the device Auto Download Downloads the phonebook automatically when the hands free unit is x On Off Contacts connected to the device Auto Download Text
448. se the vehicle speed up to 25 km h 16 mph or more and press the RESUME switch To Temporarily Cancel To temporarily cancel the system use one of these methods Slightly depress the brake pedal Depress the clutch pedal Manual transaxle only Press the CANCEL switch If the RESUME switch is pressed when the vehicle speed is 25 km h 16 mph or higher the system reverts to the previously set speed 4 59 When Driving Cruise Control YW To Deactivate To deactivate the system press the OFF switch 4 60 When Driving Tire Pressure Monitoring System Tire Pressure Monitoring System The Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS monitors the air pressure of all four tires If the air pressure of one or more tires is too low the system warns the driver by indicating the tire pressure monitoring system warning light in the instrument cluster and operating a beep sound The system monitors the tire pressures indirectly using the data sent from the ABS wheel speed sensors To allow the system to operate correctly the system needs to be initialized with the specified tire pressure value on the tire pressure label Follow the procedure and perform the initialization Refer to Tire Pressure Monitoring System Initialization on page 4 64 The warning light flashes when the system has a malfunction Refer to Warning Lights on page 4 17 ABS wheel speed sensor Some models 4 61 When Driving
449. se this switch to turn on the fog lights The fog lights will improve visibility at night and during foggy conditions To turn the fog lights on rotate the fog light switch to the 0 position Fog light switch The headlight switch must be in the 2D position before turning on the fog lights The fog light indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminates while the fog light are on To turn the fog lights off rotate the fog light switch to the OFF position or turn the headlight switch to the 200 or OFF position NOTE The fog lights will turn off when the headlights are set at high beams With auto light control If the fog light switch is in the 0 position and the headlight switch is in the AUTO position the fog lights will turn on when the headlights the exterior lights and dashboard illumination turn on Some models 4 37 When Driving Switches and Controls Turn and Lane Change Signals The ignition must be switched ON to use the turn and lane change signals VY Turn Signals Move the signal lever down for a left turn or up for a right turn to the stop position The signal will self cancel after the turn is completed If the indicator light continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to its original position Right turn li Right lane change Left lane change Left turn The turn signal indicators green in the instrument cluster flash accordi
450. secivcseseseecinens ccveersesseetiers cee 4 2 Ignition not switched off STOP warning DECD pinte a cease E 7 35 Immobilizer System cece 3 41 Indicator Lights 4 19 BSM OFF reiii nessie 4 71 Low engine coolant temperature 4 20 Wiene hienak enere anA NE A 4 20 Inside Trunk Release Lever 3 25 Inspecting Brake Clutch Fluid Level 6 31 10 4 Inspecting Coolant Level 6 29 Inspecting Engine Oil Level 6 28 Inspecting Washer Fluid Level 6 31 Interior Cate credn eea geckos 6 69 Cleaning the Lap Shoulder Belt We bDDING serecek 6 71 Cleaning the Upholstery and Interior THUD PERE E EE 6 69 Cleaning the Window Interiors 6 71 Dashboard Precautions 6 69 Interior Lights cc eeeeeeeeteeeeeeees 5 130 Luggage Compartment Light 5 130 Map Lights cceececeereeeeeneeees 5 130 Overhead Lights 0 0 ee eeeeeee 5 130 J JACK naa 7 4 Jump Starting seess eesse 7 15 K Key removed from vehicle warning DCE edie E EAA 7 35 Key Suspend Function ee 3 8 Key left in luggage compartment warning beep With the advanced keyless FUN CHOM erep eneee aiii 7 35 Key left in vehicle warning beep With the advanced keyless function 7 36 Keyless Entry System e eee 3 3 KeYS ene eee ee eh eee Ras 3 2 Key suspend function eee 3 8 Transmitter ee eeeeceeeeeeeceeeeeeeteeens 3 4 L Label Information cc ceeeeereet
451. selected to defrost the windshield In the 4 or W position the outside air mode cannot be changed to the recirculated air mode A C switch Pressing the A C switch while the AUTO switch is turned on will turn off the air conditioning cooling dehumidifying functions The air conditioning can be turned on and off by pressing the A C switch while the fan control switch is on NOTE The air conditioning operates when the A C switch is pressed even if the fan is off The air conditioner may not function when the outside temperature approaches 0 C 32 F Air intake selector Outside or recirculated air positions can be selected Press the switch to select outside recirculated air positions 5 13 Interior Features Climate Control System Recirculated air position S Outside air is shut off Use this position when going through tunnels driving in congested traffic high engine exhaust areas or when quick cooling is desired Outside air position Outside air is allowed to enter the cabin Use this mode for ventilation or windshield defrosting WARNING Do not use the lt amp position in cold or rainy weather Using the lt amp gt position in cold or rainy weather is dangerous as it will cause the windows to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead toa serious accident DUAL switch Use the DUAL switch to change the mode between the individual operation driver and pass
452. senger s air bag system will determine that the driver or front passenger is wearing the seat belt even if the driver or front passenger is not wearing it This condition could cause the driver s or front passenger s air bag to not activate correctly and result in death or serious injury in the event of collision Always wear the seat belt with the seat belt extender Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system on the front or rear passenger seat Using a seat belt extender to fasten a child restraint system on any seat is dangerous Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions and never use a seat belt extender NOTE When not in use remove the seat belt extender and store it in the vehicle If the seat belt extender is left connected the seat belt extender might get damaged as it will not retract with the rest of the seat belt and can easily fall out of the door when not in use and be damaged In addition the seat belt warning light will not illuminate and function properly Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems 2 21 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Child Restraint Precautions Mazda strongly urges the use of child restraint systems for children small enough to use them You are required by law to use a child restraint system for children in the U S and Canada Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific
453. sessesssessssessesseseseesssessecesseasecseeaseesseeases page 5 69 How to use USB mode Type B csscsscssccssssssssssssesssessesseesscssesssssusssesssssecsecssessecees page 5 69 5 58 WARNING Do not adjust the portable audio unit or a similar product while driving the vehicle Adjusting the portable audio unit or a similar product while driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your attention from the vehicle operation which could lead to a serious accident Always adjust the portable audio unit or a similar product while the vehicle is stopped CAUTION gt Always close the auxiliary jack USB port lid when it is not in use If foreign matter or liquid penetrates the auxiliary jack USB port it may cause a malfunction gt Depending on the portable audio device noise may occur when the device is connected to the vehicle accessory socket If noise occurs do not use the accessory socket NOTE This mode may not be usable depending on the portable audio device to be connected Before using the auxiliary jack USB port refer to the instruction manual for the portable audio device Use a commercially available non impedance 3 5 stereo mini plug for connecting the portable audio unit to the auxiliary jack Before using the auxiliary jack read the manufacturer s instructions for connecting a portable audio unit to the auxiliary jack Interior Features Audio System To pre
454. shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off Mazda strongly recommends that children be properly restrained and child restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rear seats which are the best place for children For more details refer to Front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 56 2 22 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint WARNING Use the correct size child restraint system For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops a child must be properly restrained using a seat belt or child restraint system depending on age and size If not the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident Follow the manufacturer s instructions and always keep the child restraint system buckled down An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Make sure any child restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions When not in use remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child restraint systems and the corresponding tether anchor Always secure a child in a proper child rest
455. sociated with wear of brake and clutch linings If it is excessively low have the brake clutch system inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Washer Fluid YV Inspecting Washer Fluid Level WARNING Use only windshield washer fluid or plain water in the reservoir Using radiator antifreeze as washer fluid is dangerous If sprayed on the windshield it will dirty the windshield affect your visibility and could result in an accident Using Washer Fluid Without Anti freeze Protection in Cold Weather Operating your vehicle in temperatures below 4 degrees C 40 degrees F using washer fluid without anti freeze protection is dangerous as it could cause impaired windshield vision and result in an accident In cold weather always use washer fluid with anti freeze protection NOTE State or local regulations may restrict the use of volatile organic compounds VOCs which are commonly used as anti freeze agents in washer fluid A washer fluid with limited VOC content should be used only if it provides adequate freeze resistance for all regions and climates in which the vehicle will be operated 6 31 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir add fluid if necessary Use plain water if washer fluid is unavailable But use only washer fluid in cold weather to prevent it from freezing NOTE Front and rear washer
456. sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries When working near a battery do not allow metal tools to contact the positive or negative terminal of the battery Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries Do not jump start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level Jump starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous It may rupture or explode causing serious injury Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative terminal of the discharged battery is dangerous A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts cooling fans belts is dangerous The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury 7 15 If Trouble Arises Battery Runs Out A CAUTION Use only a 12 V booster system You can damage a 12 V starter ignition system and other e
457. splay the folder file list at the top level Audio can be heard from the vehicle s speakers by connecting a commercially available portable audio unit to the auxiliary jack 7 Use a commercially available non matt 10 20 impedance 3 5 stereo mini plug cable In addition audio can be played from the Folder Name A vehicle audio device by connecting a USB Folder Name B device or an iPod to the USB port Folder Name C Refer to AUX USB iPod mode on page 5 57 S 8 Audio Filename 1 alulil ili Audio Filename 2 2 When the folder is selected folders file lists in the folder are displayed 3 Select the desired song NOTE Select the Y icon to move to a folder one level higher The appearance of the repeat and shuffle icons changes depending on the type of operation in which the function is used 5 52 Interior Features Audio System V Settings NOTE Depending on the grade and specification the screen display may differ Select the icon on the home screen and display the Settings screen Switch the tab and select the setting item you want to change You can customize settings in the setup display as follows Tab Item Function Display Refer to Volume Display Sound Controls on page 5 40 Safety Blind Spot Monitoring Volume Refer to Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System on page 4 65 Sound Refer to Volume Display Sound Controls on page 5 40 Refer to Windsh
458. ss the push button start off 3 Make sure the hood the doors and the liftgate trunk lid are closed 4 Press the lock button on the transmitter or lock the driver s door from the outside with the auxiliary key The hazard warning lights will flash once The following method will also arm the theft deterrent system Press the door lock switch B while any door is open and then close all of the doors With the advanced keyless function Press a request switch The security indicator light in the instrument panel flashes twice per second for 20 seconds en 5 After 20 seconds the system is fully armed Some models 3 43 Before Driving Security System NOTE The theft deterrent system can also be armed by activating the auto relock function with all the doors the liftgate trunk lid and the hood closed Refer to Transmitter on page 3 4 The system will disarm if one of the following operations takes place within 20 seconds after pressing the lock button Unlocking any door Opening any door or the liftgate trunk lid Opening the hood Switching the ignition on With the advanced keyless function Pressing the electric liftgate trunk lid opener while the key is being carried To rearm the system do the arming procedure again When the doors are locked by pressing the lock button on the transmitter or using the auxiliary key while the theft deterrent system is armed the
459. ssential Safety Equipment Seats A CAUTION gt When operating a seat be careful not to put your hands or fingers near the moving parts of the seat or on the side trim to prevent injury gt When moving the seats make sure there is no cargo in the surrounding area If the cargo gets caught it could damage the cargo gt Manual Seat When returning a rear reclined seatback of a front seat to its upright position make sure you hold onto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever If the seatback is not supported it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury gt Power Seat The seat bottom power adjustment is operated by motors Avoid extended operation because excessive use can damage the motors gt To prevent the battery from running down avoid using the power adjustment when the engine is stopped The adjuster uses a large amount of electrical power gt Do not use the switch to make more than one adjustment at a time NOTE When returning a rear seat to its original position place the seatbelt in its normal position Verify that the seat belt pulls out and retracts 2 4 Essential Safety Equipment Seats Front Seat V Seat Operation Power operation 1 With power operation seat only Seat Slide Manual Seat To move a seat forward or backward raise the lever and slide the seat to the desired position and release the lever Make sure the lever returns to its original
460. ssibility that the transaxle will switch to automatic shift mode canceling manual shift mode and turning off the gear position indication illumination This is a normal function to protect the automatic transaxle After the ATF temperature has decreased the gear position indication illumination turns back on and driving in manual shift mode is restored Shifting You can shift gears up and down by operating the selector lever or the steering shift switches Manually Shifting up M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 To shift up to a higher gear move the selector lever back once 4 28 Some models NOTE When driving slowly the gears may not shift up In manual shift mode do not run the engine with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE When the engine rpm is high a gear may shift up automatically to protect the engine When depressing the accelerator fully the transaxle will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed Manually Shifting down M6 M5 M4 M3 M2 M1 To shift down to a lower gear move the selector lever forward once WARNING Do not use engine braking on slippery road surfaces or at high speeds Shifting down while driving on wet snowy or frozen roads or while driving at high speeds causes sudden engine braking which is dangerous The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid This could lead to loss of vehicle cont
461. ssscvestevsecncosasesceesdens isyeri sisya 9 4 Personalization Features sscccccsssssscscccsssscscsccsessscsccccssscsssccesesees 9 10 Personalization Features cccccccccesssssscsccssssesecseessssseceeeeees 9 10 9 1 Specifications Identification Numbers Vehicle Information Labels Y Chassis Number Open the cover shown in the figure to V Vehicle Identification Number check the chassis number The vehicle identification number legally identifies your vehicle The number is on a plate attached to the cowl panel located on the left corner of the dashboard This plate can easily be seen through the windshield wo V Vehicle Emission Control Information Label U S A and ra Canada V Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label U S A and Canada ae Ay h Specifications Identification Numbers V Engine Number Forward 9 3 Specifications Specifications Specifications Y Engine Item Specification Type DOHC 16V in line 4 cylinder Bore x Stroke 83 5 x 91 2 mm 3 29 x 3 59 in Displacement 1 997 6 ml 1 997 6 cc Compression ratio 13 0 V Electrical System Item Classification Battery 12V 60Ah 20HR or 12V 65Ah 20HR Spark plug number Mazda Genuine spark plug PESR 18 110 or PESS 18 110 1 The spark plugs provide the SEYACTIV G its optimum performance Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details A CAUTION When cleaning
462. sssesseesseessessseesesscesseesseessesssesseeeseesseessees page 4 57 Climate control ES a page 5 2 CB AWA BYR a page 5 16 Navigation system if equipped cecsceescssssessesesssessseeseeseen Refer to the separate manual Seat warmer SwitChes cccccsscessssssessssssscssssessessesssesssssssssssessscssesssesssesssssssssssssesseess page 2 7 Rear window defogger SWitCh ee eecececeseeceseeeseeseceseeeeceeeeeceaeeseceseeeaeeaeceeeeeeaees page 4 43 CD OAV Et cirscccareansvescatamnci Reese daasumicumaena as omc auiassamanaialies page 5 16 Manual transaxle shift lever c ccsscesssssssesssessesssesssessseeseesscessessseesseessessneeseesseessees page 4 21 Automatic transaxle selector lever cc ccssccssssssseessesssessseeseesseesssesseesesssesseeeseesseessen page 4 24 Lock release lever c scsssesssssssssssessesssecssessseesessssessecsuecseessscssessesessesssesseesseessessesees page 3 32 Hood release handle ccesccssscssscssessssessesssesssesssessessseseesssesseessessssssessessssessessees page 6 24 Remote fuel filler lid release ccececcseceseseeseeseeseeeeeecaeeeeeeeseceeeseeeesaeeeeereatea page 3 30 Dy Trunk release Wat tj csssenccacesssassoxesessbes adoenesasvastausisrsas ees arbveresensadreastuvedatevenioestuasis page 3 21 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle 1 3 Pictorial Index Interior Overview Interior Equipment View C DENA S saa tones ecemeteveecresss ens ceenesbeda eeeesa
463. st before it reaches the fully closed position or while holding up the power window switch Blocking the power window just before it reaches the fully closed position or while holding up the power window switch is dangerous In this case the jam safe function cannot prevent the window from closing all the way If fingers are caught serious injuries could occur Before Driving Windows NOTE Depending on driving conditions a closing power window could stop and start opening when the window feels a shock that is similar to something blocking it In the event the jam safe function activates and the power window cannot be closed automatically pull and hold the switch and the window will close The jam safe window function does not operate until the system has been reset Engine off power window operation The power window can be operated for about 40 seconds after the ignition is switched from ON to off with all doors closed If any door is opened the power window will stop operating NOTE For engine off operation of the power window the switch must be held up firmly throughout window closure because the auto closing function will be inoperable 3 37 Before Driving Windows YV Operating the Passenger Power Windows To open the window to the desired position hold down the switch To close the window to the desired position pull up the switch Close R lt NOTE The power windows may be oper
464. st system does not operate while the ABS warning light is illuminated If this light illuminates while driving the vehicle may have a problem It is important to note the driving conditions when the light illuminated and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer The check engine light may illuminate in the following cases Kr The fuel tank level being very low or approaching empty Check Engine Light The engine s electrical system has a problem The emission control system has a problem The fuel filler cap is missing or not tightened securely If the check engine light remains on or it flashes continuously do not drive at high speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The light indication illuminates when the transaxle has a problem AT CAUTION Transaxle Warnin F PEA P Light g If the automatic transaxle warning light illuminates the transaxle has an electrical problem Continuing to drive your Mazda in this condition could cause damage to your transaxle Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Some models 7 27 If Trouble Arises Warning Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds Signal Warning er PT Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON If any of these occur consult an
465. stem and stay locked on it See the section on child restraint page 2 22 2 14 Some models 3 Point Type Seat Belt V Fastening the Seat Belt i Seat belt tongue wy Seat belt SS buckle NESS Position the lap belt as low as possible not on the abdominal area then adjust the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly against your body Take up slack Keep low on hip bone y Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems V Unfastening the Seat Belt Depress the button on the seat belt buckle If the belt does not fully retract pull it out and check for kinks or twists Then make sure it remains untwisted as it retracts A at aw SS J Button NOTE Ifa belt does not fully retract inspect it for kinks and twists If it is still not retracting properly have it inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer YV Front Shoulder Belt Adjuster To raise To lower ee q Make sure the adjuster is locked 2 15 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Seat Belt Warning Systems If it detects that the driver s seat belt is unfastened the warning light or beep alerts the driver Refer to Warning Indicator Lights on page 4 16 2 16 Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems For optimum protection the driver and front passenger seat belts are equipped with pretensioner and load limiting systems For both these systems to work properly you must
466. stered to the phonebook Phonebook incoming outgoing call record and favorite memories are exclusive to each mobile phone to protect privacy Redial Function This voice command places a call to the last person called 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Redial 5 100 Call back Function This voice command makes a call to the last person who called you 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Call back Favorites Contacts A maximum of 50 contacts can be registered It will take less time to make a call after registering the telephone number In addition you do not have to look for the person you want to call in the phonebook Registering to your favorites 1 Select the icon on the home screen and display the Communication screen 2 Select the Favorites icon to display the favorites list 3 Select the Add Edit Communication Favorite icon 4 Select the Add New Contact icon 5 Select the contact NOTE If the battery is disconnected your favorites list will not be deleted Making a call from your favorites 1 Select the icon on the home screen and display the Communication screen 2 Select the icon to display the favorites list 3 Only one phone number is registered to contact Select the contact information you would like to call Go to Step 5 Multiple phone numbers are registered to con
467. t A rear passenger puts their feet on the front seat rails gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint gt Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket gt The seat is washed gt Liquids are spilled on the seat gt The front passenger seat is moved backward pushing into luggage or other items placed behind it gt The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat gt Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places for children Always use seat belts and child restraints Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side and curtain air bags It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window the area of the front passenger seat the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy even if a child restraint system is used The impact of inflation from a side or curtain air bag could cause serious injury or death to an out of position child Furthermore leaning over or against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection With the front air
468. t A rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with their feet gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint gt Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket gt The seat is washed gt Liquids are spilled on the seat gt The front passenger seat is moved backward pushing into luggage or other items placed behind it gt The front passenger seatback contacts the rear seat gt Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat A CAUTION gt To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the sensors in the front seat bottoms gt Do not place sharp objects on the front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on them gt Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats gt To allow the sensors to function properly always perform the following gt Adjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly gt Ifyou place your child on the front passenger seat secure the child restraint system properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible page 2 30 2 59 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags NOTE The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between t
469. t Correctly insert the plug into the accessory socket gt Do not insert the cigarette lighter into the accessory socket gt Noise may occur on the audio playback depending on the device connected to the accessory socket gt Depending on the device connected to the accessory socket the vehicle s electrical system may be affected which could cause the warning light to illuminate Disconnect the connected device and make sure that the problem is resolved If the problem is resolved disconnect the device from the socket and switch the ignition off If the problem is not resolved consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE To prevent discharging of the battery do not use the socket for long periods with the engine off or idling Interior Features Interior Equipment Connecting the accessory socket 1 Open the lid 2 Pass the connection plug cord through the cutout of the console and insert the plug into the accessory socket 5 133 Interior Features Interior Equipment Cup Holder A WARNING Never use a cup holder to hold hot liquids while the vehicle is moving Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids while the vehicle is moving is dangerous If the contents spill you could be scalded Do not put anything other than cups or drink cans in cup holders Putting objects other than cups or drink cans in a cup holder is dangerous During sudden braking or maneuvering occupants could be hit a
470. t synchronize automatically Operate the cell phone for synchronization It takes a long time to complete the function for changing the language A maximum of 60 seconds is required 5 128 Sunvisors When you need a sunvisor lower it for use in front or swing it to the side Sunv sor os of nl a T ow A J U ded MSS SS aa a ce Ao ole lee 1 1 YW Side Extension Sunvisors The visor extender extends the sunvisor s range of sun shading To use pull it out A CAUTION When moving the sunvisor retract the visor extender to its original position Otherwise the visor extender could hit the rearview mirror Interior Features Interior Equipment V Vanity Mirrors To use the vanity mirror lower the sunvisor If your vehicle is equipped with a vanity mirror light it will illuminate when you open the cover To prevent the battery from being discharged the vanity mirror will only illuminate in the tilt range shown below Some models 5 129 Interior Features Interior Equipment Interior Lights Overhead Lights Switch A Position Overhead Lights OFF Light off Light is on when any door is open DOOR Light is on or off when the illuminated entry system is on ON Light on With Map Lights Front Rear 5 130 Some models Without Map Lights OFF DOOR NOTE
471. t a a eas 3 9 Operational Range ee 3 10 Doors and LOcKS sccsseccseesees 3 11 Door LOCKS ccecceseeeceeeeeeeeeeeens 3 11 Liftgate Trunk Lid 3 20 Inside Trunk Release Lever 4 DOOL ececececccscssesesceeesesesesees 3 25 Fuel and Emission sscscsscsseees 3 27 Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions ccsccesceeceeeeeseeeeens 3 27 Fuel Filler Lid and Cap 3 30 Steering Wheel cccsssssssessceees 3 32 Steering Wheel eee 3 32 IVITT OTS seas seessastessccctevsictececsvsnetesosssosese 3 33 Mirrors 4 4 snes EE 3 33 WINDOWS 5 iescssscscedesctcccstescecescstssssieeses 3 36 Power Windows cccecceeeeeeees 3 36 Moonroof sasssssssssssisssssresieseereee 3 39 Security System e sssessesosssssssessesoesosoe Modification and Add On Eguipient se crenn a oe Immobilizer System Theft Deterrent System Driving Tips ccccsscssssseesesesseees 3 45 Break In Period eee eee 3 45 Money Saving Suggestions 3 45 Hazardous Driving 3 46 Floor Mat encart nene renna 3 46 Rocking the Vehicle 3 47 Winter Driving wo eee 3 47 Driving In Flooded Area 3 49 Overloading s es 3 50 Driving on Uneven Road 3 51 TOWING csscsscsscsssssecsesscesscssssessesseees 3 52 Trailer TOWING eects 3 52 Recreational Towing 3 52 Some models 3 1 Before Driving Keys WARNING Do not leave the
472. tact Select the contact you would like to call to display the screen indicating the details for the contact Go to Step 4 4 Select the phone number you would like to call 5 Select the YES icon Deleting from your favorites 1 Select the icon on the home screen and display the Communication screen 2 Select the Favorites icon to display the favorites list 3 Select the Add Edit Communication Favorite icon 4 Select the Delete icon 5 Select the contact information which you would like to delete 6 Select the Delete icon Changing the display order of your favorites list 1 Select the icon on the home screen and display the Communication screen 2 Select the Favorites icon to display the favorites list 3 Select the Add Edit Communication Favorite icon 4 Select the Move icon 5 The contact can be moved after it is selected 6 Move the contact and select the LOK icon Changing contact name of your favorites 1 Select the icon on the home screen and display the Communication screen 2 Select the Favorites icon to display the favorites list Select the Rename icon 4 Select the contact to display the keyboard screen 5 Ifa new name is input and the LOK icon is selected the contact name is stored ies Interior Features Bluetooth NOTE If the cont
473. tations Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label 8 40 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information U S A Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs 5 Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle 8 41 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Declaration of Conformity Declaration of Conformity VY Keyless Entry System Immobilizer System FCC WARNING
474. tch to the link change mode Refer to Changing the link to a Bluetooth audio device The device name displayed first is the device which is currently linked Deleting a device 1 Using the audio control dial select the pairing delete mode PAIR DELETE in the BT SETUP mode Refer to Bluetooth audio device set up for details Interior Features Bluetooth 2 Press the audio control dial to determine the mode 3 The name of the first device among the paired devices is displayed 4 Rotate the audio control dial and select the name of the paired device you would like to delete Device name 1 vs Device name 2 Device name 3 E N To VOL Device name 4 AN v4 O Device name 5 Ws Device name 6 v4 Device name 7 v4 CO BACK lt NOTE Only the names of paired devices can be displayed If only one device is paired only the name for this device is displayed 5 Ifa selection other than GO BACK is made and the audio control dial is pressed SURE NO is displayed 6 Rotate the audio control dial clockwise and switch the display to SURE YES NOTE The display changes as follows depending on whether the audio control dial is rotated clockwise or counterclockwise Clockwise SURE YES displayed Counterclockwise SURE NO displayed 5 83 Interior Features Bluetooth
475. tecnnstonsteeur sarees tatseeeneindreemetetes page 2 12 OS A T A page 2 40 OB CE C E csxaceecvgnconiecsneedcsdegtaineeniesthadiceshen nnilkericesdesdbecdatstesSecsicecteiteesigorins page 5 135 Vanity M ITOT sexssccssnsdenesesssssscaveesesascsesosbasavsesstbassueschusesssousesussavessasianeebesessenabonucess page 5 129 Moonroof switch c sccsccssssesssesssssssessessssessssssessessseesssesseesssssesssssseessnsssesseesseesssessens page 3 39 Overhead lights ccccccccscsessssssessssssseessssssessucssessssssessussscsssessessesessessecsseesesessesses page 5 130 BS AS WMO a cnc cas ceases deca cn eiabsce ecziceecclzanandeon dzagin caiensasdeadneondbacddvons page 3 34 POUND VIS OD feces sacs e e es NEE ER page 5 129 Q Glove compartment c cccsscescssssessesssessessessessesssessecsessssssessessessessiessesssesseseseseeseees page 5 136 O Hazard warning flasher SWitch cecccssscssssesseesseesssesseesessseessessseessesssesseesseesseessens page 4 45 ORT STA ANS csc icse dans vcsSeiventete ce tse vets deb ot vwbdenebebcbca nso ticebcducaeaeees page 4 47 Commander switch cccscecseessessseessesssesseesssssseessesssesssesseesseessesssecsuesssesseessesteeesses page 5 36 EKON O C E sass ancts coate ao caastale ocanthes des lastoeeucorn iene diioeden aan daatee bee page 5 134 D Front ES jcc ec caecpneisectoecbesisenchcednntdcedhcoinac ancteatadeanesteeduusbeeitanslonacsnctetoucecesiaenes page 2 5 Center itis OE oases ses rtsesasarients
476. terior Features Bluetooth Bluetooth Type A Type B Bluetooth Hands Free outline When a Bluetooth device mobile phone is connected to the vehicle s hands free unit via radio wave transmission a call can be made or received using the talk button pick up button and hang up button or by operating the panel For example even if a device mobile phone is in your coat pocket a call can be made without taking the device mobile phone out and operating it directly Bluetooth audio outline When a portable audio unit equipped with the Bluetooth communication function is paired to the vehicle you can listen to music stored on the paired portable audio device from the vehicle s speakers It is not necessary to connect the portable audio device to the vehicle s external input terminal After programming operate the vehicle audio control panel to play stop the audio NOTE For your safety a device can be paired only when the vehicle is parked If the vehicle starts to move the pairing procedure will end Park the vehicle in a safe place before pairing The communication range of a Bluetooth equipped device is about 10 meters 32 ft or less A CAUTION Some Bluetooth mobile devices are not compatible with the vehicle Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Mazda s call center or Web support center for information regarding Bluetooth mobile device compatibility gt U S A Phone 800 430 0153 Web www Mazda
477. tes in BBB AUTO LINE a mediation arbitration program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus 4200 Wilson Boulevard Arlington Virginia 22203 through local Better Business Bureaus BBB AUTO LINE and Mazda have been certified by the Arbitration Certification Program of the California Department of Consumer A ffairs 2 If you have a problem arising under a Mazda written warranty we encourage you to bring it to our attention If we are unable to resolve it you may file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE Claims must be filed with BBB AUTO LINE within six 6 months after the expiration of the warranty 3 To file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE call 1 800 955 5100 There is no charge for the call 4 In order to file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE you will have to provide your name and address the brand name and vehicle identification number VIN of your vehicle and a statement of the nature of your problem or complaint You will also be asked to provide the approximate date of your acquisition of the vehicle the vehicle s current mileage the approximate date and mileage at the time any problem s were first brought to the attention of Mazda or one of our dealers and a statement of the relief you are seeking 5 BBB AUTO LINE staff may try to help resolve your dispute through mediation If mediation is not successful or if you do not wish to participate in mediation claims within the program s jurisdiction may be presented to an arbitra
478. the PIN code must be initialized first By using the session lock the parental lock can be enabled or disabled during the current drive cycle from when the ignition is switched on to switched off When the session lock is on the parental lock is available When the session lock is off the parental lock is temporarily cancelled When canceling the parental lock or session lock or when changing the PIN code PIN code input is required 5 48 PIN code reset If the registered code has been forgotten reset the code to the default 0000 code l 2 Select the A icon If the selected channel is locked input the PIN code to cancel the parental lock temporarily Select the Reset PIN Code icon Input the default code 0000 using the number buttons Select the OK icon Input the new PIN code using the number buttons Select the LOK icon MEMO Interior Features Audio System YV Operating the Compact Disc CD Player CD eject button CD slot Nenie WF CT Type Playable data Music MP3 WMA Music data CD DA AAC CD player MP3 WMA AAC file NOTE Ifa disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 WMA AAC files playback of the two or three file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded Inserting the CD Insert the CD into the slot label side up The auto loading mechanism will set the CD and b
479. the Service Manager has already reviewed your concerns contact the owner of the dealership or its General Manager VW STEP 2 Contact the Mazda Regional Office If you feel that you still require assistance ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative If more expedient contact Mazda Canada Inc Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements Regional Office address and phone numbers are shown page 8 8 V STEP 3 Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department If still not substantially satisfied contact the Customer Relations Department Mazda Canada Inc 55 Vogell Road Richmond Hill Ontario L4B 3K5 Canada TEL 1 800 263 4680 Provide the Department with the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle U Vehicle Identification Number VIN Refer to the Vehicle Identification Labels page of section 9 of this manual for the location of the VIN Purchase date Present odometer reading Your dealer s name and location Si eS a The nature of your problem and or cause of dissatisfaction The Department in cooperation with the local Mazda Service Representative will review the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction 8 6 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases
480. the TCS DSC on will provide the best traction If the DSC OFF switch is pressed and held for 10 seconds or more the DSC OFF switch malfunction detection function operates and the DSC system activates automatically The DSC OFF indicator light turns off while the DSC system is operative 4 53 When Driving Fuel Economy Monitor Fuel Economy Monitor For vehicles with type B audio the Control Status and Fuel Consumption are switched and displayed by operating each icon in the display In addition after completing a trip the total energy efficiency to date is displayed in the ending display when the ending display is turned on 1 Select the icon on the home screen to display the Applications screen 2 Select the Fuel Economy Monitor 3 Operate the commander switch or touch the screen and display the menu NOTE When the menu is displayed by touching the screen the display is hidden automatically after 6 seconds 4 Select the icon in the menu and perform the operation Each icon operates as follows Indication on display Control status Hides the menu display f amp Fuel Economy Monitor 10 20 Fuel Economy This Drive 60 Displays the Application screen switches the Fuel Economy Monitor in the order of t f I Control Status and Effectiveness mpg Average 60 50 40 30 20 10 5 omin This Drive Resets the fuel economy data A Fuel E
481. the aging process You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire The period in which the tire was manufactured both week and year is indicated by a 4 digit number Refer to Tire Labeling on page 8 23 6 44 Some models VY Replacing a Wheel WARNING Always use wheels of the correct size on your vehicle Using a wrong sized wheel is dangerous Braking and handling could be affected leading to loss of control and an accident A CAUTION A wrong sized wheel may adversely affect gt Tire fit gt Wheel and bearing life gt Ground clearance gt Snow chain clearance gt Speedometer calibration gt Headlight aim gt Bumper height gt Tire Pressure Monitoring System When replacing a wheel make sure the new one is the same as the original factory wheel in diameter rim width and offset inset outset Proper tire balancing provides the best riding comfort and helps reduce tread wear Out of balance tires can cause vibration and uneven wear such as cupping and flat spots Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Light Bulbs Side turn signal lights Map lights Overhead lights Front Vanity mirror lights 4 Door Front side marker lights Headlights Low beam Fog lights Headlights High beam Daytime running lights Front turn signal lights 5 Door Overhead light Rear Overhead
482. the engine Do not maintain one constant speed either slow or fast for a long period of time Do not drive constantly at full throttle or high engine rpm for extended periods of time Avoid unnecessary hard stops e Avoid full throttle starts Before Driving Driving Tips Money Saving Suggestions How you operate your Mazda determines how far it will travel on a tank of fuel Use these suggestions to help save money on fuel and repairs Avoid long warm ups Once the engine runs smoothly begin driving Avoid fast starts Follow the maintenance schedule page 6 4 and have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform inspections and servicing Use the air conditioner only when necessary Slow down on rough roads Keep the tires properly inflated Do not carry unnecessary weight Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving Keep the wheels in correct alignment Keep windows closed at high speeds Slow down when driving in crosswinds and headwinds WARNING Never stop the engine when going down a hill Stopping the engine when going down a hill is dangerous This causes the loss of power steering and power brake control and may cause damage to the drivetrain Any loss of steering or braking control could cause an accident 3 45 Before Driving Driving Tips Hazardous Driving A WARNING Be extremely careful if it is necessary to downshift on slippery surfaces
483. the iridium plugs do not use a wire brush The fine particulate coating on the iridium alloy and platinum tips could be damaged VY Lubricant Quality Lubricant Classification Engine oil Refer to Recommended Oil on page 6 27 i API Service GL 4 Manual transaxle oil SAE 75W 80 Automatic transaxle fluid Mazda Genuine ATF FZ Brake Clutch fluid SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT 3 NOTE Refer to Introduction on page 6 2 for owner s responsibility in protecting your investment V Capacities Approximate Quantities Specifications Specifications Engine oil Item With oil filter replacement Capacity 4 2 L 4 4 US qt 3 7 Imp qt Without oil filter replacement 4 0 L 4 2 US qt 3 5 Imp qt Coolant Manual transaxle 6 7 L 7 1 US qt 5 9 Imp qt Automatic transaxle 6 9 L 7 3 US qt 6 1 Imp qt Manual transaxle oil 1 70 L 1 80 US qt 1 50 Imp qt Automatic transaxle fluid 7 8 L 8 2 US qt 6 9 Imp qt Fuel tank U S A and Canada 50 0 L 13 2 US gal 11 0 Imp gal Mexico 51 0 L 13 5 US gal 11 2 Imp gal Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges YV Dimensions 4 Door U S A and Canada Item Vehicle specification Overall length 4 580 mm 180 3 in Overall width 1 795 mm 70 7 in Overall height 1 455 mm 57 3 in Front tread 1 555 mm 61 2 in Rear tread 1 56
484. the original station may be temporarily lost and the second station picked up At this time there will be some noise from this disturbance Station 1 Station 2 88 1 8 KEG 5 19 Interior Features Audio System YV Operating Tips for CD Player Condensation phenomenon Immediately after turning on the heater when the vehicle is cold the CD or optical components prism and lens in the CD player may become clouded with condensation At this time the CD will eject immediately when placed in the unit A clouded CD can be corrected simply by wiping it with a soft cloth Clouded optical components will clear naturally in about an hour Wait for normal operation to return before attempting to use the unit Handling the CD player The following precautions should be observed The CD revolves at high speed within the unit Defective cracked or badly bent CDs should never be used Do not use non conventional discs such as heart shaped octagonal discs etc The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction 5 20 If the memory portion of the CD is transparent or translucent do not use the disc Transparent Anew CD may have rough edges on its inner and outer perimeters If a disc with rough edges is used proper setting will not be possible and the CD player will not play the CD In addition the disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction Remove the rough edges in advance by using a
485. the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 3 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or mileage kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 6 6 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance U S A residents Fixed maintenance interval Use when the maintenance monitor for Oil Change is set to Fixed For details see maintenance monitor page 6 20 Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 Maintenance Interval x1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 x1000 miles 75 15 22 5 30 37 5 45 52 5 60 ENGINE Drive belts I Engine oil amp filter R R R R R R R R Fuel lines and hoses COOLING SYSTEM FL22 type Replace at first 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 10 years after yP that every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 5 years Engine coolant 7 Replace at first 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 4 years after that Others every 2 years FUEL SYSTEM Air filter Hoses and tubes for emission IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections Disc brakes Tire Rotation Rotate every 12 000 km 7 500 miles Steering operation and linkages
486. the tire as leaks are dangerous take it to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Some models 7 31 If Trouble Arises Warning Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds KEY Warning Light Take the appropriate action and verify that the warning light turns off Signal Cause Action to be taken Red Flashing The advanced key battery is dead Replace the battery page 6 38 The advanced key is not within the operation range The advanced key is placed in areas inside the cabin where it is difficult for the key to be detected Bring the advanced key into the operation range page 3 7 A key from another manufacturer similar to the advanced key is in the operation range Take the key from another manufacturer similar to the advanced key out of the operation range Without the ignition switched off the advanced key is taken out of the cabin and then all the door are closed Bring the advanced key back into the cabin 7 32 If Trouble Arises Warning Indicator Lights and Warning Sounds Message Indicated on Display If a message is displayed in the center display Type B audio take appropriate action in a calm manner according to the displayed message Display example Y Stop Vehicle in Safe Place Immediately If the following messages are displayed in the center display Typ
487. the type of car wash machine If the car washer nozzle is put too close to the vehicle the force of the spray could damage or deform the molding affect the sealability of parts and allow water to penetrate the interior Keep a sufficient space 30 cm 12 in or more between the nozzle and the vehicle In addition do not spend too much time spraying the same area of the vehicle and be very careful when spraying between gaps in doors and around windows Waxing Your vehicle needs to be waxed when water no longer beads on the finish Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing it In addition to the vehicle body wax the metal trim to maintain its luster 1 Use wax which contains no abrasives Waxes containing abrasive will remove paint and could damage bright metal parts 2 Use a good grade of natural wax for metallic mica and solid colors 3 When waxing coat evenly with the sponge supplied or a soft cloth 4 Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth NOTE A spot remover to remove oil tar and similar materials will usually also take off the wax Rewax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not need it Repairing Damage to the Finish Deep scratches or chips on the finish should be repaired promptly Exposed metal quickly rusts and can lead to major repairs A CAUTION If your Mazda is damaged and needs metal parts repaired or replaced make sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to a
488. thing about who you are For more information see the web page for the Gracenote Privacy Policy for the Gracenote service The Gracenote Software and each item of Gracenote Data are licensed to you AS IS Gracenote makes no representations or warranties express or implied regarding the accuracy of any Gracenote Data from in the Gracenote Servers Gracenote reserves the right to delete data from the Gracenote Servers or to change data categories for any cause that Gracenote deems sufficient No warranty is made that the Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers are error free or that functioning of Gracenote Software or Gracenote Servers will be uninterrupted Gracenote is not obligated to provide you with new enhanced or additional data types or categories that Gracenote may provide in the future and is free to discontinue its services at any time GRACENOTE DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE TITLE AND NON INFRINGEMENT GRACENOTE DOES NOT WARRANT THE RESULTS THAT WILL BE OBTAINED BY YOUR USE OF THE GRACENOTE SOFTWARE OR ANY GRACENOTE SERVER IN NO CASE WILL GRACENOTE BE LIABLE FOR ANY CONSEQUENTIAL OR INCIDENTAL DAMAGES OR FOR ANY LOST PROFITS OR LOST REVENUES 2000 to present Gracenote Inc Updating the database The Gracenote media database can be updated using USB device 1 Connect a USB device containing the software f
489. tion and you could be seriously injured Only use the extender when it is required to fasten the seat belt properly 2 20 Do not use an improper extender Using a seat belt extender that is for another person or a different vehicle or seat is dangerous The seat belt will not provide adequate protection and the user could be seriously injured in an accident Only use the extender provided for you and for the particular vehicle and seat NEVER use the extender in a different vehicle or seat Ifyou sell your Mazda do not leave your seat belt extender in the vehicle It could be used accidentally by the new owner of the vehicle After removing the seat belt extender discard it Never use the seat belt extender in any other vehicle you may own in the future Do not use an extender that is too long Using an extender that is too long is dangerous The seat belt will not fit properly In an accident the seat belt will not provide adequate protection and you could be seriously injured Do not use the extender or choose one shorter in length if the distance between the extender s buckle and the center of the user s body is less than 15 cm 6 in Do not leave a seat belt extender connected to the buckle Leaving a seat belt extender connected to the buckle without using the seat belt is dangerous When the seat belt extender is connected to the driver s seat belt buckle or front passenger seat the SRS driver s or front pas
490. tions and bands you want to store To tune one in the memory select AM FM1 or FM2 and then press its channel preset button The station frequency or the channel number will be displayed Auto memory tuning This is especially useful when driving in an area where the local stations are not known Press and hold the auto memory button AUTO M for about 2 seconds until a beep is heard the system will automatically scan and temporarily store up to 6 stations with the strongest frequencies in each selected band in that area After scanning is completed the station with the strongest frequency will be tuned and its frequency displayed Press and release the auto memory button AUTO M to recall stations from the auto stored stations One stored station will be selected each time and its frequency and channel number will be displayed NOTE Ifno stations can be tuned after scanning operations A will be displayed Interior Features Audio System 5 31 Interior Features Audio System YV Operating the Compact Disc CD Player Repeat button Tex button Random button Audio display Play Pause button Track down Reverse button Track up Fast forward button CD eject button CD slot Media Scan button Folder up button Folder down button Type Playable data Music MP3 WMA Music data CD DA AAC CD player MP3 WMA
491. to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 53 2 50 Some models Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System In addition the front passenger side air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat For details refer to the front passenger occupant classification system page 2 56 V Curtain Air Bags The curtain air bags are mounted in the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force the curtain air bag inflates quickly and helps to reduce injury mainly to the rear outboard passenger s head caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window For more details about air bag deployment refer to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 53 In a side impact Greater than moderate impact to one side of the vehicle will cause the curtain air bag on that side only to inflate Only one side curtain air bag will deploy on the side of the vehicle that receives the force of an impact Some models 2 51 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System In a roll over In response to a vehicle roll over both curtain air bags inflate Both curtain air bags will deploy after the roll over accident is detected With Front Passenger Occupant
492. to a third party for research purposes without disclosing vehicle or owner identification information 8 20 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U S National Highway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear traction and temperature performance Y Tread Wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate YW Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C These grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance WARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking straight ahead traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering turning hydro
493. ton to cancel the automatic dimming function The indicator light will turn off To reactivate the automatic dimming function press the ON OFF button The indicator light will illuminate ON OFF button Indicator light Before Driving Mirrors NOTE Do not use glass cleaner or suspend objects on or around the light sensor Otherwise light sensor sensitivity will be affected and may not operate normally Light sensor ee Ae YA The auto dimmer function is canceled when the ignition is switched ON and the shift lever is in reverse R 3 35 Before Driving Windows Power Windows The ignition must be switched ON for the power windows to operate A WARNING Make sure the opening is clear before closing a window Closing a power window is dangerous A person s hands head or even neck could be caught by the window and result in serious injury or even death This warning applies especially to children Never allow children to play with power window switches Power window switches that are not locked with the power window lock switch would allow children to operate power windows unintentionally which could result in serious injury if a child s hands head or neck becomes caught by the window A CAUTION To prevent burning out the fuse and damaging the power window system do not open or close more than three windows at once 3 36 V Operating the Driver s Power Window
494. tor at an informal hearing The arbitrator s decision should ordinarily be issued within 40 days from the time your complaint is filed there may be a delay of 7 days if you did not first contact Mazda about your problem or a delay of up to 30 days if the arbitrator requests an inspection report by an impartial technical expert or further investigation and report by BBB AUTO LINE 6 You are required to use BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by Title I of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C sec 2301 et seq If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 or Title I of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act resort to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes 8 4 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance 7 California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if Mazda or its representative is unable to repair a new motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts Mazda may be required to replace or repurchase the vehicle California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b creates a presumption that Mazda has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within 18 month
495. tor pedal is depressed fully while driving the gear shifts down NOTE The gear also shifts down using kickdown while in the second gear fixed mode Auto shift down The gear shifts down automatically depending on the vehicle speed during deceleration NOTE If the vehicle comes to a stop while in the second gear fixed mode the gear remains in second 4 30 Recommendations for shifting Upshifting For normal acceleration and cruising Mazda recommends these shift points When Driving Transaxle Gear Vehicle speed M1 to M2 24 km h 15 mph M2 to M3 40 km h 25 mph M3 to M4 65 km h 40 mph M4 to M5 MS to M6 73 km h 45 mph 81 km h 50 mph Always observe local speed limit regulations Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade downshift before the engine starts to overwork This gives better acceleration when you need more speed On a steep downgrade downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life 4 31 When Driving Transaxle Y Driving Tips WARNING Do not let the vehicle move in a direction opposite to the direction selected by the selector lever Do not let the vehicle move backward with the selector lever in a forward position or do not let the vehicle move forward with the selector lever in the reverse position Otherwise the engine may stop causing the loss of the power brake and power steeri
496. traint systems and has only an emergency locking mode The driver may wear it comfortably and it will lock during a collision However the front passenger s seat and all rear lap shoulder belt retractors operate in two modes emergency locking mode and for child restraint systems automatic locking mode While we recommend you put all children in the rear seats if you must use the front passenger seat for a child slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and make sure any child restraint system is secured properly Mexico The front seats and rear outboard seats have lap shoulder belts These belts have retractors with inertia locks that keep them out of the way when not in use The locks allow the belts to remain comfortable on users but they will lock in position during a collision The rear center seat has a lap belt with manual adjustment WARNING Always wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous During a collision occupants not wearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown out of the vehicle They could be seriously injured or even killed In the same collision occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer Do not wear twisted seat belts Twisted seat belts are dangerous In a collision the full width of the belt is not available to absorb the impact This puts more force on the bones beneath th
497. tremely dangerous The driver and front passenger air bags inflate with great force and speed Serious injuries could occur if someone is too close The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel The front seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor Front seat occupants should adjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them or sleeping up against the door or hanging out the windows is extremely dangerous The side and curtain air bags inflate with great force and speed directly expanding along the door on the side the car is hit Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaning against a window or if rear seat occupants grab the sides of the front seatbacks Give the side and curtain air bags room to work by sitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn properly Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger air bags deploy Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing something in front of them is dangerous In an accident an object could interfere with air bag inflation and injure the occupants 2 42 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not attach objects on or aroun
498. ttach the tether strap to the correct tether anchor position Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect tether anchor position is dangerous In a collision the tether strap could come off and loosen the child restraint system If the child restraint system moves it could result in death or injury to the child Always route the tether strap between the head restraint and the seatback Routing the tether strap on top of the head restraint is dangerous Ina collision the tether strap could slide off the head restraint and loosen the child restraint system The child restraint system could move which may result in death or injury to the child 4 Door Tether strap Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint 5 Door Tether strap V Using Automatic Locking Mode Follow these instructions when using a child restraint system unless you are attaching a LATCH equipped child restraint system to the rear LATCH lower anchors Refer to Using LATCH Lower Anchor page 2 36 NOTE Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions carefully If you are not sure whether you have a LATCH system or tether check in the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions and follow them accordingly Depending on the type of child restraint system it may use LATCH system instead of seat belts or if the belt goes across the child s chest may recommend against using automatic locking mode 2 30
499. tured both week and year is indicated by a 4 digit number Refer to Tire Labeling on page 8 23 V Temporary Spare Tire Inspect the temporary spare tire at least monthly to make sure it is properly inflated and stored NOTE The temporary spare tire condition gradually deteriorates even if it has not been used The temporary spare tire is easier to handle because of its construction which is lighter and smaller than a conventional tire This tire should be used only for an emergency and only for a short distance Use the temporary spare tire only until the conventional tire is repaired which should be as soon as possible Refer to Tires on page 9 9 6 43 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A CAUTION gt Do not use your temporary spare tire rim with a snow tire or a conventional tire Neither will properly fit and could damage both tire and rim gt The temporary spare tire has a tread life of less than 5 000 km 3 000 miles The tread life may be shorter depending on driving conditions gt The temporary spare tire is for limited use however if the tread wear solid band indicator appears replace the tire with the same type of temporary spare page 6 44 NOTE Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used on the road It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate
500. tween the cover and the transmitter and then rotate the screwdriver to detach the cover Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 4 Remove the battery cap then remove the battery 5 Insert a new battery with the positive pole facing up and then cover the battery with the battery cap 7 Reinsert the auxiliary key 6 40 A CAUTION gt Be careful not to allow the rubber ring shown in the figure to be scratched or damaged gt If the rubber ring detaches reattach it before inserting a new battery Rubber ring Tires For reasons of proper performance safety and better fuel economy always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the recommended load limits and weight distribution WARNING Using Different Tire Types Driving your vehicle with different types of tires is dangerous It could cause poor handling and poor braking leading to loss of control Except for the limited use of the temporary spare tire use only the same type tires radial bias belted bias type on all four wheels Using Wrong Sized Tires Using any other tire size than what is specified for the vehicle page 9 9 is dangerous It could seriously affect ride handling ground clearance tire clearance and speedometer calibration This could cause you to have an accident Use only tires that are the correct size specified for the vehicle Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance YW T
501. uipo o dispositivo debe aceptar cualquier interferencia incluyendo la que pueda causar su operaci n no deseada Brief description Bluetooth module for Hands free telephone and streaming audio Name and address of the importer Refer to MEXICO page 8 12 in Importer Distributor section Brand name of the product Johnson Controls Inc Model name of the product MAZ Names and addresses of where the warranty can be served Refer to MEXICO page 8 12 in Importer Distributor section Names and addresses of where to acquire spare parts consumables and accessories Refer to MEXICO page 8 12 in Importer Distributor section Warranty period items covered by the warranty and its possible limitations or exceptions Refer to the Warranty Booklet for detailed warranty information Warranty procedure Center of Attention to Client CAC Phone 01 800 01 MAZDA Web www mazdamexico com mx Electrical specifications Voltage 9 16V Frequency 2 4Ghz Current 270mA Typ 8 46 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Declaration of Conformity Type B U S A and Canada Type B Model MAZDA GEN 65 CMU FCC ID CB262932 IC 279B 62932 FCC IC Regulatory Notice Modification statement Jolmson Controls Interiors LLC has not approved any changes or modifications to this device by the user Any changes or modifications could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Jolson Controls Interiors
502. uminum Wheel Maintenance 6 68 Bright Metal Maintenance 6 67 Maintaining the Finish 0 6 65 Plastic Part Maintenance 6 68 F Flasher Hazard warning 4 45 Headlights cc eeceecereeseeneeeees 4 33 Flat Tires cance Lene ES 7 3 Mounting the Spare Tire 7 11 Removing a Flat Tire 7 7 Floor Mateen ennes 3 46 Fluid Brake Clutch eserini 6 31 Washef ironie rgnnon enoni a 6 31 Fluids Classification cceceececeeeeeeeeteeees 9 4 Fog Lights vcs A tain wh sates Boat 4 37 Foot Brake ika ireren dikorek Een 4 46 Front Seat reena eke 2 5 Index Fuel Filler lid and cap eects 3 30 GaSe ee eE intake 4 12 Requirement cceeceececeeeteenees 3 27 Tank Capacity oo eeeeeereeeeeeeteeens 9 5 Fuel Consumption Display 4 55 Fuel Economy Monitor eee 4 54 Ending screen display 06 4 55 Fuel consumption display 4 55 G Gal Pe iirst 4 9 Glove Compartment cece 5 136 H Hazard Warning Flasher 00 4 45 Hazardous Driving cceceeeereeeees 3 46 Head Restraint ccceceeceseeeeeeeneees 2 10 Headlights Controlaiecca chien hee awe oe 4 33 Flashing iscsi 4 36 High low beam cceeeeeeerenees 4 36 Hill Launch Assist HLA ee 4 48 Hood Release ceceeseeseceseeneeeeeenrens 6 24 FLOM Goi e e E chen eee 4 44 I If a Warning Light Turns On or Flashes ne iere ae eatin eek 7 24 Ignition SWItCD isesi
503. unnels or while in a traffic jam or when you would like to shut off outside air for quick cooling of the interior Use the outside air mode for ventilation or windshield defrosting If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the windows to let warm air escape then run the climate control system Run the air conditioner about 10 minutes at least once a month to keep internal parts lubricated 5 2 Have the air conditioner checked before the weather gets hot Lack of refrigerant may make the air conditioner less efficient The refrigerant specifications are indicated on a label attached to the inside of the engine compartment Check the label before refilling the refrigerant If the wrong type of refrigerant is used it could result in a serious malfunction of the air conditioner For details consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Vent Operation YV Adjusting the Vents Directing airflow To adjust the direction of airflow move the adjustment knob NOTE When using the air conditioner under humid ambient temperature conditions the system may blow fog from the vents This is not a sign of trouble but a result of humid air being suddenly cooled Side Vents Interior Features Climate Control System 5 3 Interior Features Climate Control System V Selecting the Airflow Mode Def ro r and oor V enb
504. urning the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or other items are put on the front passenger seat or if the temperature of the vehicle s interior changes suddenly The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat changes The air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light might illuminate if the front Passenger seat receives a severe impact If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after installing a child restraint system on the front passenger seat first re install your child restraint system according to the procedure in this owner s manual Then if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light still does not illuminate install the child restraint system on the rear seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Df the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates when an adult is seated in the front passenger seat have the passenger re adjust their posture by sitting with their feet on the floor and then re fastening the seat belt If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light still illuminates move the passenger to the rear seat If sitting in the rear seat is not poss
505. use Because the iPod is not designed to withstand excessive changes in temperature inside the cabin it could be damaged or the battery may deteriorate due to the excessive temperature or humidity inside the cabin if it is left in the vehicle If data in the iPod is lost while it is connected to the unit Mazda cannot guarantee recovery of any lost data If the iPod battery is deteriorated the iPod may not recharge and playback may not be possible when it is connected to the unit Replace the iPod battery immediately Be careful not to pinch the iPod connecting cable when opening closing the center console For details on using the iPod refer to the iPod instruction manual When connecting the iPod to a USB port all commands are made from the audio unit iPod control is not possible v v v v v NOTE The audio unit cannot display images or videos stored in an iPod Interior Features Audio System Audio Set Type A H CLOCK SCAN PUSH POWER Q Power Volume Sound Controls c cccsscsssessessssssessessssssesseessessecsessssssessessessecssesseeaes page 5 26 Mecsas ales hes ces E EA EEEE A ee page 5 28 OKOS ETA EE ET O page 5 30 Operating the Compact Disc CD Playet c cscsssssssssessesssessessessesesssssessesssesseenes page 5 32 How to use Auxiliary jack USB port c cccsccsssesssssssessseesessseesseesseessesssesseeeseesseensees page 5 35 Error c s fo toscana a nnns
506. vailable depending on the device The number of skips is limited by Pandora If the icon is selected when the skip song function is running the next song is skipped Selection from station list Selection can be made from a programmed radio station list 1 Select the icon 2 Select the desired radio station NOTE When Quick Mix js selected songs randomly selected from the radio station list are played Selecting the sort method The displayed order of the station list can be changed 1 Select the icon 2 Select the Sort By icon 3 Select the Bate icon to display in the order starting from the newly created station 4 Select the AZ icon to display in alphabetical order NOTE The displayed order of Quick Mix cannot be changed You can bookmark song or artist to check out later on the Web 1 Select the icon 2 Select Bookmark Song to bookmark the song 3 Select Bookmark artist to bookmark the artist 5 119 Interior Features Bluetooth V How to Use Aha Aha is an application which can be accessed easily by personalizing various Internet content such as Internet radio and podcasts Stay connected to your friends activities by getting updates from Facebook and Twitter Your travel is assisted by locating surrounding restaurants or cafes or acquiring traffic information in real time using the Locati
507. vanced Keyless Entry System Operational Range YV Opening the Liftgate Trunk Lid The system operates only when the driver Ex erior antenna is in the vehicle or within operational range while the key is being carried NOTE When the battery power is low or in places where there are high intensity radio waves or noise the operational range may become narrower or the system may not operate amp m lin ___ Operational range Locking Unlocking the Doors and the Liftgate ____ bt erior antenna a x da Locking only SN amp m lin lt ___ Operational range NOTE The system may not operate if you are too close to the windows or door handles or liftgate 3 10 WARNING Always take all children and pets with you or leave a responsible person with them Leaving a child or a pet unattended in a parked vehicle is dangerous In hot weather temperatures inside a vehicle can become high enough to cause brain damage or even death Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Keep all doors locked when driving Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle are dangerous Passengers can fall out if a door is accidentally opened and can more easily be thrown out in an acci
508. ve hicle 4 69 When Driving Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System Y BSM Warning Light The Blind Spot Monitoring BSM system alerts the driver to the presence of another vehicle in an adjacent lane using the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM warning lights and the warning beep while the system is operational The warning light is equipped on the left and right door mirrors 3 BZ A Jj J i This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON Driving forward If the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM system detects a vehicle in the detection area while the vehicle is driven at a speed of about 10 km h 6 2mph or more the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM warning light illuminates on the side of the vehicle where the rear on coming vehicle is detected A warning indicator light flashes when the turn signal lever is operated to the side where the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM warning lights is illuminated to alert the driver Reversing If vehicles approach from the rear on the left and right the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM warning lights on both sides flash NOTE If ice or snow adhere to the outer mirror surface the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM warning light may not be visible If the door window glass is tinted it may affect the visibility of the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM warning light making it difficult to confirm the illumination of the light 4 70 When Driving
509. ve seconds Select again to continue receiving the radio station Manual radio station selection Select the tuner and rotate the commander knob or drag the display or touch the radio frequency Press P or to select a radio station automatically When P or dis long pressed the radio frequency changes continually It stops when you remove your hand from the icon or the commander knob Launches the iTunes Tagging function for Apple devices with USB use only Can be used when the HD Radio is on Automatic radio station selection When long pressed the radio frequency changes continually It stops when you remove your hand from the icon or the commander knob Displays sound settings to adjust audio quality level Refer to Volume Display Sound Controls on page 5 40 5 42 Favorites Radio Selected stations can be registered for convenient operation Up to 50 stations can be registered The Favorites list is common to AM FM and satellite radio Registering to Favorites Long press the icon to register the current radio station The registration can also be performed using the following procedure 1 Select the icon to display the Favorites list 2 Select the Add Edit Radio Favorite icon 3 Select the Add lt active station gt icon 4 The station is added to the bottom of the Favorites list NOTE If the battery is disconnected your Favorites list will be not deleted
510. ven at a speed faster than about 20 km h 12 mph the warning light will flash and a beep sound will be heard After a short time the warning light stops flashing but remains illuminated and the beep sound stops Until a seat belt is fastened or a given period of time has elapsed the beep sound will not stop even if the vehicle speed falls below 20 km h 12 mph NOTE The warning light flashes and a beep sound will be heard for about 6 seconds if the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition is switched ON If a driver or front passenger s seat belt is unfastened after the beep sound turns off warning light remains illuminated and the vehicle speed exceeds 20 km h 12 mph the warning light flashes and beep sound activates again Placing heavy items on the front passenger seat may cause the front passenger seat belt warning function to operate depending on the weight of the item To allow the front passenger seat weight sensor to function properly do not place and sit on an additional seat cushion on the front passenger seat The sensor may not function properly because the additional seat cushion could cause sensor interference When a small child sits on the front passenger seat it is possible that the warning light will not operate f l sN ad Door Ajar Warning Light The light turns on if any door is not closed Close the door securely securely 7 30 If Trouble Arises Warn
511. vent discharging of the battery do not use the auxiliary input for long periods with the engine off or idling When connecting a device to the auxiliary jack or USB port noise may occur depending on the connected device If the device is connected to the vehicle s accessory socket the noise can be reduced by unplugging it from the accessory socket V How to connect USB port Auxiliary jack Type A Without CD player USB port Aux liary jack USB port Aux liary jack 5 59 Interior Features Audio System Type B USB port Aux liary jack Connecting a device 1 Open the console lid with CD player 2 If there is a cover on the AUX jack or USB port remove the cover 3 Connect the connector on the device to the USB port Connecting with a connector cable 1 Open the console lid with CD player 2 If there is a cover on the AUX jack or USB port remove the cover 3 Connect the device plug connector cable to the auxiliary jack USB port For vehicles with a CD player pass the device plug connector cable through the notch in the console and connect WARNING Do not allow the connection plug cord to get tangled with the parking brake or the shift lever Allowing the plug cord to become tangled with the parking brake or the shift lever is dangerous as it could interfere with driving resulting in an accident 5 60 CAUTION Do not place objects or apply force to the auxiliar
512. w fuse 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 FUSE DESCRIPTION RATING PROTECTED COMPONENT 1 FOG 15A Fog lights 2 H L HI 20A Headlight high beam 3 H CLEAN 20A 4 STOP 10A Brake lights 5 ROOM 15A Overhead light 6 ENG B 7 5A Engine control system 7 FUEL WARM 15A 8 HAZARD 25A Hazard warning flashers Turn signal lights 9 ABS DSCS 30A ABS Dynamic stability control system 10 METER2 7 5A 11 AUDIO2 7 5A Audio system 12 BOSE 25A Bose Sound System equipped model 13 AUDIO1 ISA Audio system 14 FUEL PUMP ISA Fuel system 15 Sane 15A Daytime running lights 16 AT PUMP 15A 17 HORN 15A Horn 18 TAIL 15A Taillights License plate lights Parking lights Front side marker lights 6 60 Some models Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance FUSE DESCRIPTION RATING PROTECTED COMPONENT 19 CNG 15A 20 AT 15A Transaxle control system 21 R WIPER 15A Rear window wiper 22 A C 7 5A Air conditioner 23 ENGINE3 15A Engine control system 24 ENGINE2 15A Engine control system 25 ENGINE1 ISA Engine control system 26 GLOW SIG 5A 27 EVVT 20A Engine control system 28 WIPER 20A Front window wiper and washer 29 DCDC REG 30A 30 FUEL PUMP2 30A 31
513. w much fuel is remaining in the tank when the ignition is switched ON We recommend keeping the tank over 1 4 full Type A Full E ee eee F lt p 1 4 Full E mm F lt p Type B Full E Wurmuannass 1 4 Full E Un lt B F We aa If the low fuel warning light illuminates or the fuel level is very low refuel as soon as possible Refer to Warning Indicator Lights on page 4 16 4 12 NOTE After refueling it may require some time for the indicator to stabilize In addition the indicator may deviate while driving on a slope or curve since the fuel moves in the tank The display indicating a quarter or less remaining fuel has more segments to show the remaining fuel level in greater detail The direction of the arrow indicates that the fuel filler lid is on the left side of the vehicle Dashboard Illumination Rotate the knob to adjust the brightness of the instrument cluster and other illuminations in the dashboard NOTE The brightness of dashboard illuminations can be adjusted when the headlights and Parking lights are turned on When the dashboard illumination brightness cannot be adjusted any more a beep sound will be heard TRICE PS Canceling the illumination dimmer When the headlight switch is in the 2002 or D position the illumination of the instrument cluster dims When driving on snowy or foggy roads or in other situations when the instrument cluster s visibility
514. washer fluid page 6 31 3 47 Before Driving Driving Tips NOTE Do not use the parking brake in freezing weather as it may freeze Instead shift to P with an automatic transaxle and to 1 or R with a manual transaxle Block the rear wheels Remove snow before driving Snow left on the windshield is dangerous as it could obstruct vision Do not apply excessive force to a window scraper when removing ice or frozen snow on the mirror glass and windshield Never use warm or hot water for removing snow or ice from windows and mirrors as it could result in the glass cracking Drive slowly Braking performance can be adversely affected if snow or ice adheres to the brake components If this situation occurs drive the vehicle slowly releasing the accelerator pedal and lightly applying the brakes several times until the brake performance returns to normal VY Snow Tires Use snow tires on all four wheels Do not go faster than 120 km h 75 mph while driving with snow tires Inflate snow tires 30 kPa 0 3 kgf cm 4 3 psi more than recommended on the tire pressure label driver s door frame but never more than the maximum cold tire pressure shown on the tires The vehicle is originally equipped with all season radials designed to be used all year around In some extreme climates you may find it necessary to replace them with snow tires during the winter months to further improve traction on snow and ic
515. were buckled fastened How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and How fast the vehicle was traveling These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data are recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash or near crash like situation occurs no data are recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Mazda will not disclose any of the data recorded in an EDR to a third party unless A written agreement from the vehicle owner or the lessee is obtained Officially requested by the police or other law enforcement authorities Used as a defense for Mazda in a law suit claim or arbitration Ordered by a judge or court However if necessary Mazda will Use the data for research on Mazda vehicle performance including safety Disclose the data or the summarized data
516. with a vehicle alongside A vehicle moves from a lane two lanes over to the adjacent lane The difference in vehicle speed between your vehicle and another vehicle is larger when passing or being passed and the vehicle passes the detection area within a short period of time Ona steep incline or when there is a difference in height between lanes Immediately after the system has been activated by pressing the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM OFF switch again after it has been turned off Blind Spot Monitoring BSM OFF indicator light in instrument cluster illuminates by pressing the switch Automatic transaxle vehicles The shift lever is shifted to the R position or directly after being shifted from the R position The system may not operate normally when towing a trailer Turn off the system by operating the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM OFF switch when towing a trailer The system switches to the Rear Cross Traffic Alert function when the shift lever Manual transaxle or the selector lever Automatic transaxle is shifted to the R position 4 67 When Driving Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System VY Rear Cross Traffic Alert RCTA When reversing the vehicle from a parking garage vehicles approaching both sides of the vehicle are detected to alert the driver of a possible collision by flashing the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM warning light and activating the Blind Spot Monitoring BSM warning beep sound Your ve hicle
517. y jack USB port with the plug connected NOTE Insert the plug into the auxiliary jack USB port securely Insert or pull out the plug with the plug perpendicular to the auxiliary jack USB port hole Insert or remove the plug by holding its base V How to use AUX mode Type A Switch the ignition to ACC or ON Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on 3 Press the media button MEDIA of the audio unit to change to the AUX mode Ne NOTE When the device is not connected to the auxiliary jack the mode does not switch to the AUX mode Set the volume of the portable audio unit to the maximum within the range that the sound does not become distorted then adjust the volume using the power volume dial of the audio unit or the up down switch of the audio control switch Audio adjustments other than audio volume can only be done using the portable audio device If the connection plug is pulled out from the auxiliary jack while in AUX mode noise may occur MEMO Interior Features Audio System V How to use USB mode Type A Random button Audio display Repeat button Tex button Play Pause button Track down Rew rse button Track up Fast forward button Media Scan button Type Playable data USB mode MP3 WMA AAC file This unit does not support a USB 3 0 device In addition other devices may not be supported depending o
518. your vehicle outside of the United States Canada Recommended fuel may be unavailable Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine Proper repair facilities tools testing equipment and replacement parts may not be available Please refer to your Manufacturer s Warranty Booklet for more information y 8 16 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country Except United States and Canada Registering your vehicle in a foreign country may be problematic depending on whether it meets the specific emission and safety standards of the country in which the vehicle will be driven Consequently your vehicle may require modifications at personal expense in order to meet the regulations In addition you should be aware of the following issues Satisfactory vehicle servicing may be difficult or impossible in another country The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable Parts servicing techniques and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your vehicle The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries 8 17 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Add On Non Genuine Parts and Accessories Non genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicle
519. ystem be sure the belt fully retracts to return the system to emergency locking mode before occupants use the seat belts Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions carefully Depending on the type of child restraint system it may not employ seat belts which are in automatic locking mode 6 Seat your child safely in the child restraint system and secure the child according to the instructions from the child restraint system manufacturer 7 Make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates after installing a child restraint system on the front passenger seat If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate remove the child restraint system switch the ignition to OFF and then re install the child restraint system page 2 56 PASS Bs AIRBAG OFF AY 2 WARNING Do not seat a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate With Front Passenger Occupant Classification System While it is always better to install any child restraint system on the rear seat it is imperative that a child restraint system ONLY be used on the front passenger seat if the deactivation indicator light illuminates when the child is seated in the child restraint system page 2 56 Seating a child in a child restraint system installed on the front

Mazda MAZDA3 4-Door Owner's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents